COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE Monday, June 25, 2012 7:00 ...

COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE

Monday, June 25, 2012 7:00 p.m.

AGENDA

1. Call to Order 2. Consider Consent Agenda *3. Approve Committee of the Whole Minutes of June 11, 2012 and June 18, 2012. 4. Items of Business a. Water/Wastewater Rate Study Final Report Presentation. b. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing City Banking Services Agreement with MB Financial Bank. c. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing One-Year Utility Bill Printing Services Agreement with Third Millennium Associates. d. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Professional Services Agreement with Caterpillar for Geneva Generation Facility EPA Required Monitoring Equipment. e. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Bid Award and Contract to Intren, Inc. in the Amount of $226,331 for Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade. f. Recommend Draft Resolution Granting License to Comcast of Illinois/Ohio/Oregon. g. Recommend Approval of Certificate of Completion for Millard Refrigerated Services. h. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Bid Award to Addison Electric in the Amount of $27,315.00 for 250 HP, Vertical, Hollow Shaft US Motor. 5. New Business 6. Adjournment

Committee of the Whole Minutes – June 11, 2012 Page 1

COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE MINUTES JUNE 11, 2012

PRESENT: Mayor Burns, Ald. Brown, Cummings, Dantino, Flanagan, Hill, Kilburg, Marks, Singer, Vogelsberg ABSENT: Ald. Maladra Also Present: McKittrick Dawkins, Divita, Dinges, Buffington 1. Call to Order Chairman Brown called the meeting to order at 7:00pm noting that all were present except Ald. Maladra. Brown then called for a moment of silence upon the passing of Ald. Maladra’s father. 2. Consider Consent Agenda Moved by Ald. Marks, second by Ald. Hill V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. *3. Approve Committee of the Whole Minutes from May 29, 2012. (approved under Item 2.) 4. Items of Business a. Recommend Approval of Request for Use of Two Parking Spaces for Hearing Screening Van at Third and

James Streets on July 19, 2012 – Geneva Lions Club. Moved by Ald. Cummings, second by Ald. Vogelsberg V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. b. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Execution of Bid Award and Purchase of Primary Cable. Moved by Ald. Flanagan, second by Ald. Hill V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. c. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Execution of Permanent and Temporary Easements to County of

Kane – Pedestrian/Bicycle Underpass Beneath Randall Road. Moved by Ald. Marks, second by Ald. Cummings Dinges stated that the project was slated for construction in the Spring of 2013. V/V: 9-0 Motion carried

Committee of the Whole Minutes – June 11, 2012 Page 2

d. Recommend Draft Resolution Authorizing Execution of Reciprocal Cross Access Easement and Vehicular

parking Easement Agreements with the Geneva History Center for Campbell Street Parking Lot. Moved by Ald. Singer, second by Ald. Vogelsberg Discussion was heard on the timing of construction. Dinges stated that they continue to work with the property owner to the north on the easements but wanted to start some of the work so as not to waste another construction season. V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. e. Recommend Draft Resolution Offering Formal Support to the Fabyan Utilization Concept Plan as

Presented. Moved by Ald. Hill, second by Ald. Cummings Dir. Divita provided an overview on what the letter of support included. She clarified that the EDC did not review each element of the plan but the redevelopment in general. The EDC was also in support of moving the music venue out of the woods. Resident Robert Mann and Elizabeth Safanda were present to voice their support of moving the music venue and bike trails out of the woods. On a question from Ald. Kilburg, Mayor Burns stated that both Batavia and St. Charles support what Geneva officials support based on the fact that the property lies within Geneva’s boundaries.Kilburg also desired a Metra location that was convenient for foot traffic to the park. On a motion by Ald. Vogelsberg, second by Ald. Hill, the item was amended to remove language pertaining to specific details of the music venue. V/V: 9-0 Motion approved. Vote on original motion as amended: V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. f. Recommend Draft Ordinance Adopting Prevailing Wages in the City of Geneva, IL. Moved by Ald. Kilburg, second by Ald. Singer V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. g. Recommend Approval of Class E-4 Special Event Liquor License for Sergio’s Cantina at 30 W. State

Street during Swedish Days Festival June 21-23, 2012. Moved by Ald. Cummings, second by Ald. Hill V/V: 9-0 Motion carried. 5. New Business 6. Upcoming Meetings: Committee of the Whole – Mon., June 25, 2012. 7. Adjournment On a motion by Ald. Marks, second by Ald. Singer, the meeting was adjourned by unanimous voice vote at 7:39pm.

Special Committee of the Whole Minutes – June 18, 2012 Page 1

SPECIAL COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE MINUTES JUNE 18, 2012

PRESENT: Mayor Burns (arrived at 7:01), Ald. Brown, Cummings, Dantino, Flanagan, Hill, Maladra, Singer, Vogelsberg ABSENT: Ald. Kilburg, Ald. Marks ALSO PRESENT: McKittrick, Radovich, Dawkins 1. Call to Order Ald. Vogelsberg called the meeting to order noting that Ald. Kilburg and Marks were absent. 2. Items of Business a. Consider Draft Ordinance Amending Title 4, Chapter 2 (Liquor Control) Section 4-2-13 Adding One (1) Class B-3 Liquor License to the Geneva City Code (3B Brothers, Burgers, Beer & More at 7 W. State St.) Moved by Ald. Singer, second by Ald. Maladra Restaurant owner Gus Pagonis was present and gave a brief overview on his new restaurant. Pagonis planned to be open during the week of Swedish Days. Roll Call: Ayes: 8 Nays: 0 Motion carried. 3. New Business Resident Doug Warlick invited the council to the Lions Club 75th anniversary dinner and awards ceremony on June 28th at Eagle Brook Country Club. 4. Adjournment On a motion by Ald. Singer, second by Ald. Hill, the special meeting was adjourned by unanimous voice vote at 7:11pm.

The City of Geneva Water and Sanitary Sewer Rate Study Report

Final Report June 2012

Prepared by

Municipal & Financial Services Group

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................................ 1 1.1 Findings and Conclusions .......................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Recommendations ...................................................................................................................... 2

2.0 BASIS FOR THE STUDY ........................................................................................................... 5 2.1 Background ................................................................................................................................ 5 2.2 Scope of Work ........................................................................................................................... 5 2.3 Assumptions Used in the Study ................................................................................................. 6

3.0 CUSTOMER AND CONSUMPTION ANALYSIS ................................................................... 8 3.1 Customer Account Information .................................................................................................. 8 3.2 Customer Usage Analysis ........................................................................................................... 9

4.0 REVENUE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 12 4.1 Operating and Maintenance Expenses ...................................................................................... 12 4.2 Capital Costs ............................................................................................................................. 15

4.2.1 Existing Debt ..................................................................................................................... 15 4.2.2 Capital Projects .................................................................................................................. 16

4.3 Reserves .................................................................................................................................... 20 4.3.1 Operating & Maintenance Reserve .................................................................................... 21

4.4 Revenue Requirements ............................................................................................................. 21

5.0 FINANCIAL PLAN ................................................................................................................... 24

6.0 WATER AND SEWER COST OF SERVICE ANALYSIS ................................................... 27 6.1 Allocation to Customer Classes ................................................................................................ 28 6.2 Cost of Service Results ............................................................................................................. 29

7.0 RATE ALTERNATIVES .......................................................................................................... 31 7.1 Current Rate Structure .............................................................................................................. 31 7.2 Rate Alternatives....................................................................................................................... 32

7.2.1 Pricing Goals and Objectives ............................................................................................. 32 7.2.2 Alternative Rate Structures ................................................................................................ 33

7.3 Sample Bills .............................................................................................................................. 40 7.4 Recommended Rate Structure .................................................................................................. 43 7.5 Comparisons ............................................................................................................................. 43 7.6 Alternative Financial Plan ........................................................................................................ 45

7.6.1 Water and Sewer Rates ...................................................................................................... 45 7.6.2 Sample Bills ...................................................................................................................... 46

7.7 Sewer Credits ........................................................................................................................... 48

8.0 CAPITAL CHARGES AND ANCILLARY SERVICE FEES ............................................... 50 8.1 Capital Charges ......................................................................................................................... 50 8.2 Fire Protection Charges ............................................................................................................ 51 8.2 Ancillary Service Fee............................................................................................................... 53

Appendix

Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model consisting of the following schedules:

I. Global Inputs / Assumptions

Schedule 1 - Control Panel

Schedule 2 - Dashboard

II. Operating and Capital Expense Data

Schedule 3A - Water Operating and Maintenance Expenses

Schedule 3B - Sewer Operating and Maintenance Expenses

Schedule 4A - Budget Comparisons

Schedule 4B - CAFR Comparisons

Schedule 5 - Operating and Maintenance Reserve Contribution

Schedule 6 - Existing Debt Payments

III. Asset Management and Reinvestment Plan

Schedule 7A - Asset Data - Asset File Listing Report

Schedule 7B - Asset Data - Vehicles and Equipment

Schedule 7C - Asset Data - Public Hydrants

Schedule 7D - Asset Data - Water Valves

Schedule 7E - Asset Data - Water and Sewer Mains

Schedule 7F - Replacement Cost Analysis

Schedule 8 - Capital Improvement Plan

Schedule 9 - Projected Debt Payments

IV. Revenue Requirements and Financial Plan

Schedule 10 - Miscellaneous Revenues

Schedule 11 - Revenue Requirements

Schedule 12 - Cost of Service - Water

Schedule 13- Cost of Service - Sewer

Schedule 14 - Fire Protection

V. Customer and Consumption Analysis

Schedule 15 - Actual Customer Information

Schedule 16 - Historical Demand

Schedule 17 - Customer and Consumption Projections

VI. Rate Analysis and Projections

Schedule 18 - Historical Rate Reconciliation

Schedule 19A - Fixed Charge Analysis

Schedule 19B - Rate Structure Analysis

Schedule 20 - Water Rate Projections

Schedule 21 - Sewer Rate Projections

VII. Customer Impact and Customer Sample Bills

Schedule 22 - Sample Bills

Schedule 23 - Comparison Rates

VIII. Cash Flow Statements and Bond Coverage Calculations

Schedule 24 - Operating Cash Flow

Schedule 25 - Cash Balance

MFSG 1 City of Geneva

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This document was prepared to summarize the work performed by the Municipal & Financial Services Group (MFSG) during the water and sanitary sewer study authorized by the City of Geneva (“the City”). The study is predicated on the use of a cash flow analysis to support the pricing of utility services. The cost of service analysis uses a planning period of 10 years (2013 - 2022). This portion of the report summarizes the findings, conclusions and recommendations developed during the course of the study.

1.1 Findings and Conclusions

The following findings and conclusions were developed during the course of the study.

• Based on projected water sales, the City’s current water rates will not produce adequate revenues to cover the costs of operating and maintaining the water system in Fiscal Year (FY) 13 or during subsequent years. The annual shortfalls under existing rates will exhaust the City’s water system cash balance by the end of FY15.

• Based on projected water sales, the City’s current sewer rates will not produce adequate revenues to cover the costs of operating and maintaining the sewer system in FY13 or during subsequent years. The annual shortfalls under existing rates will exhaust the City’s sewer system cash balance by the end of FY15.

• There are several reasons for the revenue shortfalls, which include the following:

The City has experienced annual reductions in water sales over the last four to five years which has directly impacted revenues. Currently the City collects 96.7% of water revenues and 95.0% of sewer revenues from water sales and the decline has had a large impact on overall revenues collected by the City.

Based on a review of the age of the water and sewer system buried and above ground assets, a significant portion of the water and sewer systems have reached their useful lives. If the City does not address these assets in the form of increased capital replacement, it runs the risk of portions of the systems failing leading to significant disruptions in service. To address the aging systems, the City will be required to make significant investments in the systems over the next ten to twenty years.

The City has adopted a policy beginning in FY13 to no longer charge City buildings for water or sewer service going forward which results in a loss of water and sewer revenues from approximately 402,000 cubic feet of metered water.

• While the City recently increased water and sewer rates at the beginning of FY13, the increases were not sufficient to address the financial shortfalls within the water and sewer funds, and therefore the City will be required to increase revenues through water and sewer rate increases over the next several years.


• A detailed cost of service analysis reveals that the City is appropriately allocating the system revenue requirements among water and sewer customers within each class.

• A review of the City’s current water and sewer rate structure reveals that the City is highly dependent on metered water and sewer use for generation of system revenues with over 96% of water revenues and over 94% of sewer revenues based on metered water sales. This rate structure makes the City’s water and sewer fund finances susceptible to significant revenue volatility as a result of changes in water use.

• A review of the City’s private protection charges and treatment capacity charges reveals that these charges are not set at a level to recover the cost of providing service.

1.2 Recommendations

The following recommendations were developed during the course of the water and sanitary sewer rate study. The recommendations are presented to the City Staff and Council for consideration and adoption. We recommend the following: • Augment the future capital spending by increasing the funding associated with water main

replacement and sewer relining to levels that will allow for proactive management of the system assets.

• Modify the current working capital (O&M) reserve to be based on 90-days of operating expenses rather than operating expenses and existing debt service. This approach will allow the City to minimize the magnitude of water and sewer rate increases over the next few years.

• Increase water and sewer revenues over a three year period that will allow for full funding of the water and sewer system operations, existing debt service and necessary capital investments for repair and replacement. The three-year financial plan is presented in Tables 1-1 and 1-2.

Table 1-1: Recommended Water Revenue Adjustments

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 Annual Water Revenue Increases 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%

Table 1-2: Recommended Sewer Revenue Adjustments

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 Annual Sewer Revenue Increases 6.0% 6.0% 6.0%

• Adopt an alternative rate structure that will increase the amount of revenue collected in the

fixed charge to 20% of revenues by FY15. The recommended rates (Alternative 2) which provide a usage allowance of 100 cubic feet per fixed charge meter equivalent are shown in Tables 1-3 and 1-4.


Table 1-3: Alternative 2 - Water Rate Structure

Meter Size FY 13 Alternative Fixed Charge

FY 14 Alternative Fixed Charge


5/8” $3.57 $5.00 $6.55 3/4” $4.18 $6.27 $8.54

1” $5.44 $8.86 $12.57 1 ½” $8.54 $15.26 $22.56

2” $12.29 $22.97 $34.59 3” $21.03 $40.98 $62.68 4” $33.51 $66.70 $102.80 6” $64.69 $130.95 $203.02

Consumption Fee per 100 cubic feet Tier 1 (0 - 1,500 cubic feet) $4.46 $4.43 $4.38

Tier 2 (1,500 - 20,000 cubic feet) $4.12 $4.09 $4.05 Tier 3 (Above 20,000 cubic feet) $3.99 $3.96 $3.92

Table 1-4: Alternative 2 - Sewer Rate Structure




5/8” $2.40 $3.33 $4.35 3/4” $2.65 $3.99 $5.46

1” $3.17 $5.33 $7.71 1 ½” $4.46 $8.65 $13.29

2” $6.00 $12.65 $20.01 3” $9.62 $22.00 $35.72 4” $14.78 $35.35 $58.14 6” $27.67 $68.70 $114.15

Usage Fee per 100 cubic feet Non-Industrial Customers $2.54 $2.54 $2.53

Industrial Customers $3.74 $3.78 $3.80 • The City should not offer a credit on sewer bills for consumptive water use that does not

return to the sewer system. The City is not currently capable of offering this type of credit to all customers due to limitations of the billing system.

• Based on the review of private fire protection services provided, the City is not currently recovering all costs associated with the service. We recommend the City adopt the following increased private fire service fees.

Table 1-5: Recommended Private Fire Protection Charges

Line Size Current FY 13

Proposed Increased FY 13

6” or Less $90.00 $142.00 Over 6” $180.00 $284.00


• Based on the review of ancillary service fees, several additional fees were identified that will recover the cost of providing various services related to the water and sewer systems. We recommend that the City adopt the following new service fees.

Table 1-6: Additional Ancillary Service Fees

Fee Description Proposed Fees Disconnect/Reconnect a. Saturday or between 2:30 pm and 11:59 pm $100 b. Sunday, designated City holiday or between 12:00 am and 6:59 am $150

Fee For Late Payments 10% of delinquency amount


2.0 BASIS FOR THE STUDY

2.1 Background

The City of Geneva (“the City”) provides clean, safe and reliable water and sanitary sewer service to residents as well as commercial, industrial, and government establishments in and around the City. The water and sewer systems serve a residential population of approximately 21,500.

The City has invested significant capital to develop the water and sewer systems, which consist of more than 85 miles of water distribution lines that range from 3 to 24 inches in diameter, over 123 miles of sewer collection lines that range from 6 to 36 inches in diameter and the recently constructed 8.0 MGD (million gallons per day) Water Treatment Plant.

The City manages the water and sewer systems within the Public Works Department and accounts for the water and sewer operations as a combined enterprise fund. As such the City does not rely on tax revenues to support the water and sewer system operations; however a minimal amount of capital projects have recently been funded through tax revenues and are discussed further in Section 3. The water and sewer fund is solely dependent on user charges and fees to fund operations, maintenance and long-term obligations related to the water and sewer systems. Similar to most municipal water and sewer utilities around the country, the City operates its water and sewer system in an environment that presents continual challenges. The need for capital investments to address aging infrastructure, continued increases in operating expenditures and the ongoing reduction in water volumes sold to customer accounts have and will continue to place significant pressure on the finances of the water and sewer fund. To address these challenges, the Municipal and Financial Services Group (MFSG) has developed a detailed forecast of the cost of operating and maintaining the water and sewer systems to establish the appropriate level of rates, fees and charges to ensure the continued financial health and stability of the water and sewer fund. 2.2 Scope of Work The scope of services set forth in the contract between the City of Geneva and MFSG specifies several related tasks:

• Revenue Requirements - Determine the full cost of providing water and sewer service by developing comprehensive revenue requirements for each system.

• Cost of Service and Financial Plan - Perform a cost of service analysis to determine

appropriate cost allocations and develop a financial plan for the City to ensure that water and sewer rates, fees and charges provide adequate revenues over the projection period.

• Rate Design - Design a water and sewer rate structure that appropriately allocates costs

among the City’s customers based on the City’s pricing goals and objectives.


• Customer Impacts - Document the impact of various rate designs on City customers to assist in development of a recommended rate alternative.

2.3 Assumptions Used in the Study

The following guiding principles were used to guide the cost of service rate study and were developed with the assistance of City staff:

• The water and sewer systems must each be self-supporting. It is assumed that the cost of operating and maintaining the water system must be supported by the water fees and charges collected from water customers, and the cost of operating and maintaining the sewer system must be supported by the sewer fees and charges collected from sewer customers.

• The City should maintain reserves to provide for contingencies and unplanned expenses, to ensure that funds are generated to allow for appropriate system reinvestment.

• The expenses related to operating and maintaining the water and sewer systems should be

equitably distributed among the users of the respective systems based on a cost of service analysis.

In addition to the guiding principles for the study, several assumptions regarding future economic conditions and growth within the City’s service area were made to project future revenue requirements and offsetting revenues from water and sewer rates. Assumptions made regarding various items are shown below:

Element FY 13 Assumption

Water Customer Growth Rate 0.0% per year

Water Consumption Growth Rate (0.5%) per year

Sewer Customer Growth Rate 0.0% per year

Sewer Consumption Growth Rate (0.5%) per year

As demonstrated above, it is assumed that the City will not experience any growth in customers over the projection period and that the City will experience an ongoing reduction in water and sewer consumption. These assumptions are based on the premise that the City is largely built-out and will not experience growth in its customer base and due to the ongoing reduction in water usage per customer account due to factors such as the replacement of water using fixtures with low-flow water fixtures, the ongoing depressed economic environment and a general conservation ethic. Further detail regarding inflation factors applied to operating and maintenance expenses can be found in Section 4 of this report. These assumptions were used after discussions with the City’s staff, utilizing our experience and the staff’s knowledge of its customer base and historical costs.


The study was conducted using the adopted budgets for Fiscal Years 2013 through 2015 (the City functions on a fiscal year of May 1 to April 30) as the base years upon which forecasted figures were developed. The cost of service analysis considers what water and sewer rates need to be for the entire planning period (2013 – 2022).


3.0 CUSTOMER AND CONSUMPTION ANALYSIS

To allocate costs accurately among each customer class, it is necessary to gain an understanding of the makeup of the customer base served by the City and associated metered water usage and sewerage generation. This section provides an overview of this analysis. 3.1 Customer Account Information

The City provided MFSG with actual detailed data from their billing system from FY10 and FY11 along with a decade of historical totals. In FY11 the City served approximately 8,038 water customers and 8,016 sewer customers. The City bills its customers on a monthly basis. Because the City currently charges a monthly water fixed charge that varies with the size of a customer’s meter, it is necessary to determine the number of customers by meter size. Tables 3-1 and 3-2 present the breakdown of actual customers in FY11 by meter size and customer type. Table 3-1: Actual FY11 Water Customer Account Information

Meter Size Residential Commercial Government Industrial City Total

5/8” 1 1 3/4” 6,866 478 6 7 7,357 1” 294 93 2 3 7 399

1 ½” 15 89 4 1 1 110 2” 1 79 11 8 6 105 3” 27 9 8 2 46 4” 7 7 5 19 6” 1 1

Total 7,176 773 40 33 16 8,038 Table 3-2: Actual FY11 Sewer Customer Account Information

Meter Size Residential Commercial Government Industrial City Total

3/4” 6,860 475 6 6 7,347 1” 290 91 2 2 7 392

1 ½” 15 89 4 1 1 110 2” 1 77 10 8 6 102 3” 27 9 8 2 46 4” 7 7 4 18 6” 1 1

Total 7,166 766 39 29 16 8,016

The tables demonstrate that the majority (approximately 92%) of water and sewer customers have a 3/4” meter which is the City’s standard residential meter size.


3.2 Customer Usage Analysis

In order to forecast customer water usage it is necessary to review historical customer usage patterns. Figures 3-1 and 3-2 illustrate the historical trend of metered water for the past 11 years within the City and are broken out into the City’s current customer classes including Residential, Commercial, Government, Industrial and City customers. Residential metered water is shown in a separate figure as the metered water is much higher in total than every other class. Historically the residential customer class has consumed between 61% - 68% of the total metered water each year. The customer class labeled City was not separated into its own class until FY06.

Figure 3-1: Historical Customer Trends (Commercial, Industrial, Government, City)

Figure 3-2: Historical Customer Trends (Residential)

In recent years, the City has seen a significant decline in metered water, which is consistent with industry trends across the United States. A recent article from the American Water Works Associations Journal highlights this trend stating that “Water utilities across North America are experiencing declining water sales among their residential customers (single-family households). Typically, utility officials attribute the decline in water use to several possible factors, including wetter weather, new water-conserving appliances, and changing demographics.”1

1 AWWA (American Water Works Association) Journal, 2011, Residential Water Use Trends in North America, Rockaway et al, 103:2

The City has

Commercial

Industrial

Government

City -

5,000,000

10,000,000

15,000,000

20,000,000

25,000,000

30,000,000

FY 00 FY 01 FY 02 FY 03 FY 04 FY 05 FY 06 FY 07 FY 08 FY 09 FY 10 FY 11

Metered Water (cubic feet)

Fiscal Year

Historical Metered Water

Residential

-

20,000,000

40,000,000

60,000,000

80,000,000

100,000,000


Metered Water (cubic feet)

Fiscal Year

Historical Metered Water


certainly not been immune to these factors that have been impacting water sales throughout the United States. In FY11, monthly billed water totaled approximately 104 million cubic feet. The City currently charges all customers metered water through a declining block rate structure. A breakdown of consumption by customer class in each block is illustrated in Table 3-3. Table 3-3: Actual FY11 Water Consumption (cubic feet)

Block Usage Residential Commercial Government Industrial City 0 - 1,500 60,380,991 6,475,958 414,988 484,390 118,839 1,501 - 20,000 5,813,663 12,966,224 1,540,817 3,139,327 275,450 Over 20,000 1,070,508 3,792,001 2,895,213 4,744,651 7,700 Total 67,265,162 23,234,183 4,851,018 8,368,368 401,989

Table 3-3 demonstrates that the majority of residential customer class consumption falls within the first block, while the largest amount of industrial customer class consumption falls in the highest block. Further analysis of the rate structure is discussed in Section 6.0 of this report. Actual billed sewer usage totaled 102 million cubic feet in FY11. Sewer usage is billed following a uniform unit charge per 100 cubic feet with an additional pre-treatment charge for industrial customers only. The breakdown of sewer usage by customer class is shown below in Table 3-4. Table 3-4: Actual FY11 Sewer Usage (cubic feet)

Residential Commercial Government Industrial City Total 67,186,588 23,179,965 4,804,507 6,556,347 401,989

Computing total annual water consumption and sewer usage is an important part of the process, as the majority of water and sewer revenues are collected through customer usage charges. In addition to reviewing aggregate water usage, it is necessary to review customer usage patterns to illustrate customer usage behaviors and outliers within specific customer classes. Figure 3-3 illustrates the allocated water consumption for residential customers.

Figure 3-3: Residential Monthly Allocated Usage (cubic feet)

01,0002,0003,0004,0005,0006,0007,0008,0009,000

Num

ber

of C

usto

mer

s

Monthly Residential Water Consumption (Cubic Feet)


Figure 3-3 helps illustrate several observations for the residential customer class in terms of how the customers use water throughout the year. The bell-shaped curve is typical among residential customers as the vast majority of residential accounts use a similar amount of water with some customers using less than the average and some using more. The average usage for a residential customer is 790 cubic feet per monthly billing period. Allocated usage was also calculated for the other four customer classes, however non-residential customers range from very small commercial establishments that use no water to industrial customers that use a substantial amount of water every month. As a result the non-residential customer classes do not demonstrate consistent usage patterns in the manner that residential customers do. The City recently added a large industrial user to the water and sewer system which is planning to increase water and sewer sales by 2.4 million cubic feet per year. Other than this industrial customer it is estimated that the City will not experience any growth in new accounts in the near future and due to that fact, a 0% growth rate was applied to both water and sewer customers for the entire planning period. Also, due to the historical decrease in metered water sales, water consumption and sewer usage are assumed to decline annually at (0.5%) for the entire planning period. Figure 3-4 presents the last five years of water sales and our estimate of water sales for the planning period.

Figure 3-4: Annual Water Sales

A detailed view of actual FY10 and FY11 customer and consumption information, historical demand for the system, as well as projected information for the planning period can be found on Schedules 15, 16 and 17 of the Appendix to the report.

-

200,000

400,000

600,000

800,000

1,000,000

1,200,000

1,400,000

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023

Tota

l Ann

ual W

ater

Sal

es (1

00 c

ubic

feet

)


Operating & Maintenance Expenses

Existing Debt Service Payments

Planned CapitalImprovement Projects

Contributions to Reserves

4.0 REVENUE REQUIREMENTS

This chapter of the report outlines the current and future cost of operating and maintaining the City’s water and sewer systems, which constitute each system’s revenue requirements. The approach used to calculate the revenue requirements for each system includes a detailed review of each cost incurred by the City to ensure a full cost of service is developed. The revenue requirements can be broken down into four main categories of costs including; operating and maintenance costs, capital improvements, existing debt service and any contributions to reserves. All costs used in the analysis of revenue requirements are based on official documents provided by the City as well as industry standards and calculated assumptions. 4.1 Operating and Maintenance Expenses

The operating and maintenance (O&M) expenses within the water and sewer fund are the base building block for revenue requirements and must be recovered annually through user fees. The actual O&M expenses for FY10 and FY11 and the adopted FY12 through FY15 budgets were used as the basis for estimating future expenses for the water and sewer funds. The water O&M expenses are currently budgeted in three major categories including: water production, water distribution and water treatment. Purchased power and chemicals are two of the City’s largest expense items within the three budgeted categories. Figure 4-1 provides a breakdown of the operating and maintenance expenses in the estimated budget for FY 12.


Exhibit 4-1: Water Operating & Maintenance Expenses

The sewer O&M expenses are budgeted in three major categories including: industrial wastewater, wastewater collection and wastewater treatment. Figure 4-2 provides a breakdown of the operating and maintenance expenses in the estimated budget for FY 12.

Exhibit 4.2: Sewer Operating & Maintenance Expenses

FY 12 Sewer Operating Budget: $1,704,790

Industrial Wastewater $106,075

6%

Wastewater Collection $777,880

46%

Wastewater Treatment $820,835

$48%

Personal Services$412,040

24%

Purchased Power

$170,000 10%

Operations$238,795

14%


37%

Operations$144,810

9%


5%

Operations$23,275

1%

FY 12 Water Operating Budget: $2,369,345 Water Treatment

$988,500 42%

Water Distribution $1,081,555

46%

Water Production $299,290

12%

Purchased Power

$267,690 11%

Operations$31,600

1%


36%

Operations$242,285

10%


16%

Purchased Power

$206,000 9%

Chemicals$204,600

9%

Operations$193,835

8%


As the City provided budget numbers through FY15, several inflation factors were used on specific line items to project future O&M costs from FY16 to the end of the planning period. The Construction Cost Index (CCI), Municipal Cost Index (MCI), Commodity (Fuel) Energy Index and a personnel expenses inflation rate were used on line items related to each inflation factor. Line items not associated with one of the above mentioned inflation factors were kept flat throughout the entire planning period. The following figures and tables show the projected O&M expenses for each fund through FY17, along with the percentage increases for the total budgets.

Figure 4.3: Projected Water O&M Expenses

Table 4-1: Water O&M Budgets ($ millions) FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Water O&M $2.37 $2.47 $2.53 $2.58 $2.67 $2.76 % Change 4.26% 2.30% 2.05% 3.40% 3.46%

Figure 4-4: Projected Sewer O&M Expenses

$-

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

$2,500,000

$3,000,000

FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Water Production Water Distribution Water Treatment

$-

$400,000

$800,000

$1,200,000

$1,600,000

$2,000,000

FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17Wastewater Treatment Wastewater Collection Industrial Wastewater


Table 4-2: O&M Budget Totals ($ millions) FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Sewer O&M $1.70 $1.74 $1.77 $1.81 $1.85 $1.90 % Change 1.82% 2.19% 1.92% 2.52% 2.57%

It should be noted that that increases in operating and maintenance expenses forecasted over the projection period are minimal with the City estimating very little to no increases in expenditures for which the Water and Sewer Department can control. The most significant increases are in chemicals, energy, insurance and similar items that are largely outside the control of the City. A detailed look at the operating and maintenance expenses for the water and sewer fund can be found on Schedules 3A and 3B of the Appendix to the report. 4.2 Capital Costs

Existing debt service payments and planned capital costs comprise the next set of building blocks within the revenue requirements and can have a significant impact on water and sewer finances and rates. Each type of capital cost is discussed in further detail in the following sub-sections.

4.2.1 Existing Debt The City has issued debt in the past to fund capital projects necessary for the ongoing operation of the water and sewer systems. The City currently has one outstanding debt issuance that is split equally between the water and sewer systems, the GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C. In addition, there are four issuances specifically related to capital projects completed for the water system. Figure 4-5 illustrates the debt service schedule for water debt through FY 17. All debt payments include interest and principal payments and are funded through revenues collected from current user fees.

Figure 4-5: Existing Debt Water Payment Schedule

As demonstrated in Figure 4-5, the water system is currently carrying a significant amount of debt, with annual debt payments representing over 30% of the total water system revenue

$-

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Drinking Water Loan L17 - 285100 Drinking Water Loan L17 - 233000

Drinking Water Loan L17 - 210400 GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C

General Obligation Refunding Bonds, Series 2012B


requirements. The primary reason for the significant debt load is due to the capital investment made to construct the new water treatment plant. We recommend that utilities spend a maximum of 30% of revenues on debt service. As a result, given the current debt service requirements for the water system we would recommend that the City not take on additional debt service for the water system at this time. Along with the bond issuance that is shared with the water system, there are two other debt issuances related to capital projects specifically for the sewer system. Figure 4-6 illustrates the sewer debt service schedule through FY17. All sewer debt payments include interest and principal payments and are funded through revenues collected from current user fees.

Figure 4-6: Existing Debt Sewer Payment Schedule

The figure above shows that the sewer system is carrying less debt than the water system but debt payments in the sewer system still represent about 25% of the total sewer system revenue requirements. A detailed look at each debt payment schedule for the water and sewer systems can be found on Schedule 6 of the Appendix to the report. 4.2.2 Capital Projects In addition to funding debt service related to historical capital investments in the water and sewer systems, the City must continue to invest in the systems to ensure the continued operation of each system. While capital investments have a pronounced impact on rates, the investments are vitally important to ensure the continued operation of each system. The City could keep rates low initially by not reinvesting in the systems but would pay a significant price later as system failures spike due to a lack of system maintenance, which would result in increased costs and ultimately the need for even higher rate increases. The City is taking a proactive approach towards the maintenance of each system by having capital improvement plans in place through FY13; however an extended capital improvement program is not currently established for either

$-

$100,000

$200,000

$300,000

$400,000

$500,000

$600,000

$700,000

$800,000

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Wastewater Loan L17-185400 Wastewater Loan L17-098600 GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C


system. Tables 4-3 and 4-4 show the historical (FY11 and 12) and planned capital projects for the water and sewer fund.

Table 4-3: Water System Capital Improvement Plan

Project FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 Water Line Replacement $499,239 $232,633 $562,000 Water Treatment Plant $37,689 $77,264 $100,000 Water Supply $102,853 $ - $ - Water Storage $ - $7,530 $400,000 Metering $ - $140,222 $175,000 Miscellaneous Projects $21,270 $274,134 $95,713 Total Planned Capital Spending $661,051 $731,783 $1,332,713

In Table 4-3, the water line replacement capital project category includes replacement of water lines that have been funded through sales tax revenues from the General Fund. It is anticipated that in future years this funding will not be available and therefore ongoing water line replacement will need to be funded through revenues from the water system. Miscellaneous projects include billing software, vehicles, etc. Due to the current debt load on the water system, it was assumed that all water projects will be cash funded through current revenues. Table 4-4: Sewer Capital Improvement Plan

Project FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 Sewer Relining $55,751 $67,623 $206,000 Sewer Pumps $19,308 $75,423 $52,000 Wastewater Treatment Plant $34,876 $40,000 $187,500 Miscellaneous Projects $21,270 $ - $95,713 Total Planned Capital Spending $131,205 $183,046 $541,213

While the outstanding debt and debt service payments are not as significant within the sewer system, we recommend that the City fund the sewer system projects using cash from current sewer revenues rather than issuing additional debt. This approach will minimize interest and is recommended because the capital projects identified for the sewer system are routine in nature and consist of repair and replacement type projects.

To assist with the future capital planning of the water and sewer system a review of the water and sewer systems’ buried and above ground assets was completed. The goal of the review is to assist the City with developing a plan for reinvestment in the water and sewer systems that will allow for long-term system sustainability and to maximize the useful lives of each system. The review included a detailed analysis of pipe information including approximate age, estimated useful life, pipe material, diameter and approximate replacement costs. Table 4-5 presents the components of the review of the buried water system assets.


Table 4-5: Buried Infrastructure - Water Mains Installed or Replaced Decade

Estimated Replacement

Year

Length of Pipe (Linear

Feet)

% of Total Pipe Replacement Cost

1900 – 1919 1975 41,976 9.18% $3,191,914 1920 – 1929 1995 29,936 6.55% $2,163,096 1930 – 1939 2005 36,276 7.94% $2,746,136 1940 – 1949 2015 26,272 5.75% $2,047,057 1950 – 1959 2000 54,231 11.87% $4,294,163 1960 – 1969 2035 56,119 12.28% $5,234,469 1970 – 1979 2045 60,214 13.17% $5,879,300 1980 - 1989 2055 152,015 33.26% $16,388,842

Total 457,039 100% $41,944,977 Table 4-5 presents the details of the buried water system assets including decade of installation, the estimated year of replacement, amount of pipe installed and the estimated replacement costs. The estimated replacement year assumes a 75 year useful life for all mains excluding mains installed in the 1950’s which was given a 50 year useful life due to specific pipe issues the City has experienced with mains installed in this decade. The replacement costs for each decade of pipe are shown in current dollars and include replacement of valves and hydrants as well as labor. The rows highlighted in red represent mains that have already reached their useful life. The analysis demonstrates that approximately 35% of the water system mains are already exceeding their useful life and that it will cost approximately $13 million to replace these mains. It should be noted that the useful life of the water mains is purely a proxy for when they should be replaced as demonstrated by the fact that the water system includes mains that are well beyond their useful life and have continued to perform. However, the City has and will continue to experience problems (line breaks, etc) with mains as they reach and exceed their useful lives and eventually if not replaced will face major main failures. A similar analysis was completed for the sewer system with the results shown in Table 4-6.


Table 4-6: Buried Infrastructure – Sewer Mains

Installed Decade or

Year Relined

Material

Useful Life

Estimated Rehabilitation

Year

Length of Pipe

(Linear Feet)

% of Total Pipe

Rehabilitation Cost

1900 – 1919 Clay 75 1975 42,305 6.47% $1,694,297 1920 – 1929 Clay 75 1995 20,304 3.11% $825,698 1930 – 1939 Clay 75 2005 27,492 4.21% $1,132,551 1940 – 1949 Clay 75 2015 21,735 3.33% $922,696 1940 – 1949 Concrete 85 2025 5,474 0.84% $726,132 1950 – 1959 Clay 75 2025 45,023 6.89% $1,994,776 1960 – 1969 Clay 75 2035 32,951 5.04% $1,397,082 1960 – 1969 Concrete 85 2045 6,837 1.05% $898,792 1970 – 1979 Clay 75 2045 38,011 5.82% $1,715,446 1980 – 1989 Clay 75 2055 34,564 5.29% $1,382,560 1990 – 1999 Concrete 85 2075 10,321 1.58% $1,200,866 1990 – 1999 PVC 100 2090 319,232 48.84% $14,814,695

2001 Lined 30 2031 4,709 0.72% $204,996 2002 Lined 30 2032 36,075 5.52% $1,483,627 2003 Lined 30 2033 3,436 0.53% $149,463 2006 Lined 30 2036 705 0.11% $86,264 2010 Lined 30 2040 2,048 0.31% $81,920 2012 Lined 30 2042 2,370 0.36% $94,800

Total 653,592 100% $30,806,659 Table 4-6 demonstrates the sewer mains installed in the sewer system based on year of installation or year the mains were relined, the material, useful life by pipe material, estimated year of rehabilitation and rehabilitation costs in current dollars. The useful life was assumed for all buried infrastructure by material type with clay set at 75 years, PVC set at 100 years, concrete set at 85 years and relined pipes lasting 30 years. The rehabilitation costs for each decade of pipe is shown in current dollars and all pipes highlighted in red are exceeding their estimated useful life. As a result of the analysis, it was determined that approximately 14% of the buried sewer infrastructure is exceeding its useful life with an estimated rehabilitation cost of $3.6 million. Based on the results of the analysis, we developed a detailed capital plan that begins to address the need for increased investment in buried infrastructure. The capital plan assumes that the City will fund those assets that have already reached their useful life over the next 20 years and all assets that will reach their useful life within the next ten years. The capital spending plan is illustrated for the water and sewer systems in Figures 4-7 and 4-8.


Figure 4-7: Projected Water Capital Improvement Plan

Figure 4-8: Projected Sewer Capital Improvement Plan

As demonstrated in Figures 4-7 and 4-8 the majority of investment is in buried infrastructure (water main replacement and sewer relining). All future capital investments are inflated to future dollars. A detailed look at the analysis that went into creating a projected capital improvement plan for each fund can be found on Schedules 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D and 8 of the Appendix to the report. 4.3 Reserves

The final building block of revenue requirements is the identification of any necessary contributions to reserves. Best management practices for a utility include accumulating modest cash reserves to provide for contingencies and unplanned major expenses.

$0

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Water Mains Water Treatment Plant Water Supply

Water Storage Metering Miscellaneous Projects

$0

$100,000

$200,000

$300,000

$400,000

$500,000

$600,000

$700,000


Sanitary Relining Sewer Pumps Wastewater Treatment Plant Miscellaneous Projects


4.3.1 Operating & Maintenance Reserve An operating and maintenance reserve is important to provide funds for unplanned minor repairs or fluctuations in the budget. The reserve can also provide rate stabilization during unusually wet years, which could result in reduced revenues due to lower than anticipated consumption levels. As these reserves are accumulated, they can be used in future years to offset, decrease or defer rate increases. The City currently maintains a reserve that is set at a minimum of 90 days of total operating expenses plus the current debt service payment. Operating reserves are typically established at 90 days of the annual operating and maintenance expenses. We recommend that the City formally establish and maintain a 90-day operating reserve target balance (one fourth of current annual O&M expenses). While this target balance is less than the current minimum balance maintained by the City and therefore less conservative, we believe that 90 days of operating provides adequate funds in case of emergency or budget fluctuations. The target balance for the water and sewer systems in FY13 is $0.61 million and $0.43 million respectively. City staff provided the cash balance as of 4/30/12, totaling $1.67 million which was split evenly between the water and sewer fund at $0.83 million for each fund. The cash balance exceeds the minimum targets for each fund and with the financial plan recommended in the next section no additional contribution is recommended for the entire planning period at this time for either system.

4.4 Revenue Requirements The sums of each of the building blocks of expenditures discussed in the previous sections represent the gross revenue requirements (that is, the total cash needed for the water and sewer systems) and they can be classified into two major categories:

1. Operating Costs Operating and Maintenance Expenses (day to day operations)

:

O&M Reserve Contributions 2. Existing Debt Service (annual principal/interest payments& fiscal agent fees)

Capital Costs:

Projected New Debt Service Cash-funded Capital Projects

Table 4-7 presents the total water system revenue requirements through FY17 for each of these expenditure categories.


Table 4-7: Water System Revenue Requirements ($ millions) FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Operating Costs Total Operating Expenses $2.47 $2.53 $2.58 $2.67 $2.76 Operating Reserve Contribution $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Operating Expenses $2.47 $2.53 $2.58 $2.67 $2.76 Capital Costs Existing Debt Service Payments $1.63 $1.59 $1.59 $1.59 $1.59 Cash Funded Capital Projects $0.83 $1.24 $1.04 $1.03 $1.06 Projected Debt Service Expense $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Capital Expenses $2.46 $2.84 $2.63 $2.62 $2.65 Total Revenue Requirement $4.93 $5.36 $5.21 $5.29 $5.41 Less Miscellaneous Other Revenues $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 Net Revenue Requirement $4.57 $5.00 $4.85 $4.92 $5.04

Table 4-7 demonstrates that the total revenue requirements in FY13 were just over $4.9 million and that the revenue requirements will grow to $5.4 million by FY17. The table also shows the net revenue requirements which take into account the miscellaneous other revenues generated within the water system for items such as fire protection charges, interest income and connection charges. The net revenue requirements represent what needs to be collected from water rates. It is helpful to know what percentage of costs from each dollar spent is going to the major cost categories. While this changes year to year, in FY13 the breakdown for every dollar spent in the water systems results in half (50%) being spent on operating costs, 17% spent on capital projects and 33% spent on existing debt service payments. As mentioned previously, we recommend a maximum target level for the percentage of revenue going towards debt service of no more than 30%. Therefore no further debt issuances are recommended for the planning period in the water system. The revenue requirements for the sewer system are shown in Table 4-8.


Table 4-8: Sewer System Revenue Requirements ($ millions) FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17

Operating Costs Total Operating Expenses $1.74 $1.77 $1.81 $1.85 $1.90 Operating Reserve Contribution $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Operating Expenses $1.74 $1.77 $1.81 $1.85 $1.90 Capital Costs Existing Debt Service Payments $0.74 $0.71 $0.71 $0.71 $0.71 Cash Funded Capital Projects $0.54 $0.59 $0.30 $0.31 $0.28 Projected Debt Service Expense $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Capital Expenses $1.28 $1.30 $1.01 $1.02 $0.99 Total Revenue Requirement $3.02 $3.07 $2.82 $2.87 $2.89 Less Miscellaneous Other Revenues $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 Net Revenue Requirement $2.98 $3.04 $2.78 $2.84 $2.85

Table 4-8 demonstrates that the net sewer system revenue requirements are forecasted to remain around $3.0 million from FY 13 through FY17. The FY13 breakdown for every dollar spent in the sewer fund results in 57% for operating costs, 18% for capital projects and 25% for existing debt service payments. The sewer system is right at the recommended maximum target percentage of revenues going towards existing debt. A detailed review of the water and sewer revenue requirements can be found on Schedule 11 of the Appendix to the Report.


5.0 FINANCIAL PLAN

The development of revenue requirements in the previous section of the report, demonstrates the annual amount of revenue that needs to be generated from rates and fees to ensure that the water and sewer systems are both self-supporting over the projection period. A comparison of the current and forecasted revenues from water and sewer rates with the revenues that need to be generated provides insight into the sufficiency of current rates and fees. Table 5-1 illustrates the surplus / (shortfall) for the comparison through FY13 - FY17. Table 5-1: Water Fund Financial Conditions with Current Rates ($ millions)

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 Total Operating Costs $2.47 $2.53 $2.58 $2.67 $2.76 Total Capital Costs $2.46 $2.84 $2.63 $2.62 $2.65 Total Revenue Requirement $4.93 $5.36 $5.21 $5.29 $5.41 Less Miscellaneous Revenues* $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 Net Revenue Requirement $4.57 $5.00 $4.85 $4.92 $5.04 Revenues under Current Rates/Customer Base $4.39 $4.39 $4.39 $4.39 $4.39 Surplus/(Shortfall) ($0.18) ($0.61) ($0.46) ($0.53) ($0.65) Cumulative Required Breakeven Increase 4.16% 13.89% 10.43% 12.15% 14.84% Annual Additional Increases 4.16% 9.73% 0.00% 0.00% 0.95%

*Includes private fire protection fees discussed in later sections of the report As demonstrated above, the water system will not be self-supporting (revenues will not cover revenue requirements) in FY13 nor will revenues cover expenses during the subsequent years. It is also important to note that the City recently adopted a policy to no longer charge City accounts for water and sewer service. Therefore revenues associated with those accounts will also need to be recovered through future increases along with increasing operating costs. Based on the forecast, if the City does not adjust water rates, all cash in the water system will be exhausted by FY15.

It should be noted that the City recently increased water rates by 2.5% at the beginning of FY13 and the revenues shows in Table 5-1 reflect this increase.

To immediately address the shortfall, the City would be required to increase water revenues dramatically. In an effort to smooth out the increases and address the shortfalls we propose that the City consider adjusting water revenues over a three-year period. The recommended annual increases in the water revenues are shown in Table 5-2.


Table 5-2: Recommended Water Revenue Adjustments FY 13 FY 14 FY 15

Annual Water Revenue Increases 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% Increases over a three year period, rather than a break-even increase in the first year will help to mitigate the one-time bill impact for the City’s customers. As explained earlier in the report, the water system has a healthy cash balance and will be able to absorb the conservative shortfalls that will result from the three-year plan. Table 5-3 show the sewer fund’s required break-even increases. Table 5-3: Sewer Fund Financial Conditions with Current Rates ($ millions)

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 Total Operating Costs $1.74 $1.77 $1.81 $1.85 $1.90 Total Capital Costs $1.28 $1.30 $1.01 $1.02 $0.99 Total Revenue Requirement $3.02 $3.07 $2.82 $2.87 $2.89 Less Miscellaneous Revenues $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 $0.04 Net Revenue Requirement $2.98 $3.04 $2.78 $2.84 $2.85 Revenues under Current Rates/Customer Base $2.61 $2.61 $2.61 $2.61 $2.61 Surplus/(Shortfall) ($0.37) ($0.42) ($0.17) ($0.22) ($0.24) Cumulative Required Breakeven Increase 14.16% 16.12% 6.49% 8.56% 9.07% Annual Additional Increases 14.16% 1.96% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

As demonstrated in Table 5-3, the sewer system will not be self-supporting (revenues will not cover revenue requirements) in FY13 nor will revenues cover expenses during the subsequent years. Based on the financial forecast, if the City does not adjust rates the sewer system will exhaust the fund’s cash balance by FY 15

. It should be noted that the City recently increased sewer rates by approximately 2.5% at the beginning of FY13 and the revenues in Table 5-5 reflect this increase.

In an effort to smooth out the rate increases and address the shortfalls we propose that the City consider adjusting sewer rates over a three-year period. The recommended annual increases in the sewer revenues are shown in Table 5-4.


Table 5-4: Recommended Sewer Revenue Adjustments FY 13 FY 14 FY 15

Annual Sewer Revenue Increases 6.0% 6.0% 6.0% Similar to the water system, increases over a number of years, rather than a break-even increase in the first year will help to mitigate rate shock to customers. The sewer fund also has a healthy cash balance that will enable it to handle the conservative shortfalls that will result from the three-year plan. It should be noted that the proposed revenue increases in FY13, assume that the City adjust rates in July of FY13, which would provide 10 months of revenues at the new rates. Cash flows and balances associated with the recommended financial plan can be explored in further detail within Schedules 24 and 25 of the Appendix to the report.


6.0 WATER AND SEWER COST OF SERVICE ANALYSIS

Once the water and sewer system revenue requirements are established and a financial plan has been developed, the next step is to allocate the costs of the system to the current users. The basic methodology for conducting water and sewer cost of service analysis involves a two-step process. The first step is allocating the revenue requirements to functional areas of operations (water treatment, storage, etc.) and the second step is the allocation of the functionalized revenue requirements to each customer class based on water usage patterns and wastewater volume and strength. The water cost allocation approach utilized in this study is the “base extra-capacity” method as outlined in the American Water Works Association Manual M1. A similar methodology was used for the sewer cost allocation although the functional categories are based on volume and strength of wastewater. Figures 6-1 and 6-2 illustrate the flow of revenue requirements to each customer class for the water and sewer systems.

Figure 6-1: Water Fund Cost of Service Allocation Flow Chart

As shown in Figure 6-1, water costs were first broken down into seven functional categories and those categories were allocated to the demand characteristics consisting of base-day demand capacity, extra-capacity, customer and meter services, and fire protection. Extra-capacity includes the maximum day and peak day demands placed on the water system. Capital expenses included in the user rate revenue requirement were allocated to each of the listed functional categories by use of the rate base. The rate base is a ratio calculated using the asset values for each of the functional categories of the existing water system which represents the total capital investment in each functional category (book value of each of the components of the water system. Figure 6-2 illustrates the cost of service allocation methodology for the sewer system.

Revenue Requirements

Transmission Distribution MeteringStoragePumpingTreatment Administration Fire Hydrants

Allocation to Functional Categories

Allocation to Cost Category

Allocation to Customer Class

Customer Service Metering

Extra Capacity –Max Hour

Extra Capacity –Max Day

Base Capacity Fire Protection

Residential Commercial Industrial Governmental


Figure 6-2: Sewer Fund Cost of Service Flow Chart

Sewer operating expenses were broken down into major operational categories illustrated in Figure 6-2. These line items were further allocated into functional categories of volume, pollutant loading, and customer services. The pollutant loading includes biological oxygen demand (BOD), total suspended solids (TSS) and nitrogen (TKN) all characteristics of the strength of the sewerage. Capital expenses included in the user rate revenue requirement were allocated to each of the listed functional categories by use of the rate base.

6.1 Allocation to Customer Classes The water and sewer systems’ functionalized revenue requirements were allocated to their respective customer classes, including residential, commercial, industrial and government for water and sewer. Since City accounts will no longer be charged for water and sewer service, the cost of service results for this specific customer class was excluded from the report.

The allocation of functionalized revenue requirements to each of the customer classes for the water system is based upon operating characteristics provided by staff. The various components of the water system are designed based primarily on system demand factors including average daily consumption, maximum day consumption, and maximum hour consumption. The City staff provided average daily use and documentation supporting maximum hour and maximum day use. Table 6-1 illustrates the peaking factors used for the water cost of service.

Revenue Requirements

MeteringCollectionPumpingTreatment

Residential Commercial Industrial

Administration

Allocation to Functional Categories

Allocation to Cost Category

Allocation to Customer Class

Total NitrogenBODSuspended

SolidsVolume Customer Service

Governmental

Pre-Treatment


Table 6-1: Customer Class Peaking Factors

Maximum Day (% of Average Day)

Maximum Hour (% of Average Day)

Residential 250% 400% Commercial 215% 340% Government 215% 340% Industrial 175% 300%

The allocation of functionalized revenue requirements to each of the customer classes for the sewer systems is based on the volume and strength of sewerage generated by each class of customer. The sewer system is designed to meet the design requirements of two characteristics: hydraulic loading (volume) and pollutant loading (BOD, TSS and TKN). Average daily usage is based on an average of the actual annual usage plus an infiltration and inflow factor. In the sewer system cost of service analysis, all customer classes discharging into the City’s sewer system were assumed to discharge sewerage of “average” strength.2

6.2 Cost of Service Results

The pollutant loadings were assumed to be the same for all customer classes.

Total costs allocated to be recovered by each customer class from projected revenues under the existing rate structure are shown in Table 6-2. The water cost of service analysis results shown below are based on the functionalized revenue requirements and customer class allocation factors discussed above. Table 6-2: Water Cost of Service Results as a % of Required Collected Revenues

FY 11 Actual % Cost of Service

Calculated % Cost of Service

Deviation from Cost of Service

Residential 66.72% 68.09% 1.37% Commercial 21.29% 20.57% (0.72%) Government 4.29% 4.14% (0.15%) Industrial 7.34% 6.85% (0.49%)

Table 6-2 shows that under the current rates the City is collecting revenues that are very close to the calculated cost of service, with residential customers being charged slightly less than cost of service and commercial, government and industrial being charged slightly more revenues than what should be allocated. These results indicate that all rate alternatives should recover revenues in a similar manner to the current structure.

The sewer cost of service analysis results shown in Table 6-3 are based on the functionalized revenue requirements and customer class allocation factors discussed previously.

2 Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., Wastewater Engineering, Maple Press Company, 1972


Table 6-3: Sewer Cost of Service Results as a % of Required Collected Revenue

FY 11 Actual % Cost of Service

Calculated % Cost of Service

Deviation from Cost of Service

Residential 63.68% 64.86% 1.18% Commercial 21.87% 20.91% (0.96%) Government 4.53% 4.23% (0.30%) Industrial 9.54% 9.63% 0.09%

Table 6.3 demonstrates similar results for the sewer cost of service analysis as the water analysis. The current sewer rates are generated revenues from each customer class that are very close to the calculated cost of service.


7.0 RATE ALTERNATIVES

This section of the report examines the pricing of water and sewer service. The revenue requirements and financial plan identify how much revenue must be generated from water and sewer rates and the cost of service analysis reveals how much of this revenue should be generated from each customer class. The final step is to price water and sewer service which defines how the costs are recovered from the City’s customers.

7.1 Current Rate Structure

The City’s current water rate structure includes a monthly fixed charge imposed based on the customer’s meter size and a declining block usage rate per 100 cubic feet of metered water. The current sewer rate structure includes a monthly fixed charge per bill and a uniform rate structure based on customer class. Tables 7-1 and 7-2 present the water and sewer rates that are currently in place. As shown in Table 7-1, the water fixed charge is graduated based on the size of the meter per the meter equivalents. The actual rates shown in Tables 7-1 and 7-2 were recently adopted by the City in May, the beginning of FY13. Table 7-1: Current Water Rate Structure

Meter Size Current Equivalents Current Fixed Charge

5/8” 1.00 $1.37 3/4” 1.04 $1.43 1” 1.17 $1.60

1 ½” 1.34 $1.83 2” 1.80 $2.47 3” 5.23 $7.17 4” 6.50 $8.91 6” 9.47 $12.97

Usage Rates – All Classes Usage Rate per CCF 0 – 1,500 CF $4.05

1,501 – 20,000 CF $3.74 Over 20,000 CF $3.62

Table 7-2: Current Sewer Rate Structure

Current Fixed Charge All Accounts $1.35

Usage Rates Usage Rate per CCF Non-Industrial Usage Rates $2.23

Industrial Usage Rates $3.44 The current fixed charge component of the rate structure collects approximately 3.3% of water revenues and 5.0% of sewer revenues through fixed charges.


7.2 Rate Alternatives

The following section of the report discusses the key policy goals and objectives related to pricing water and sewer service, evaluation of the current rate structure and the development of several alternative rate structures designed to address the pricing goals and objectives.

7.2.1 Pr icing Goals and Objectives To examine alternative rate structures, it is necessary to determine the principle pricing goals and objectives for the structure. The rate structure refers to how the revenues are collected and typically is comprised of a fixed portion and a variable (consumption) portion. Based on our industry experience, there are a number of common goals and objectives related to the pricing of water and sewer service. The most common considerations include the following:

• Revenue stability • Affordability • Encouraging / discouraging water use • Easy to understand • Administrative simplicity / implementation • Economic development • Legality

Each of the pricing goals and objectives were viewed in light of the City’s overall strategies. While all of the objectives mentioned above are deemed important, there are three objectives that were identified to be most important for the study.

• Revenue Stability - To assist in the financial stability within the water and sewer fund, the rate structure should provide a reasonable amount of revenue stability.

• Affordability - The direct impact to City customers should be minimized in effort to ensure that no one type of customer experiences disproportionate bill increases.

• Water Conservation - The City would like to encourage the wise use of water resources.

There are a number of ways to address the key pricing goals and objectives mentioned above. The most common approach to address the first objective, revenue stability, is to increase the fixed portion of the water and sewer bill. The more significant the fixed portion of the bill, the more guaranteed revenue is generated from water and sewer rates. However, it is necessary for there to be a clear cost basis for the fixed portion of the bill (the fixed portion should recover fixed costs incurred by the utility). Typical costs recovered through a fixed charge include, but are not limited to: customer service costs, billing and meter reading, administrative costs and meter maintenance. The second objective, affordability, can typically be accomplished by ensuring that some quantity of non-discretionary water is provided at a reasonably low cost. However, it should be noted that


in order to address the shortfalls in the water and sewer systems, the City needs to increase revenues by raising rates. As a result, minimizing overall customer impacts may be difficult. The third objective, water conservation, can be addressed by targeting discretionary water use (typically water used outside the home or business) in the form of increasing usage charges for customers that use water at levels above what would be deemed non-discretionary (indoor water use). 7.2.2 Alternative Rate Structures The following sections of the report provide an analysis of the current and alternative rate structures in light of the pricing goals and objectives. When considering rate alternatives the basis used for applying fixed charges is a major factor to analyze, especially when one of the primary goals of the rate alternatives is to provide for revenue stability. There are several ways to apply fixed charges which are discussed below:

• Number of Customers – Fixed charges can be assessed based on the number of water and sewer accounts. Typically used when only customer service costs are included in the fixed charge as there is no differentiation between these costs between types of customers. The City uses this approach for sewer fixed charges.

• Current Geneva Meter Equivalents – The City currently assesses fixed charges for water based meter equivalents that are based on various costs associated with each meter including pipe size, material and location and which were established in previous rate studies completed for the City.

• AWWA Meter Equivalents – Fixed charges for water and sewer are often assessed based on

the capacity associated with each meter size as defined by AWWA. Administrative and capacity related fixed charges can be recovered using these equivalents.

• AWWA Equivalents with Multi-Units – Fixed charges can also be assessed using AWWA

equivalents or the number of units behind the meter whichever is greater. Administrative and capacity related fixed charges can be recovered using this method.

Multi-units accounts consist of properties such as condominiums and apartments and the goal of using this method of charging customers would be to have each unit pay a fee based on a ¾” meter or 1.0 AWWA equivalent, instead of the property as a whole paying one larger fee. This would allow the City to move towards a structure that collected fees based on the cost of providing service to each customer. Table 7-3 further illustrates the differences between each approach and the total units to be billed in FY13 based on application of each approach.


Table 7-3: Basis for Fixed Charges Meter Size

Number of Customers

Geneva Equivalents

AWWA Equivalents

AWWA Equivalents & Units

5/8” 1 1.00 0.67 0.67 3/4” 1 1.04 1.00 1.00 1” 1 1.17 1.67 1.67

1 ½” 1 1.34 3.33 3.33 2” 1 1.80 5.33 5.33 3” 1 5.23 10.00 10.00 4” 1 6.50 16.67 16.67 6” 1 9.47 33.33 33.33

Water 8,067 8,893 9,948 10,559 Sewer 8,049 8,880 9,860 10,276

After discussions with the City Staff, MFSG recommends that any alternative rate structure include fixed charges based on AWWA equivalents and units. While the amount of revenue generated from fixed charges differs from utility to utility the industry standard is to set these charges to generate around 25% of total revenues. As mentioned earlier the current water fixed charges only generate 3.3% of the total water revenues and 5% of sewer revenues. This places the City in a position where it is highly dependent on water use for revenues which results in significant revenue volatility. We recommend that the City significantly increase the amount of revenue generated from the water and sewer fixed charges. However to mitigate the bill impact to the small user we recommend increasing the revenues collected from the fixed charge to 10% in FY13, 15% in FY14 and 20% in FY15 for each system. Tables 7-4 and 7-5 illustrate the resulting monthly charge per meter size in FY13 – FY15 for the water and sewer systems based on the increasing revenues from fixed charges and using the AWWA equivalents and units as a basis for imposing the charges. Table 7-4: Water Fixed Charge Analysis

Meter Size Current FY 13

Alternative FY 13

Alternative FY 14

Alternative FY 15

5/8” $1.37 $3.57 $5.00 $6.55 3/4” $1.43 $4.18 $6.27 $8.54 1” $1.60 $5.44 $8.86 $12.57

1 ½” $1.83 $8.54 $15.26 $22.56 2” $2.47 $12.29 $22.97 $34.59 3” $7.17 $21.03 $40.98 $62.68 4” $8.91 $33.51 $66.70 $102.80 6” $12.97 $64.69 $130.95 $203.02

% of Revenues Collected 3.3% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0%


Table 7-5: Sewer Fixed Charge Analysis

Meter Size Current FY 13

Alternative FY 13

Alternative FY 14

Alternative FY 15

5/8” $1.35 $2.40 $3.33 $4.35 3/4” $1.35 $2.65 $3.99 $5.46 1” $1.35 $3.17 $5.33 $7.71

1 ½” $1.35 $4.46 $8.65 $13.29 2” $1.35 $6.00 $12.65 $20.01 3” $1.35 $9.62 $22.00 $35.72 4” $1.35 $14.78 $35.35 $58.14 6” $1.35 $27.67 $68.70 $114.15

% of Revenues Collected 5.0% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0% The current and alternative rate structures are described below. Each alternative rate structures discussed below include the alternative FY13 water fixed charges listed in Table 7-4 and the alternative FY13 sewer fixed charges listed in Table 7-5. It should be noted that each rate structure will generate the same amount of revenue, as defined by the financial plan shown in Tables 5-2 and 5-4. Current Rate Structure - The current rate structure is increased to produce 5% more revenue in for the water system and 6% more revenue for the sewer system in FY 13, while keeping the current structure unchanged (all components of the rate structure are raised uniformly). The resulting rates are shown in Tables 7-6 and 7-7 along with the current rates for comparison purposes.

Table 7-6: Increased Current Water Rate Structure

Meter Size

Current FY 13

Monthly Fixed

Charge

Projected FY 13

Projected FY 14

Projected FY 15

5/8” $1.37 $1.43 $1.51 $1.59 3/4” $1.43 $1.49 $1.58 $1.66

1” $1.60 $1.67 $1.76 $1.85 1 ½” $1.83 $1.91 $2.02 $2.12 2” $2.47 $2.57 $2.72 $2.86 3” $7.17 $7.47 $7.90 $8.30 4” $8.91 $9.28 $9.82 $10.31 6” $12.97 $13.51 $14.30 $15.01

Consumption Fee per 100 cubic feet Tier 1 (0 - 1,500 cubic feet) $4.05 $4.25 $4.47 $4.69

Tier 2 (1,500 - 20,000 cubic feet) $3.74 $3.93 $4.12 $4.33 Tier 3 (Above 20,000 cubic feet) $3.62 $3.80 $3.99 $4.19


Table 7-7: Increased Current Sewer Rate Structure

Meter Size

Current FY 13

Monthly Fixed Charge

Projected FY 13

Projected FY 14

Projected FY 15

All Accounts $1.35 $1.43 $1.52 $1.61 Consumption Fee per 100 cubic feet

Non-Industrial Customers $2.23 $2.36 $2.51 $2.66 Industrial Customers $3.44 $3.65 $3.87 $4.10

The current rate structure was evaluated in light of the pricing goals and objectives and the following findings are provided:

• Revenue Stability - As documented, the primary concern with the current rate structure is that it does not address the small portion of revenues collected in the fixed charges and therefore does not address revenue stability within the water and sewer systems.

• Customer Impacts - All customers would experience the same percentage increase in their

water and sewer bill regardless of meter size or use.

• Water Conservation - The current rate structure does not specifically target water conservation.

Alternative 1 (Increased Allocation to Fixed Charges) – Alternative 1 includes adoption of the fixed charges shown in Tables 7-4 and 7-5, effectively increasing the revenue collected in the fixed charges. The consumption portion of the rate structure remains the same as the current structure. Alternative 1 water and sewer rates are shown in Tables 7-8 and 7-9. Table 7-8: Alternative 1 - Water Rate Structure




5/8” $3.57 $5.00 $6.55 3/4” $4.18 $6.27 $8.54

1” $5.44 $8.86 $12.57 1 ½” $8.54 $15.26 $22.56

2” $12.29 $22.97 $34.59 3” $21.03 $40.98 $62.68 4” $33.51 $66.70 $102.80 6” $64.69 $130.95 $203.02








5/8” $2.40 $3.33 $4.35 3/4” $2.65 $3.99 $5.46

1” $3.17 $5.33 $7.71 1 ½” $4.46 $8.65 $13.29

2” $6.00 $12.65 $20.01 3” $9.62 $22.00 $35.72 4” $14.78 $35.35 $58.14 6” $27.67 $68.70 $114.15

Consumption Fee per 100 cubic feet Non-Industrial Customers $2.24 $2.24 $2.24

Industrial Customers $3.42 $3.45 $3.47 Alternative 1 was evaluated in light of the pricing goals and objectives and the following findings are provided:

• Revenue Stability - The rate structure will increase the revenue stability within the water and sewer systems by increasing the amount of revenue collected from the fixed charge to 20% by FY15.

• Customer Impacts - The impact on customers will differ based on the size of the meter and

the amount of water consumed and sewerage generated. However in general, customers that consume very little quantities of water will experience the most significant percentage increases in their bills (even though the dollar increase may be minimal). The opposite is true of customers that use a significant amount of water who would experience small percentage increases under this rate structure.

• Water Conservation – This rate structure does not specifically target water conservation. Alternative 2 (Increased Allocation to Fixed Charges with Usage Allowance) – Alternative 2 mirrors Alternative 1 with the only difference being that the structure includes a usage allowance of 100 cubic feet per equivalent within the fixed charge. The usage allowance is intended to provide a minimal quantity of water with the fixed charge and is therefore set at 100 cubic feet. This equates to approximately 25 gallons per day for a single family home. Alternative 2 water and sewer rates are shown in Tables 7-10 and 7-11.






5/8” $3.57 $5.00 $6.55 3/4” $4.18 $6.27 $8.54

1” $5.44 $8.86 $12.57 1 ½” $8.54 $15.26 $22.56

2” $12.29 $22.97 $34.59 3” $21.03 $40.98 $62.68 4” $33.51 $66.70 $102.80 6” $64.69 $130.95 $203.02







5/8” $2.40 $3.33 $4.35 3/4” $2.65 $3.99 $5.46

1” $3.17 $5.33 $7.71 1 ½” $4.46 $8.65 $13.29

2” $6.00 $12.65 $20.01 3” $9.62 $22.00 $35.72 4” $14.78 $35.35 $58.14 6” $27.67 $68.70 $114.15



• Revenue Stability - The rate structure will increase the revenue stability within the water and sewer systems by increasing the amount of revenue collected from the fixed charge to 20% by FY15.


the amount of water consumed and sewerage generated. This structure does address the impact of the rate structure on customers that consume very small amounts of water by providing the usage allowance. However customers who consume significant quantities of water would experience higher increases under this structure.

• Water Conservation - This rate structure does not specifically target water conservation.


Alternative 3 (Pyramid Usage Rates) - The third alternative structure uses the same fixed charge approach as Alternative 1 (increased fixed charge without a usage allowance), but modifies the water consumption fee structure. Within the current structure approximately 75% of residential usage is charged the most expensive rate. To encourage conservation and further help the small residential user, as well as provide economic incentives to large users, a pyramid structure was developed. There are four tiers that capture 99% of residential usage within the first three inclining tiers. The fourth tier is set at a discount from the second and third tiers and collects a large portion of non-residential usage. The sewer usage rates follow the same structure as Alternative 1. Alternative 3 water and sewer rates are shown in Tables 7-12 and 7-13. Table 7-12: Alternative 3 - Water Rate Structure




5/8” $3.57 $5.00 $6.55 3/4” $4.18 $6.27 $8.54

1” $5.44 $8.86 $12.57 1 ½” $8.54 $15.26 $22.56

2” $12.29 $22.97 $34.59 3” $21.03 $40.98 $62.68 4” $33.51 $66.70 $102.80 6” $64.69 $130.95 $203.02

Consumption Fee per 100 cubic feet Tier 1 (0 - 800 cubic feet) $3.45 $3.42 $3.38

Tier 2 (801 - 1,400 cubic feet) $4.31 $4.27 $4.22 Tier 3 (1,400 - 3,500 cubic feet) $5.17 $5.13 $5.07 Tier 4 (Above 3,500 cubic feet) $3.79 $3.76 $3.72





5/8” $2.40 $3.33 $4.35 3/4” $2.65 $3.99 $5.46

1” $3.17 $5.33 $7.71 1 ½” $4.46 $8.65 $13.29

2” $6.00 $12.65 $20.01 3” $9.62 $22.00 $35.72 4” $14.78 $35.35 $58.14 6” $27.67 $68.70 $114.15




• Revenue Stability - The rate structure will increase the revenue stability within the water and sewer systems by increasing the amount of revenue collected from the fixed charge to 20% by FY15. However within the water system the implementation of a pyramid structure will result in increased revenue volatility. This is a result of discretionary use being charged a higher rate. If the City experiences a wetter summer and customers don’t use as much water outside the home, the City would see reduced revenues.


the amount of water consumed and sewerage generated. In general residential customers that use a significant amount of water would experience the most significant increases.

• Water Conservation – This rate structure specifically addresses water conservation by charging a higher rate for water consumed above the average residential amounts.

A detailed view of all water and sewer rate alternatives and rate projections throughout the planning period can be found on Schedules 18 and 19 of the Appendix to the report. 7.3 Sample Bills

Tables 7-14 through 7-16 present sample bills for various customers under all alternatives. Water, sewer and combined bills are shown with current rates and alternatives for FY13. Dollar increases from year to year are also shown in the following tables. Average consumptions per meter size were used with the sample bills as well as low usage customers for smaller meter sizes because there are a large number of those types of customers.


Table 7-14: Alternative Sample Monthly Water Bills Customer Meter Usage Current Increased $ Alt. 1 $ Alt. 2 $ Alt. 3 $

Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase Residential 3/4 200 $9.53 $9.99 $0.46 $12.04 $2.51 $8.65 ($0.88) $11.08 $1.55 Residential 3/4 900 $37.88 $39.76 $1.88 $39.53 $1.65 $39.89 $2.01 $36.07 ($1.81) Residential 3/4 1,200 $50.03 $52.52 $2.49 $51.32 $1.29 $53.28 $3.25 $48.99 ($1.04) Residential 3/4 3,000 $118.28 $124.18 $5.90 $117.50 ($0.78) $128.83 $10.55 $140.33 $22.05

Commercial 3/4 450 $19.66 $20.63 $0.97 $21.86 $2.20 $19.80 $0.15 $19.69 $0.04 Commercial 1 2,500 $99.75 $104.72 $4.97 $100.62 $0.87 $106.72 $6.97 $115.73 $15.98 Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $193.48 $203.14 $9.66 $194.41 $0.93 $206.02 $12.54 $227.41 $33.93 Commercial 2 20,000 $755.12 $792.86 $37.74 $742.21 ($12.91) $819.74 $64.62 $799.86 $44.74 Government 3/4 600 $25.73 $27.00 $1.27 $27.75 $2.02 $26.50 $0.77 $24.86 ($0.87) Government 2 1,900 $78.18 $82.07 $3.89 $85.71 $7.53 $73.30 ($4.88) $91.56 $13.38 Government 3 23,000 $868.42 $911.78 $43.36 $856.27 ($12.15) $930.23 $61.81 $922.34 $53.92

Industrial 3/4 4,000 $155.68 $163.45 $7.77 $153.78 ($1.90) $170.05 $14.37 $185.13 $29.45 Industrial 3 50,000 $1,845.82 $1,938.05 $92.23 $1,804.15 ($41.67) $2,007.32 $161.50 $1,946.00 $100.18

Table 7-15: Alternative Sample Monthly Sewer Bills

Customer Meter Usage Current Increased $ Alt. 1 $ Alt. 2 $ Alt. 3 $ Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase

Residential 3/4 200 $5.81 $6.16 $0.35 $7.14 $1.33 $5.19 ($0.62) $7.14 $1.33 Residential 3/4 900 $21.42 $22.71 $1.29 $22.84 $1.42 $22.94 $1.52 $22.84 $1.42 Residential 3/4 1,200 $28.11 $29.80 $1.69 $29.57 $1.46 $30.55 $2.44 $29.57 $1.46 Residential 3/4 3,000 $68.25 $72.35 $4.10 $69.93 $1.68 $76.20 $7.95 $69.93 $1.68

Commercial 3/4 450 $11.39 $12.07 $0.68 $12.75 $1.36 $11.53 $0.15 $12.75 $1.36 Commercial 1 2,500 $57.10 $60.53 $3.43 $59.24 $2.14 $62.34 $5.24 $59.24 $2.14 Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $112.85 $119.62 $6.77 $116.59 $3.74 $122.81 $9.96 $116.59 $3.74 Commercial 2 20,000 $447.35 $474.19 $26.84 $454.53 $7.18 $499.67 $52.32 $454.53 $7.18 Government 3/4 600 $14.73 $15.61 $0.88 $16.11 $1.38 $15.33 $0.60 $16.11 $1.38 Government 2 1,900 $43.72 $46.34 $2.62 $48.61 $4.89 $40.67 ($3.05) $48.61 $4.89 Government 3 23,000 $514.25 $545.11 $30.86 $525.42 $11.17 $567.52 $53.27 $525.42 $11.17

Industrial 3/4 4,000 $138.95 $147.29 $8.34 $139.26 $0.31 $148.66 $9.71 $139.26 $0.31 Industrial 3 50,000 $1,721.35 $1,824.63 $103.28 $1,717.17 ($4.18) $1,844.00 $122.65 $1,717.17 ($4.18)


Table 7-16: Alternative Sample Monthly Combined Bills Customer Meter Usage Current Increased $ Alt. 1 $ Alt. 2 $ Alt. 3 $

Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase FY 13 Increase

Residential 3/4 200 $15.34 $16.15 $0.81 $19.18 $3.84 $13.84 ($1.50) $18.22 $2.88

Residential 3/4 900 $59.30 $62.47 $3.17 $62.37 $3.07 $62.83 $3.53 $58.90 ($0.40)

Residential 3/4 1,200 $78.14 $82.32 $4.18 $80.88 $2.74 $83.83 $5.69 $78.56 $0.42

Residential 3/4 3,000 $186.53 $196.53 $10.00 $187.44 $0.91 $205.03 $18.50 $210.26 $23.73

Commercial 3/4 450 $31.04 $32.69 $1.65 $34.60 $3.56 $31.33 $0.29 $32.44 $1.40

Commercial 1 2,500 $156.85 $165.25 $8.40 $159.86 $3.01 $169.05 $12.20 $174.97 $18.12

Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $306.33 $322.76 $16.43 $310.99 $4.66 $328.83 $22.50 $344.00 $37.67

Commercial 2 20,000 $1,202.47 $1,267.05 $64.58 $1,196.73 ($5.74) $1,319.41 $116.94 $1,254.38 $51.91

Government 3/4 600 $40.46 $42.62 $2.16 $43.86 $3.40 $41.83 $1.37 $40.97 $0.51

Government 2 1,900 $121.90 $128.41 $6.51 $134.33 $12.43 $113.97 ($7.93) $140.18 $18.28

Government 3 23,000 $1,382.67 $1,456.89 $74.22 $1,381.69 ($0.98) $1,497.75 $115.08 $1,447.75 $65.08

Industrial 3/4 4,000 $294.63 $310.74 $16.11 $293.03 ($1.60) $318.70 $24.07 $324.39 $29.76

Industrial 3 50,000 $3,567.17 $3,762.68 $195.51 $3,521.33 ($45.84) $3,851.32 $284.15 $3,663.18 $96.01


7.4 Recommended Rate Structure

Based on the policy discussions with the City Staff and review of the rate structures in light of the pricing goals and objectives we recommend that the City adopt the Alternative 2 rate structure for the water and sewer systems with rates effective in FY13. The Alternative 2 structure is recommended for a number of reasons. The rate structure will:

• Generate approximately 5% more water revenues and 6% more sewer revenues in FY13. • Collect 10% of water and sewer revenues in the fixed charges in the first year of

implementation, 15% in the second year and 20% in the third year which will assist in increasing stability within the funds.

• Impose the fixed charge based on AWWA equivalent meter sizes which better matches the true cost of providing service to larger sized meters.

• Minimize the impact of the increases for small users due to including 100 c.f. within the fixed charges.

The Alternative 2 structure meets all of the pricing objectives with the exception of water conservation. However based on the ongoing reduction in water sales, it appears that the City is currently achieving water conservation within its customer base. The pricing of water and sewer is only one of many factors that influence conservation. Therefore we would argue that the City is making strides towards this goal and that at this time a water conservation rate structure would result in too much change all at one time. Over time the City may want to consider implementing a conservation type structure if conservation does not seem to continue with current practices. 7.5 Compar isons

It can be useful to compare sample bills of various local utilities to a bill calculated using the City’s current and recommended rates. Figures 7-1 and 7-2 illustrate a comparison of a monthly water and sewer bill. Figure 7-1 shows a comparison for a customer with a 3/4” meter that uses 790 cubic feet in one monthly period. The meter size/usage amount chosen represents the average usage for the largest meter size group. The comparison is made between the City and three other utilities in the surrounding area including Batavia, St. Charles and West Chicago. The comparison utilities were selected after discussion with the City. It is important to note that the sample bills for other comparison utilities are calculated using current rates (FY13) and do not reflect potential increases in rates as this information is not available at this time.


Figure 7-1: Monthly Combined Bill – 3/4” Meter – 790 cubic feet

Figure 7-2 illustrates a comparison of a monthly water and sewer bill for a customer with a 2” meter that uses 3,000 cubic feet in one monthly period. The meter size/usage amount chosen represents the average commercial customer and was compared to the same surrounding utilities as listed previously for the average residential customer.

Figure 7-2: Monthly Combined Bill – 3” Meter – 3,000 cubic feet

Exhibit 7-2 demonstrates that although the current and proposed rates may not result in the lowest comparable sewer bills, they are well below the highest bill from West Chicago. While the figures may be helpful in observing what similar utilities charge for water and sewer service, it may also be misleading at times and should not be used as a sole determinant when calculating future rates. The most important factor in determining rates is the cost of service – how much it costs (per unit of service) to provide water and sewer service which may differ

$0.00

$10.00

$20.00

$30.00

$40.00

$50.00

$60.00

$70.00

Current Geneva Alt. 2 Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. Charles

$0.00

$50.00

$100.00

$150.00

$200.00

$250.00

$300.00

$350.00

$400.00

Current Geneva Alt. 2 Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. Charles


significantly from utility to utility based on a number of factors such as size of the utility, the source of water supply, the water and sewer treatment processes and the size of the service area served by the utility. 7.6 Alternative Financial Plan

As mentioned previously in the report, the City recently increased water and sewer rates at the beginning of FY13. As demonstrated in our analysis the increases did not sufficiently address the revenues needed to fund the full revenue requirements of the water and sewer systems. However in light of the recent increase, the City requested that we examine the opportunity to reduce the additional revenue increases in FY13. Table 7-17 presents an alternative financial plan for the water system. Table 7-17: Alternative Water Revenue Adjustments

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 Annual Water Revenue Increases 2.5% 5.0% 5.0%

To allow for the reduced revenue increase shown in Table 7-17, the City would have to reduce expenditures in FY14 or the water system’s cash balance will be reduced below the minimum target of 90 days of O&M. Therefore capital spending associated with water main replacement will have to be cut by $200,000 in FY14 to allow the City to keep the minimum cash balance above target levels. The alternative revenue increases for the sewer fund are shown in Table 7-18. Table 7-18: Alternative Sewer Revenue Adjustments

FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 Annual Sewer Revenue Increases 3.5% 6.0% 6.0%

Similar to the water system, the sewer system’s cash balance cannot support an increase in revenues of this size with all currently budgeted expenses. Therefore capital spending associated with sewer relining will have to be cut by $120,000 in FY14, which cuts 99% of funding for that capital project in FY14 and essentially means the City would not be able to do any sewer relining in FY14. 7.6.1 Water and Sewer Rates Although an alternative financial plan is presented in Tables 7-17 and 7-18, the recommended rate alternative is still Alternative 2. The resulting rate structures collecting 2.5% additional water revenues and 3.5% additional sewer revenues in FY 13 are shown in Tables 7-19 and 7-20.



Meter Size FY 13

Alternative Fixed Charge

FY 14 Alternative Fixed

Charge


Charge 5/8” $3.48 $4.88 $6.40 3/4” $4.08 $6.12 $8.34

1” $5.31 $8.65 $12.27 1 ½” $8.34 $14.89 $22.02

2” $11.99 $22.42 $33.76 3” $20.53 $40.00 $61.19 4” $32.71 $65.11 $100.36 6” $63.15 $127.83 $198.19




Meter Size FY 13

Alternative Fixed Charge


Charge


Charge 5/8” $2.34 $3.25 $4.24 3/4” $2.59 $3.89 $5.33

1” $3.10 $5.20 $7.53 1 ½” $4.35 $8.45 $12.98

2” $5.86 $12.35 $19.54 3” $9.39 $21.48 $34.87 4” $14.43 $34.52 $56.77 6” $27.01 $67.08 $111.46


Industrial Customers $3.68 $3.71 $3.74 7.6.2 Sample Bills Tables 7-21 through 7-23 present sample bills for various customers under Alternative 2 compared to the current rates in FY13 assuming the reduced revenue increases in FY13. Average consumptions per meter size were used with the sample bills as well as low usage customers for smaller meter sizes because there are a large number of those types of customers.


Table 7-21: Alternative Sample Monthly Water Bills Customer Meter Usage Current Alt. 2 $

Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase Residential 3/4 200 $9.53 $8.44 ($1.09) Residential 3/4 900 $37.88 $38.96 $1.08 Residential 3/4 1,200 $50.03 $52.04 $2.01 Residential 3/4 3,000 $118.28 $125.76 $7.48

Commercial 3/4 450 $19.66 $19.34 ($0.31) Commercial 1 2,500 $99.75 $104.20 $4.45 Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $193.48 $201.05 $7.57 Commercial 2 20,000 $755.12 $799.66 $44.54 Government 3/4 600 $25.73 $25.88 $0.15 Government 2 1,900 $78.18 $71.59 ($6.59) Government 3 23,000 $868.42 $907.43 $39.01

Industrial 3/4 4,000 $155.68 $165.96 $10.28 Industrial 3 50,000 $1,845.82 $1,957.73 $111.91

Table 7-22: Alternative Sample Monthly Sewer Bills

Customer Meter Usage Current Alt. 2 $ Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase

Residential 3/4 200 $5.81 $5.06 ($0.75) Residential 3/4 900 $21.42 $22.35 $0.93 Residential 3/4 1,200 $28.11 $29.76 $1.65 Residential 3/4 3,000 $68.25 $74.22 $5.97

Commercial 3/4 450 $11.39 $11.24 ($0.15) Commercial 1 2,500 $57.10 $60.73 $3.63 Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $112.85 $119.62 $6.77 Commercial 2 20,000 $447.35 $486.69 $39.34 Government 3/4 600 $14.73 $14.94 $0.21 Government 2 1,900 $43.72 $39.62 ($4.10) Government 3 23,000 $514.25 $552.79 $38.54



Table 7-23: Alternative Sample Monthly Combined Bills Customer Meter Usage Current Alt. 2 $

Class Size c.f. FY 13 FY 13 Increase Residential 3/4 200 $15.34 $13.50 ($1.84) Residential 3/4 900 $59.30 $61.31 $2.01 Residential 3/4 1,200 $78.14 $81.80 $3.66 Residential 3/4 3,000 $186.53 $199.98 $13.45

Commercial 3/4 450 $31.04 $30.58 ($0.46) Commercial 1 2,500 $156.85 $164.92 $8.07 Commercial 1 1/2 5,000 $306.33 $320.68 $14.35 Commercial 2 20,000 $1,202.47 $1,286.36 $83.89 Government 3/4 600 $40.46 $40.82 $0.36 Government 2 1,900 $121.90 $111.22 ($10.68) Government 3 23,000 $1,382.67 $1,460.22 $77.55


While we understand the reluctance to increase water and sewer rates again in such a short period of time, we recommend that the City adjust rates as proposed in our financial plan rather than the reduced plan presented above to allow for the ongoing funding of the vitally important capital reinvestment projects. The increased revenues will allow the City to proactively manage the water and sewer systems rather than having to dramatically increase rates due to system failure. 7.7 Sewer Credits

The final analysis related to the water and sewer rates is the evaluation of a sewer credit for those customer accounts that do not return all of the metered water to the sewer system due to evaporation or inclusion of water a product produced by the account. The City offered this type of sewer credit at one point and time. MFSG completed an analysis of the impact on the sewer system finances if credits were once again offered. Based on an estimate of the number of non-residential accounts that would take advantage of the credit and the credited amount of sewer use, we estimate that the City would need to increase sewer rates approximately 13.75% in FY13 instead of the proposed 6% to make up for the lost revenue due to the reduction in billable quantities of sewerage due to the credits. It is not uncommon with the utility industry to offer credits for consumptive water use however there are specific issues related to offering these credits. First the reduction in billable quantities of sewerage requires that rates increase for all sewer customers including those receiving the credits and as a result may not result in significant reduction in sewer bills for these customers. Additionally, it is often difficult to quantify the amount of water consumed and not returned to the sewer system. Lastly, if credits are offered to one class of customers, there is the potential for other customer classes, such as residential customers, to argue that they also should not pay for water that does not return to the sewer system for actives such as lawn irrigation, car washing and other outdoor uses. The City does not currently have the capabilities within its billing


system to handle a sewer rate structure that would account for outdoor water use for residential customers. As a result, at this time we recommend that the City not offer the sewer credits to non-residential customers.


8.0 CAPITAL CHARGES AND ANCILLARY SERVICE FEES

The following section of the report presents our analysis of the City’s capital charges, fire projection charges and ancillary service fees. 8.1 Capital Charges

The City currently collects capital charges from new customers joining the water and sewer systems. The capital charges are intended to recover the capital costs of providing service to the new customer. The capital charges are currently made up of three components which include an extension charge, a treatment charge and a connection charge. The extension charge and the connection charge are based on the actual cost of extending service and connecting the customer to the water and/or sewer system. Based on discussions with the City staff it was determined that these charges are currently set at the appropriate levels. The calculation of the water and sewer treatment charges are more complicated as they represent the cost of providing water supply and treatment capacity to a new customer. Treatment capacity charges are fairly common within the industry and are an appropriate means of charging new customers or customers that upsize their service for the cost of constructing water and sewer system treatment capacity. To calculate these charges it is necessary to examine the historical investments made by the City to construct the water and sewer treatment systems and the amount of capacity purchased by a new customer represented by their meter size. The historical investment in the water and sewer systems used in capacity charge calculations is most often the book value of treatment facilities. The book value of the City’s water system (treatment plant) equals approximately $36.4 million. The City’s sanitary treatment facilities total $20.5 million. The capacity charges are calculated by dividing the design capacity of each system into the book value which results in a cost per gallon of capacity. For the water system this equates to $4.55 per gallon and for the sewer this equates to $2.56 per gallon. The City currently imposes capacity charges based on type of customer and meter size. Tables 8-1 and 8-2 present the current and calculated capacity charges for the water and sewer systems. Table 8-1: Water System (Supply Treatment) Capacity Charges

Customer Type / Meter Size Current Charges Calculated Charges Single-Family Residential Buildings $1,620 $2,122 Multi-Family Residential Buildings, Per Unit $1,080 $1,415 Commercial, Industrial

3/4” $1,370 $1,795 1” $2,305 $2,991

1 ½” $3,675 $4,786 2” $5,405 $7,179 3” $11,380 $14,955 4” $22,695 $29,910 6” $36,100 $47,857


Table 8-2: Sewer System (Treatment) Capacity Charges Customer Type / Meter Size Current Charges Calculated Charges

Single-Family Residential Buildings $1,705 $2,062 Multi-Family Residential Buildings, Per Unit $1,225 $1,483 Commercial, Industrial

3/4” $1,590 $1,924 1” $2,650 $3,206

1 ½” $4,230 $5,130 2” $6,350 $7,695 3” $13,155 $16,031 4” $26,385 $32,062 6” $42,335 $51,299

As demonstrated in Tables 8-1 and 8-2 the current capacity charges are set below the cost of providing water and sewer treatment capacity. As a result we recommend that the City increase these charges to reflect the current cost of providing capacity to new customers, adopting the calculated charges shown in Tables 8-1 and 8-2. 8.2 Fire Protection Charges

Fire protection service differs from most other services provided by the City. Essentially, it is a standby service that the City makes available on demand. While fire lines are rarely used by the customer, the City must be ready to provide water quantities (often very significant quantities) and pressures at all times throughout the distribution system for firefighting purposes. As a result, the City incurs an ongoing cost associated with providing these services. As part of the cost of service analysis discussed in Section 6 of the report, the cost of providing fire protection was calculated. The analysis revealed that approximately 12.5% of the total water revenue requirements can be attributed to fire protection this equates to $520,000. The City’s water system provides both public and private fire protection. Public fire protection is provided by City-owned fire hydrants located throughout the City. Private fire protection consists of fire lines that provide fire protection for specific properties within the City. Under the City’s current approach of charging for fire protection, public fire protection costs are absorbed into the water user charges to be shared among all users/beneficiaries of the public fire systems, while private fire protection costs are to be recovered from the specific owners of each private fire line or private hydrant. Table 8-3 illustrates the breakdown between public and private fire protection equivalent connections and related percentage of total costs associated with each system.


Table 8-3: Allocation of Total Fire Protection Costs

Number in

Service Demand Factor3

Equivalent Connections

Percent of Total Fire Protection

Costs Public Fire Service Hydrants in Service 1,865 111.31 207,595 Total Public Hydrants 1,865 207,595 95% Private Fire Service Hydrants in Service - 111.31 - Fire lines in Service

3/4" 3 0.47 1.41 2" 4 6.19 24.76

2 1/2" 6 11.13 66.79 3" 21 17.98 377.61 4" 95 38.32 3,640.34 6" 34 111.31 3,784.57 8" 13 237.21 3,083.69

10" 1 426.58 426.58 Subtotal 177 11,406 5%

Totals 2,042 219,001 100%

Table 8-3 illustrates that 5% of total fire protection costs should be collected from private fire service. In FY12 this equates to total private fire protection costs of $27,090. The City currently charges customers with fire lines an annual fire protection charge based on one of two sizes of the fire line. This is common practice within the utility industry since the City is required to meet the fire demand that these customers may place on the water system. The current fire protection charges are shown below. Table 8-4: Current Private Fire Protection Charges

Line Size Annual Fire Protection Charges 6” or Less $90 Over 6” $180

We do not recommend any changes to the current methodology of charging private fire protection. Current revenues collected from private fire protection service totals $18,270 which is approximately $9,000 below the costs that should be recovered. We recommend increasing fire charges to those listed in Table 8-5 to recover all costs associated with the service starting in FY13. 3 Pipe diameter raised to 2.63 power, representing maximum flow capacity


Table 8-5: Recommended Private Fire Protection Charges

Line Size Current FY 13

Proposed Increased FY 13

6” or Less $90.00 $142.00 Over 6” $180.00 $284.00

A detailed view of fire protection charges can be found on Schedule 14 of the Appendix to the report. 8.2 Ancillary Service Fee

In addition to the capital and fire protection charges, the City collects ancillary service fees from its customers to offset the cost of providing various services. The City collects minimal amounts of revenue from these fees. As part of the cost of service study, the current service fees were reviewed to ensure that they set at the appropriate levels. The current fees are provided in Table 8-6. Table 8-6: Current Ancillary Service Fees

Fee Description Current Charges Cross Connection Administration Fee (per year) $25 Sod/Seed Irrigation Permit Fee $25 per permit

Hydrant Meters Current Water and Sewer Usage Rates (per 100 cubic feet of use) plus deposit

The ancillary service fees imposed by the City are common and are set at levels that recover the cost of providing each service. However, there are several fees that we recommend the City consider adopting that are common and are intended to encourage timely payment and recovery of water and sewer charges. Additional fees are presented in Table 8-7 for consideration by the City. Table 8-7: Additional Ancillary Service Fees

Fee Description Proposed Fees Disconnect/Reconnect a. Saturday or between 2:30 pm and 11:59 pm $100 b. Sunday, designated City holiday or between 12:00 am and 6:59 am $150

Fee For Late Payments 10% of delinquency amount

Financial Model Index

I. Global Inputs / Assumptions VI. Rate Analysis and ProjectionsSchedule 1 - Control Panel Schedule 18 - Historical Rate ReconciliationSchedule 2 - Dashboard Schedule 19A - Fixed Fee Analysis

Schedule 19B - Rate Structure AnalysisII. Operating and Capital Expense Data Schedule 20 - Water Rate Projections

Schedule 3A - Water Operating and Maintenance Expenses Schedule 21 - Sewer Rate ProjectionsSchedule 3B - Sewer Operating and Maintenance Expenses Schedule 22 - Water Supply ChargesSchedule 4A - Budget Comparisons Schedule 23 - Sewer Treatment ChargesSchedule 4B - CAFR ComparisonsSchedule 5 - Operating and Maintenance Reserve Contribution VII. Customer Impact and Customer Sample Bills Schedule 6 - Existing Debt Payments Schedule 24 - Sample Bills

Schedule 25 - Comparison RatesIII. Asset Management and Reinvestment Plan

Schedule 7A - Asset Data - Asset File Listing Report VIII. Cash Flow Statements and Bond Coverage CalculationsSchedule 7B - Asset Data - Vehicles and Equipement Schedule 26 - Operating Cash FlowSchedule 7C - Asset Data - Public Hydrants Schedule 27 - Cash BalanceSchedule 7D - Asset Data - Water ValvesSchedule 7E - Asset Data - Water and Sewer MainsSchedule 7F - Replacement Cost AnalysisSchedule 8 - Capital Improvement PlanSchedule 9 - Projected Debt Payments

IV. Revenue Requirements and Financial PlanSchedule 10 - Miscellaneous RevenuesSchedule 11 - Revenue RequirementsSchedule 12 - Cost of Service - WaterSchedule 13- Cost of Service - SewerSchedule 14 - Fire Protection

V. Customer and Consumption Analysis Schedule 15 - Actual Customer InformationSchedule 16 - Historical DemandSchedule 17 - Customer and Consumption Projections

City of Geneva Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model

General Assumptions FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23Personnel Expenses Inflation Rate Personnel 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00%Commodity (Fuel) Energy Index Energy 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08% 7.08%Municipal Cost Index MCI 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10% 3.10%Construction Cost Index CCI 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40%Consumer Product Index CPI 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32% 2.32%Producer Product Index PPI 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82% 3.82%No Increase None 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Annual Capital Project Inflation

Bond Financing

Bond 1 Bond 2 Bond 3 Bond 4 Bond 5 Bond 6 Bond 7 Bond 8 Bond 9 Bond 10 100% CashYear of Issue Interest Payment NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NOYear of Issue 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021Interest Rate on Borrowings 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0% 4.0%Debt Maturity 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15Debt Admin. Expense (% of Principal) 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.5%

Customer GrowthFY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Water Customer Growth RateResidential 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Commercial 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Government 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00% 0 00%

Source

3.00%

Fiscal Year

ACC Website

ACC WebsiteACC Website

ACC Website

ENR Website

Show Assumptions

HideAssumptions

Show Revenue

Requirements

Show Financial Plan

and Alternatives

Hide Sample Bills

Show Sample Bills

Hide Financial Plan

and Alternatives

HideRevenue

Requirements

Government 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Industrial 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%City 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

Water Consumption Growth RateResidential -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Commercial -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Government -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Industrial -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%City -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%

FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23Sewer Customer Growth Rate

Residential 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Commercial 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Government 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Industrial 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%City 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%

Sewer Consumption Growth RateResidential -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Commercial -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Government -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%Industrial -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%City -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50% -0.50%

$-$500,000

$1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 $2,500,000 $3,000,000 $3,500,000 $4,000,000


Water Operating Budget

Water Production Water Distribution Water Treatment

$-

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

$2,500,000


Sewer Operating Budget

Wastewater Treatment Wastewater Collection Industrial Wastewater

$2 000 000Existing Water Debt Service Payments

$1 000 000Existing Sewer Debt Service Payments

$-

$1,000,000

$2,000,000


Drinking Water Loan L17 - 285100 Drinking Water Loan L17 - 233000Drinking Water Loan L17 - 210400 #REF!GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C General Obligation Refunding Bonds, Series 2012B

$-

$200,000

$400,000

$600,000

$800,000

$1,000,000


Wastewater Loan L17-185400 Wastewater Loan L17-098600

#REF! GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%


% of Total Revenue Requirements for Debt Service

Water Fund Sewer Fund

$-

$5,000,000

$10,000,000

$15,000,000

$20,000,000

$25,000,000

$30,000,000

$35,000,000


Total Outstanding Debt Service

Water Fund Sewer Fund

$-

$1,000,000

$2,000,000

$3,000,000

$4,000,000

$5,000,000

$6,000,000

$7,000,000


Water Revenue Requirements

Net Revenue Requirements Revenues under Current Rates Revenues under Financial Plan

$-

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

$2,500,000

$3,000,000

$3,500,000

$4,000,000


Sewer Revenue Requirements

Net Revenue Requirements Revenues under Current Rates Revenues under Financial Plan

Commercial773

9.62%

Government40

0.50%Industrial

330.41%

City16

0.20%

Actual FY 11 Water Customers

Commercial23,234,183

Government4,851,018

4.66%

Industrial8,368,368

8.04%

City401,9890.39%

Actual FY 11 Water Consumption

Residential7,176

89.28%

Residential67,265,162

64.60%

22.31%

Residential7,166

89.40%

Commercial766

9.56%

Government39

0.49%

Industrial29

0.36%City16

0.20%

Actual FY 11 Sewer Customers

Residential67,186,588

65.79%

Commercial23,179,965

22.70%

Government4,804,507

4.70%

Industrial6,556,347

6.42%

City401,9890.39%

Actual FY 11 Sewer Usage


FY 10 FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 21 FY 23A F V Inflation Factor Actual Actual Projected Budget Budget Budget Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected

Operating0% 0% 100% 3072001224 PURCHASED POWER Energy 252,906$ 283,968$ 267,690$ 307,000$ 310,000$ 313,200$ 335,375$ 359,119$ 384,545$ 411,770$ 440,924$ 472,141$ 505,569$ 541,363$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001250 BLDGS AND GRNDS None 11,414$ 11,578$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 6,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001259 HEATING Energy 247$ 3,830$ 4,000$ 4,000$ 4,000$ 4,000$ 4,283$ 4,586$ 4,911$ 5,259$ 5,631$ 6,030$ 6,457$ 6,914$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001272 WELL CONTROLS None 4,867$ 4,709$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 4,690$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001273 PUMPS None 400$ 398$ 400$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001298 MAILCO None 15,169$ 16,069$ 15,250$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001299 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTUAL None 1,072$ 1,512$ 1,260$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001359 M & S HEATING Energy 3,924$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3072001399 M & S MISCELLANEOUS Energy 260$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Operating 290,259$ 322,064$ 299,290$ 339,540$ 342,540$ 345,740$ 368,198$ 392,246$ 417,996$ 445,569$ 475,095$ 506,711$ 540,566$ 576,817$

290,259$ 322,064$ 299,290$ 339,540$ 342,540$ 345,740$ 368,198$ 392,246$ 417,996$ 445,569$ 475,095$ 506,711$ 540,566$ 576,817$

Personal Services10% 90% 0% 3073002101 WAGES - REGULAR Personnel 577,777$ 532,479$ 533,100$ 549,070$ 560,050$ 571,250$ 582,675$ 594,329$ 606,215$ 618,339$ 630,706$ 643,320$ 656,187$ 669,310$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002102 WAGES - PART-TIME/SEASONAL Personnel 14,416$ 18,684$ 39,325$ 44,560$ 45,450$ 46,360$ 47,287$ 48,233$ 49,198$ 50,182$ 51,185$ 52,209$ 53,253$ 54,318$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002103 OVERTIME Personnel 22,366$ 21,013$ 21,000$ 22,000$ 22,500$ 23,000$ 23,460$ 23,929$ 24,408$ 24,896$ 25,394$ 25,902$ 26,420$ 26,948$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002104 STAND-BY Personnel 15,614$ 16,579$ 20,155$ 22,160$ 22,600$ 23,100$ 23,562$ 24,033$ 24,514$ 25,004$ 25,504$ 26,014$ 26,535$ 27,065$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002180 VEHICLE ALLOWANCE Personnel 3,720$ 2,843$ 4,200$ 2,975$ 3,035$ 3,095$ 3,157$ 3,220$ 3,284$ 3,350$ 3,417$ 3,485$ 3,555$ 3,626$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002195 UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION Personnel -$ 69$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002196 GROUP INSURANCE Personnel 100,979$ 99,026$ 106,645$ 120,665$ 126,700$ 133,035$ 135,696$ 138,410$ 141,178$ 144,001$ 146,881$ 149,819$ 152,815$ 155,872$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002197 IMRF Personnel 133,260$ 114,029$ 69,215$ 72,335$ 73,780$ 75,260$ 76,765$ 78,301$ 79,867$ 81,464$ 83,093$ 84,755$ 86,450$ 88,179$ 10% 90% 0% 3073002198 FICA Personnel 93,468$ 75,542$ 45,630$ 48,795$ 49,740$ 50,735$ 51,750$ 52,785$ 53,840$ 54,917$ 56,016$ 57,136$ 58,279$ 59,444$

Total Personal Services 961,600$ 880,264$ 839,270$ 882,560$ 903,855$ 925,835$ 944,352$ 963,239$ 982,504$ 1,002,154$ 1,022,197$ 1,042,641$ 1,063,493$ 1,084,763$

Operating -18% 34% -7% 14% 3% 2%100% 0% 0% 3073002201 LEGAL None 1,535$ 895$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002202 AUDIT None 8,140$ 4,450$ 4,540$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002203 ENGINEERING None 110$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 320$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002206 TRAVEL None 482$ 451$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002207 DUES AND SUBSCRIPTIONS None 382$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 375$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002208 POSTAGE AND SHIPPING None 3,054$ 3,176$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 3,720$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002209 PRINTING AND PUBLICATIONS None 300$ 1,175$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002210 INSURANCE CPI 60,575$ 49,949$ 66,785$ 62,260$ 70,855$ 72,980$ 74,673$ 76,406$ 78,178$ 79,992$ 81,848$ 83,747$ 85,689$ 87,677$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002211 TRAINING None 1,498$ 1,228$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002212 SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE None 5,470$ 6,290$ 11,020$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002213 COPIER RENTAL None 1,293$ 1,046$ 1,640$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 1,120$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002214 COPIER SUPPLIES None -$ 29$ 230$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 120$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002215 MISCELLANEOUS RENTAL N 294$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Water Production

Total Water Production

Water Distribution

100% 0% 0% 3073002215 MISCELLANEOUS RENTAL None 294$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002222 TELEPHONE None 4,163$ 4,044$ 4,000$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 8,320$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002223 WATER & SEWER EXPENSE None 417$ 419$ 1,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002226 COLLECTION EXPENSE None 50$ 4$ 100$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002227 BAD DEBT EXPENSE None 3,564$ -$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$ 3,565$

0% 100% 0% 3073002250 BLDGS AND GRNDS None 11,548$ 10,393$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 9,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002253 M & R AUTOS AND TRUCKS None 5,890$ 5,646$ 22,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002254 M & R MOBILE EQUIPMENT None 123$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002255 M & R PORTABLE EQUIPMENT None 298$ 287$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002258 RADIOS None -$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 250$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002261 M & R METERS None 1,484$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002264 M & R TOOLS None 520$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 0% 100% 3073002266 HYDRANTS AND VALVES None 4,002$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 3,000$ 0% 0% 100% 3073002270 WATER LEAKS None 66,997$ 63,335$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 64,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002273 PUMPS None 9$ 69$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 185$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002299 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTUAL None 3,288$ 5,271$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$ 5,475$

100% 0% 0% 3073002301 UNIFORM RENTAL None 1,867$ 1,862$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 1,870$ 100% 0% 0% 3073002352 OFFICE SUPPLIES None 694$ 630$ 680$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$ 630$

0% 100% 0% 3073002361 METER TESTING None 16,140$ 55,677$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002363 MOTOR FUEL Energy 8,834$ 12,550$ 13,500$ 16,940$ 18,635$ 20,500$ 21,951$ 23,506$ 25,170$ 26,952$ 28,860$ 30,903$ 33,091$ 35,434$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002364 TOOLS None 851$ 1,336$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 1,350$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002365 SAFETY EQUIPMENT None 2,239$ 2,930$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 3,120$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002390 PARKWAY RESTORATION None 2,000$ 1,958$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002399 M & S MISCELLANEOUS None 2,039$ 6,855$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 7,210$ 0% 100% 0% 3073002451 OTHER GENERAL EXPENSE None 1,441$ 1,445$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$ 1,450$

Total Operating 221,591$ 247,595$ 242,285$ 233,360$ 243,650$ 247,640$ 250,785$ 254,071$ 257,508$ 261,104$ 264,868$ 268,810$ 272,941$ 277,272$

1,183,191$ 1,127,859$ 1,081,555$ 1,115,920$ 1,147,505$ 1,173,475$ 1,195,136$ 1,217,310$ 1,240,011$ 1,263,257$ 1,287,064$ 1,311,450$ 1,336,434$ 1,362,035$

Personal Services10% 90% 0% 3087006101 WAGES - REGULAR Personnel 220,626$ 235,688$ 236,915$ 243,150$ 248,015$ 252,975$ 258,035$ 263,195$ 268,459$ 273,828$ 279,305$ 284,891$ 290,589$ 296,401$ 10% 90% 0% 3087006103 OVERTIME Personnel 11,611$ 10,738$ 12,240$ 13,000$ 13,300$ 13,560$ 13,831$ 14,108$ 14,390$ 14,678$ 14,971$ 15,271$ 15,576$ 15,888$ 10% 90% 0% 3087006104 STAND-BY Personnel 34,498$ 35,303$ 36,550$ 36,805$ 37,540$ 38,300$ 39,066$ 39,847$ 40,644$ 41,457$ 42,286$ 43,132$ 43,995$ 44,875$ 10% 90% 0% 3087006196 GROUP INSURANCE Personnel 34,552$ 39,155$ 41,795$ 50,140$ 52,650$ 55,280$ 56,386$ 57,513$ 58,664$ 59,837$ 61,034$ 62,254$ 63,499$ 64,769$ 10% 90% 0% 3087006197 IMRF Personnel 29,000$ 32,994$ 35,005$ 35,545$ 36,255$ 36,980$ 37,720$ 38,474$ 39,243$ 40,028$ 40,829$ 41,645$ 42,478$ 43,328$ 10% 90% 0% 3087006198 FICA Personnel 21,000$ 21,485$ 21,560$ 22,410$ 22,860$ 23,315$ 23,781$ 24,257$ 24,742$ 25,237$ 25,742$ 26,256$ 26,782$ 27,317$

Total Personal Services 351,287$ 375,363$ 384,065$ 401,050$ 410,620$ 420,410$ 428,818$ 437,395$ 446,142$ 455,065$ 464,167$ 473,450$ 482,919$ 492,577$

Operating100% 0% 0% 3087006206 TRAVEL None 403$ 692$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 100% 0% 0% 3087006210 INSURANCE None -$ -$ 4,200$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3087006211 TRAINING None 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$

0% 0% 100% 3087006224 PURCHASED POWER Energy 228,929$ 176,147$ 206,000$ 230,720$ 233,000$ 235,330$ 251,991$ 269,832$ 288,936$ 309,393$ 331,298$ 354,754$ 379,871$ 406,766$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006250 BLDGS AND GRNDS None 15,517$ 16,472$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 16,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006250 M & R AUTOS AND TRUCKS None -$ -$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006253 CONTROLS None 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$

100% 0% 0% 3087006301 UNIFORM RENTAL None 1,246$ 1,176$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$ 1,275$

Water Treatment

Total Water Distribution



0% 100% 0% 3087006311 LAB SERVICES None 7,553$ 7,200$ 7,210$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 7,200$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006321 LAB SUPPLIES None 8,524$ 8,632$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 8,500$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006341 CARTRIDGE FILTERS None 42,813$ 50,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 60,000$ 0% 0% 100% 3087006351 CHEMICALS Energy 232,079$ 207,783$ 204,600$ 210,000$ 220,000$ 230,000$ 246,284$ 263,721$ 282,392$ 302,386$ 323,795$ 346,719$ 371,267$ 397,553$

100% 0% 0% 3087006352 OFFICE SUPPLIES None 345$ 344$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006359 HEATING Energy 25,066$ 22,119$ 26,000$ 26,000$ 26,000$ 26,000$ 27,841$ 29,812$ 31,923$ 34,183$ 36,603$ 39,194$ 41,969$ 44,941$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006363 MOTOR FUEL Energy 2,244$ 3,607$ 3,300$ 3,630$ 4,000$ 4,400$ 4,712$ 5,045$ 5,402$ 5,785$ 6,194$ 6,633$ 7,102$ 7,605$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006364 TOOLS None 996$ 998$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006365 SAFETY EQUIPMENT None 962$ 982$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3087006399 MISCELLANEOUS None 51,483$ 48,864$ 57,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$ 40,000$

Total Operating 623,660$ 550,516$ 604,435$ 613,675$ 626,325$ 639,055$ 674,153$ 711,735$ 751,979$ 795,071$ 841,215$ 890,626$ 943,535$ 1,000,189$

974,947$ 925,879$ 988,500$ 1,014,725$ 1,036,945$ 1,059,465$ 1,102,971$ 1,149,130$ 1,198,121$ 1,250,137$ 1,305,382$ 1,364,076$ 1,426,454$ 1,492,767$

2,448,397$ 2,375,802$ 2,369,345$ 2,470,185$ 2,526,990$ 2,578,680$ 2,666,305$ 2,758,685$ 2,856,128$ 2,958,963$ 3,067,541$ 3,182,237$ 3,303,453$ 3,431,619$

Administrative Costs (A) 227,671$ 204,618$ 232,854$ 239,316$ 250,998$ 256,300$ 260,685$ 265,164$ 269,738$ 274,409$ 279,179$ 284,051$ 289,026$ 294,107$ Fixed Costs (F) 1,435,813$ 1,436,951$ 1,391,202$ 1,416,149$ 1,445,993$ 1,476,851$ 1,504,970$ 1,533,849$ 1,563,517$ 1,594,005$ 1,625,345$ 1,657,572$ 1,690,721$ 1,724,831$ Variable Costs (V) 784,913$ 734,233$ 745,290$ 814,720$ 830,000$ 845,530$ 900,650$ 959,672$ 1,022,874$ 1,090,549$ 1,163,017$ 1,240,615$ 1,323,707$ 1,412,681$

Total Water Fund Operating Expenses

Total Water Treatment



Personal Services10% 90% 0% 3082003101 WAGES - REGULAR Personnel 251,205$ 241,434$ 256,715$ 235,380$ 240,085$ 244,890$ 249,788$ 254,784$ 259,879$ 265,077$ 270,378$ 275,786$ 281,302$ 286,928$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003102 WAGES - PART-TIME/SEASONAL Personnel -$ -$ -$ 4,500$ 4,500$ 4,500$ 4,590$ 4,682$ 4,775$ 4,871$ 4,968$ 5,068$ 5,169$ 5,272$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003103 OVERTIME Personnel 27,624$ 20,504$ 21,000$ 23,500$ 24,000$ 24,500$ 24,990$ 25,490$ 26,000$ 26,520$ 27,050$ 27,591$ 28,143$ 28,706$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003104 STAND-BY Personnel 26,862$ 28,287$ 28,250$ 26,960$ 27,500$ 28,000$ 28,560$ 29,131$ 29,714$ 30,308$ 30,914$ 31,533$ 32,163$ 32,806$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003196 GROUP INSURANCE Personnel 41,869$ 43,750$ 46,600$ 57,380$ 60,250$ 63,260$ 64,525$ 65,816$ 67,132$ 68,475$ 69,844$ 71,241$ 72,666$ 74,119$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003197 IMRF Personnel -$ 1,331$ 36,495$ 34,680$ 35,375$ 36,080$ 36,802$ 37,538$ 38,288$ 39,054$ 39,835$ 40,632$ 41,445$ 42,273$ 10% 90% 0% 3082003198 FICA Personnel -$ 814$ 22,980$ 22,210$ 22,655$ 23,105$ 23,567$ 24,038$ 24,519$ 25,010$ 25,510$ 26,020$ 26,540$ 27,071$

347,560$ 336,120$ 412,040$ 404,610$ 414,365$ 424,335$ 432,822$ 441,478$ 450,308$ 459,314$ 468,500$ 477,870$ 487,428$ 497,176$ Operating

100% 0% 0% 3082003210 INSURANCE None -$ -$ 3,500$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3082003211 TRAINING None 1,212$ 1,186$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 1,500$ 100% 0% 0% 3082003222 TELEPHONE None -$ -$ -$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 0% 0% 100% 3082003224 PURCHASED POWER Energy 167,708$ 152,921$ 170,000$ 190,400$ 192,300$ 194,225$ 207,976$ 222,701$ 238,468$ 255,352$ 273,430$ 292,789$ 313,519$ 335,716$ 0% 0% 100% 3082003231 SLUDGE AND GRIT DISPOSAL None 47,225$ 47,255$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 47,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003250 BLDGS AND GRNDS None 30,973$ 30,412$ 30,600$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003253 M & R AUTOS AND TRUCKS None 1,964$ 2,009$ 10,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003254 M & R MOBILE EQUIPMENT None 960$ 1,195$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003273 M & R PUMPS/MOTORS/BLOWERS None 866$ 1,520$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$

100% 0% 0% 3082003301 UNIFORM RENTAL None 1,798$ 1,950$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 2,125$ 0% 0% 100% 3082003311 LAB SERVICES None 7,700$ 11,300$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 7,700$ 0% 0% 100% 3082003351 CHEMICALS Energy 37,890$ 43,000$ 62,950$ 63,000$ 63,000$ 63,000$ 67,460$ 72,237$ 77,351$ 82,827$ 88,692$ 94,971$ 101,695$ 108,895$

100% 0% 0% 3082003352 OFFICE SUPPLIES None 351$ 243$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 350$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003359 HEATING Energy 5,109$ 4,550$ 5,410$ 5,410$ 5,410$ 5,410$ 5,793$ 6,203$ 6,642$ 7,113$ 7,616$ 8,155$ 8,733$ 9,351$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003364 TOOLS None 562$ 477$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003365 SAFETY EQUIPMENT None 1,680$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 1,600$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003373 PUMPS None 800$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003399 MISCELLANEOUS None 2,200$ 2,200$ 2,200$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 400$ 0% 0% 100% 3082003415 ST CHARLES/GENEVA SEWER FEES None 14,553$ 17,381$ 18,160$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 16,320$ 0% 100% 0% 3082003416 NPDES ANNUAL FEES None 35,039$ 35,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$ 34,000$

Total Operating 358,590$ 354,199$ 408,795$ 419,305$ 421,205$ 423,130$ 441,725$ 461,636$ 482,956$ 505,787$ 530,233$ 556,411$ 584,442$ 614,457$

706,150$ 690,319$ 820,835$ 823,915$ 835,570$ 847,465$ 874,546$ 903,114$ 933,264$ 965,100$ 998,733$ 1,034,281$ 1,071,869$ 1,111,633$

- Personal Services10% 90% 0% 3083004101 WAGES - REGULAR Personnel 396,524$ 425,570$ 419,665$ 434,315$ 443,000$ 451,860$ 460,897$ 470,115$ 479,517$ 489,108$ 498,890$ 508,868$ 519,045$ 529,426$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004102 WAGES - PART-TIME/SEASONAL Personnel 13,959$ 19,382$ 38,415$ 39,325$ 40,110$ 40,915$ 41,733$ 42,568$ 43,419$ 44,288$ 45,173$ 46,077$ 46,998$ 47,938$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004104 STAND-BY Personnel 11,213$ 8,363$ 8,975$ 6,125$ 6,250$ 6,375$ 6,503$ 6,633$ 6,765$ 6,901$ 7,039$ 7,179$ 7,323$ 7,469$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004180 VEHICLE ALLOWANCE Personnel 3,133$ 2,846$ 3,035$ 2,975$ 3,035$ 3,035$ 3,096$ 3,158$ 3,221$ 3,285$ 3,351$ 3,418$ 3,486$ 3,556$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004196 GROUP INSURANCE P l 55 804$ 75 941$ 75 840$ 86 050$ 90 350$ 94 870$ 96 767$ 98 703$ 100 677$ 102 690$ 104 744$ 106 839$ 108 976$ 111 155$

Wastewater Treatment

Total Wastewater Treatment

Wastewater Collection

10% 90% 0% 3083004196 GROUP INSURANCE Personnel 55,804$ 75,941$ 75,840$ 86,050$ 90,350$ 94,870$ 96,767$ 98,703$ 100,677$ 102,690$ 104,744$ 106,839$ 108,976$ 111,155$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004197 IMRF Personnel 39,420$ 48,021$ 52,030$ 53,795$ 54,870$ 55,970$ 57,089$ 58,231$ 59,396$ 60,584$ 61,795$ 63,031$ 64,292$ 65,578$ 10% 90% 0% 3083004198 FICA Personnel 34,392$ 31,801$ 35,110$ 36,705$ 37,440$ 38,185$ 38,949$ 39,728$ 40,522$ 41,333$ 42,159$ 43,003$ 43,863$ 44,740$

554,445$ 611,924$ 633,070$ 659,290$ 675,055$ 691,210$ 705,034$ 719,135$ 733,518$ 748,188$ 763,152$ 778,415$ 793,983$ 809,863$ Operating

100% 0% 0% 3083004201 LEGAL None 1,120$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 560$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004202 AUDIT None 5,315$ 3,850$ 3,910$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 1,830$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004203 ENGINEERING None 485$ 468$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 485$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004206 TRAVEL None 584$ 205$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004207 DUES AND SUBSCRIPTIONS None 150$ 160$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 125$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004208 POSTAGE None 1,025$ 1,177$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 1,025$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004209 PRINTING None 76$ 343$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 365$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004210 INSURANCE CPI 46,194$ 38,064$ 51,245$ 47,740$ 54,360$ 56,000$ 57,299$ 58,629$ 59,989$ 61,380$ 62,804$ 64,262$ 65,752$ 67,278$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004211 TRAINING None 502$ 491$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004212 SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE None 5,310$ 6,290$ 11,020$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 19,150$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004213 COPIER RENTAL None 1,293$ 1,046$ 1,460$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004214 COPIER SUPPLIES None -$ -$ 250$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004215 MISCELLANEOUS RENTAL None 329$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004222 TELEPHONE None 3,756$ 3,483$ 3,900$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 2,460$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004226 COLLECTION EXPENSE None 59$ 5$ 50$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004227 BAD DEBT EXPENSE None 4,008$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004250 BLDGS AND GRNDS None 6,671$ 6,205$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 6,500$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004253 M & R AUTOS AND TRUCKS None 6,644$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 6,150$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004254 M & R MOBILE EQUIPMENT None 752$ 850$ 885$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 850$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004255 M & R PORTABLE EQUIPMENT None 531$ 276$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 315$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004258 RADIOS None 246$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 260$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004264 PUMPS None 889$ 227$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 1,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004268 M & R SANIT. SEWER LINES None 7,970$ 8,028$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 8,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004298 MAILCO None 15,381$ 16,804$ 15,555$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 17,850$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004299 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTUAL None 2,069$ 3,760$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$ 3,400$

100% 0% 0% 3083004301 UNIFORM RENTAL None 799$ 874$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 895$ 100% 0% 0% 3083004352 OFFICE SUPPLIES None 191$ 200$ 215$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$

0% 0% 100% 3083004363 MOTOR FUEL Energy 11,283$ 19,887$ 18,000$ 19,800$ 21,780$ 23,960$ 25,656$ 27,473$ 29,418$ 31,501$ 33,731$ 36,119$ 38,676$ 41,415$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004364 TOOLS None 304$ 330$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 285$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004365 SAFETY EQUIPMENT None 1,199$ 1,313$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 1,200$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004390 PARKWAY RESTORATION None 1,981$ 1,991$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 2,000$ 0% 100% 0% 3083004399 M & S MISCELLANEOUS None 1,289$ 4,197$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$ 4,755$

Total Operating 128,405$ 127,494$ 144,810$ 149,400$ 158,000$ 161,820$ 164,816$ 167,961$ 171,267$ 174,741$ 178,395$ 182,241$ 186,289$ 190,553$

682,850$ 739,418$ 777,880$ 808,690$ 833,055$ 853,030$ 869,850$ 887,096$ 904,784$ 922,929$ 941,547$ 960,655$ 980,272$ 1,000,415$

Personal Services10% 90% 0% 3084005101 WAGES - REGULAR Personnel 65,720$ 50,819$ 61,625$ 55,960$ 57,080$ 58,220$ 59,384$ 60,572$ 61,784$ 63,019$ 64,280$ 65,565$ 66,876$ 68,214$ 10% 90% 0% 3084005196 GROUP INSURANCE Personnel 4,089$ 241$ 9,355$ 13,550$ 14,225$ 14,940$ 15,239$ 15,544$ 15,854$ 16,172$ 16,495$ 16,825$ 17,161$ 17,505$ 10% 90% 0% 3084005197 IMRF Personnel -$ 271$ 7,240$ 6,790$ 6,925$ 7,065$ 7,206$ 7,350$ 7,497$ 7,647$ 7,800$ 7,956$ 8,115$ 8,278$ 10% 90% 0% 3084005198 FICA Personnel -$ 166$ 4,580$ 4,280$ 4,365$ 4,450$ 4,539$ 4,630$ 4,722$ 4,817$ 4,913$ 5,011$ 5,112$ 5,214$

69,809$ 51,497$ 82,800$ 80,580$ 82,595$ 84,675$ 86,369$ 88,096$ 89,858$ 91,655$ 93,488$ 95,358$ 97,265$ 99,210$ Operating

Total Wastewater Collection

Industrial Wastewater



100% 0% 0% 3084005201 LEGAL None 502$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 100% 0% 0% 3084005210 INSURANCE None -$ -$ 750$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

0% 100% 0% 3084005211 TRAINING None 480$ 122$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 300$ 0% 100% 0% 3084005253 M & R AUTOS AND TRUCKS None 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 175$ 0% 100% 0% 3084005299 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTUAL None 487$ 1,315$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 1,800$ 0% 0% 100% 3084005311 LAB SERVICES None 12,900$ 6,608$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 12,900$ 0% 0% 100% 3084005321 LAB SUPPLIES None 5,681$ 5,454$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 5,500$ 0% 0% 100% 3084005351 CHEMICALS None 339$ 106$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$ 500$

100% 0% 0% 3084005352 OFFICE SUPPLIES None 56$ 53$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 240$ 0% 100% 0% 3084005363 MOTOR FUEL Energy 304$ 451$ 410$ 450$ 495$ 545$ 583$ 624$ 669$ 716$ 767$ 821$ 879$ 941$ 0% 100% 0% 3084005365 SAFETY EQUIPMENT None 173$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 200$ 0% 100% 0% 3084005399 M & S MISCELLANEOUS None 1,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Operating 22,097$ 14,984$ 23,275$ 22,565$ 22,610$ 22,660$ 22,698$ 22,739$ 22,784$ 22,831$ 22,882$ 22,936$ 22,994$ 23,056$

91,906$ 66,481$ 106,075$ 103,145$ 105,205$ 107,335$ 109,067$ 110,835$ 112,641$ 114,486$ 116,370$ 118,294$ 120,259$ 122,266$

1,480,906$ 1,496,218$ 1,704,790$ 1,735,750$ 1,773,830$ 1,807,830$ 1,853,463$ 1,901,045$ 1,950,690$ 2,002,515$ 2,056,650$ 2,113,230$ 2,172,400$ 2,234,315$

Administrative Costs (A) 172,296$ 161,102$ 198,261$ 197,998$ 207,372$ 211,832$ 215,532$ 219,309$ 223,167$ 227,106$ 231,128$ 235,236$ 239,430$ 243,713$ Fixed Costs (F) 1,003,331$ 1,031,204$ 1,163,819$ 1,174,632$ 1,199,459$ 1,224,893$ 1,246,918$ 1,269,406$ 1,292,366$ 1,315,810$ 1,339,749$ 1,364,195$ 1,389,160$ 1,414,656$ Variable Costs (V) 305,279$ 303,912$ 342,710$ 363,120$ 367,000$ 371,105$ 391,013$ 412,330$ 435,157$ 459,600$ 485,773$ 513,799$ 543,810$ 575,945$

Total Industrial Wastewater

Total Sewer Fund Operating Expenses


Water Budget Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. CharlesWater Production 299,290$ 1,062,500$ 2009 2010 2011 2012 2010 2011 2012 2009 2010 2011 2012Water Distribution 1,081,555$ 1,326,571$ Actual Budgeted Proposed Projected Actual Estimate Proposed Actual Actual Budget BudgetWater Treatment 988,500$ Water Administration 574,503$ 820,500$ Salary & Wages 1,310,802$ 1,578,200$ 1,520,100$ 1,604,100$ Personal Services 1,310,500$ 1,365,700$ 1,481,700$ Water Improvements -$ -$ 115,000$ 936,750$ Water Production and Distribution 2,887,900$ Contractual 941,568$ 1,245,600$ 1,280,800$ 1,114,000$ Other Operating 1,183,500$ 1,484,800$ 1,831,000$ Water Production 805,870$ 695,967$ 945,850$ 1,062,500$ Water Treatment and Operations 2,238,200$ Commodities 109,079$ 221,800$ 169,800$ 169,800$ Allocations from Other funds 790,900$ 866,900$ 820,500$ Water Distribution 1,284,021$ 1,245,684$ 1,306,022$ 1,326,571$ Personal Services 1,481,700$ Capital Outlay 411,357$ 8,515,100$ 8,988,900$ 2,595,000$ Capital 544,000$ 8,068,200$ 3,287,500$ Interfund Allocations 727,828$ 597,016$ 568,515$ 574,503$ Other Operating 1,831,000$ 2,772,806$ 11,560,700$ 11,959,600$ 5,482,900$ Debt Reitrement 60,000$ 65,000$ 276,200$ Revenue Bond Payments 1,291,553$ 1,287,661$ 942,563$ 940,574$

3,888,900$ 11,850,600$ 7,696,900$ 4,109,272$ 3,826,328$ 3,877,950$ 4,840,898$ Sewer Budget

Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. Charles Salary & Wages 688,065$ 716,500$ 725,200$ 758,600$ Total Charges for Water Service 2,781,400$ 3,117,200$ 3,470,500$ Total Charges for Water Service 3,822,606$ 3,836,796$ 3,846,788$ 4,036,430$ Wastewater Collection 820,835$ 2,672,400$ Contractual 279,646$ 1,060,000$ 357,500$ 1,097,900$ Wastewater Treatment 777,880$ 1,779,040$ 2,827,400$ Commodities 321,042$ 431,200$ 381,700$ 381,700$ Industrial Wastewater 106,075$ Capital Outlay 1,303,298$ 180,000$ 175,000$ 2,900$ Sanitary Sewer 495,000$ 2,592,051$ 2,387,700$ 1,639,400$ 2,241,100$ Significant Budget Items:Wastewater Administration 574,503$ 1,214,900$ Personal Services 1,548,900$ 1,665,400$ 1,806,600$ Water Production

148,400$ Other Operating 2,633,600$ 2,790,000$ 2,804,000$ Electricity 423,735$ 404,321$ 425,000$ 400,000$ Personal Services 1 806 600$ Salary & Wages -$ -$ -$ -$ Allocations from Other funds 1 169 500$ 1 291 800$ 1 214 900$ Chemicals 129 009$ 122 755$ 130 000$ 130 000$

Total Water Production and Distribution

Sewer Plant Equipment Replacement

Total Water Fund Expenses

Water Fund Expenses

Total Water Fund Expenses

Sewer Fund Expenses

Water Treatment Plant Operations

Total Water Treatment Plant Operations

Water Debt Service

COMPARISON CHARTS West Chicago BataviaSt. Charles

Water Production and Distribution Water Fund Expenses

Personal Services 1,806,600$ Salary & Wages -$ -$ -$ -$ Allocations from Other funds 1,169,500$ 1,291,800$ 1,214,900$ Chemicals 129,009$ 122,755$ 130,000$ 130,000$ Other Operating 2,804,000$ Contractual -$ -$ -$ -$ Capital 992,300$ 3,266,900$ 2,703,500$ Water Distribution

Commodities 1,006,281$ 2,408,200$ 2,407,100$ 2,403,600$ Debt Reitrement 1,222,100$ 1,255,600$ 1,264,100$ Salaries and Wages 629,337$ 617,684$ 626,500$ 633,756$ Capital Outlay -$ -$ -$ -$ 7,566,400$ 10,269,700$ 9,793,100$

Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. Charles 1,006,281$ 2,408,200$ 2,407,100$ 2,403,600$ Water Debt Service Payment 1,542,952$ 940,574$ 2,403,600$ 276,200$ Total Charges for Sewer Service 5,494,000$ 6,000,200$ 6,553,500$ Sewer Debt Service Payment 848,422$ 1,139,135$ -$ 1,264,100$ Total Water Budget 6,371,138$ 16,356,600$ 16,006,100$ 10,127,600$

Wastewater Improvements 27,000$ -$ 1,010,000$ 495,000$ Charges for Water Service 4,980,400$ 5,000,000$ 4,750,000$ 4,750,000$ Wastewater Treatment 1,699,257$ 1,529,990$ 1,721,154$ 1,779,040$

Geneva Batavia West Chicago St. Charles Sanitary Sewer 208,027$ 198,553$ 253,327$ 552,110$ Water Capital Spending 731,783$ 936,750$ 2,597,900$ 3,287,500$ Significant Budget Items: Interfund Allocations 647,955$ 530,591$ 520,041$ 574,503$ Sewer Capital Spending 183,046$ 495,000$ 3,565,300$ 2,703,500$ Water Production and Distribution Revenue Bond Payments 1,368,956$ 1,361,331$ 1,391,982$ 1,139,135$

Contractual 3,951,195$ 3,620,465$ 4,896,504$ 4,539,788$ Electric 419,731$ 450,000$ 415,000$ 415,000$

Water Treatment Plant Operations Total Charges for Sewer Service 3,669,624$ 3,643,052$ 3,680,000$ 3,994,000$ Contractual

Electric 185,025$ 175,000$ 185,000$ 185,000$ Significant Budget Items:Commodities Wastewater Treatment

Chemicals 279,518$ 400,000$ 350,000$ 350,000$ Salaries and Wages 541,446$ 463,065$ 468,785$ 465,670$ Utilities 461,252$ 447,521$ 500,000$ 495,000$

Salaries & WagesWater Production and Distribution 1,310,802$ 1,578,200$ 1,520,100$ 1,604,100$ Water Treatment Plant Operations 688,065$ 716,500$ 725,200$ 758,600$

Total Salaries & Wages 1,998,867$ 2,294,700$ 2,245,300$ 2,362,700$

Total Water Debt Service

Sewer Fund Expenses

Total Sewer Fund Expenses

Total Sewer Fund Expenses

Salary & Wages 48,374$ 43,300$ 33,600$ 35,300$ Contractual 2,519,225$ 2,920,900$ 2,840,500$ 2,792,100$ Commodities -$ -$ -$ -$ Capital Outlay 1,070,959$ -$ -$ -$

3,638,558$ 2,964,200$ 2,874,100$ 2,827,400$

Salary & Wages 1,272,249$ 1,521,600$ 1,572,000$ 1,658,700$ Contractual 434,783$ 697,800$ 1,319,100$ 921,400$ Commodities 116,709$ 92,300$ 92,300$ 92,300$ Capital Outlay 472,510$ 3,589,400$ 3,775,000$ 1,180,300$

2,296,251$ 5,901,100$ 6,758,400$ 3,852,700$

Salary & Wages -$ -$ -$ -$ Contractual -$ 110,000$ 309,200$ 148,400$ Commodities -$ -$ -$ -$ Capital Outlay -$ 1,090,000$ 1,850,000$ 2,385,000$

-$ 1,200,000$ 2,159,200$ 2,533,400$

SSA#2 & Winfield Life Station 261,184$ 84,700$ -$ -$

Total Sewer Budget 6,195,993$ 10,150,000$ 11,791,700$ 9,213,500$

Total Sewer Plant Equipment Replacement

Wastewater Treatment

Total Wastewater Treatment

Sanitary Collection

Total Sanitary Collection

Sewer Plant Equipment Replacement

Charges for Sewer Service 5,137,000$ 4,500,000$ 4,700,000$ 4,700,000$

Significant Budget Items:Wastewater Treatment

ContractualOther Contractual Services 2,439,000$ 2,575,600$ 2,615,100$ 2,693,600$

Salaries & WagesWastewater Treatment 48,374$ 43,300$ 33,600$ 35,300$ Sanitary Collection 1,272,249$ 1,521,600$ 1,572,000$ 1,658,700$

Total Salaries & Wages 1,320,623$ 1,564,900$ 1,605,600$ 1,694,000$


2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

PopulationCity of Batavia 23,866 23,866 24,978 24,978 24,978 24,978 24,978 24,978 24,978 24,978City of West Chicago 23,469 23,469 25,571 25,571 25,571 26,841 26,841 26,841 27,086City of St. Charles 28,102 31,000 31,834 32,826 32,826 32,826 32,826 32,276 32,276 32,974City of Geneva 21,495

HydrantsCity of Batavia

Flushed and Inspected 1,480 1,500 1,520 1,540 1,560 1,580 1,600 1,615 1,625 1,625Total 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600

City of West Chicago 1,500 1,500 1,560 1,560 1,560 1,560 1,560 1,482 1,483City of St. Charles 0 2,416 0 2,462 2,516 2,706 2,742 2,742 2,820 2,820City of Geneva 1,865

Water Mains (Miles)City of Batavia 105 108 110 112 113 116 116 116 116 116City of West Chicago

Miles of Water Main - Operating Indicator 100 100 105 110 110 120 130 123 125Water Mains (miles) - Capital Asset 122 123 130 130 125 125 130 123 125

City of St. Charles 189 191 192 193 197 197 198 202 220 220City of Geneva 87

Sewer Mains (Miles)City of Batavia 116 118 120 120 122 124 126 126 126 126City of West Chicago 120 121 125 103 103 103 103 106 106City of St. Charles 0 0 0 0 0 171 171 175 175 180City of Geneva 123.79

Number of Metered Water Accounts

Fiscal Year Ending

Number of Metered Water AccountsCity of Batavia 8,363 8,539 8,763 8,979 9,067 9,177 9,228 9,244 9,235 9,241 9,241City of West Chicago 5,900 6,011 6,042 6,150 6,300 6,450 6,600 6,438 6,437 6,437City of St. Charles 12,337City of Geneva 8,040 8,022

Number of Metered Sewer AccountsCity of Batavia 8,201 8,373 8,515 8,767 8,899 9,001 9,201 9,218 9,149 9,168City of West ChicagoCity of St. Charles 15,000City of Geneva 8,016 8,000

City of BataviaWaterworksNew Connections 114 176 224 186 118 110 51 3 6 6Water Average Daily Consumption (Millions of Gallons) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3Average Dailty Sewage Treatment (Millions of Gallons) 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 4Storm Sewers (Miles) 98 100 103 105 107 108 108 108 108 108

City of West ChicagoWater Meters Read 25,465 35,916 36,437 36,900 37,800 38,700 39,600 38,700 38,700Water Meter Service Requests 116 109 86 93 173 87 155 90 103Water Meters Replaced 298 332 267 139 90 100 60 80 117Average Daily Treated Water (Million Gallons) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3Sanitary Sewer Repairs 1 0 0 0 3 3 1 2 3Manholes N/A N/A N/A 1,716 1,722 1,725 2,075 2,176 2,186

City of St. CharlesAverage Daily Water Pumpage 4Maximum Day Consumption (Millions of Gallons) 8 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10Water Storage Capacity (gallons) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2Average daily storage (flow) (Millions of Gallons) 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 7 6 6Storm Sewers (miles0 - - - - - 157 160 160 161 161Treatment Capacity (Millions of Gallons) - - - - - 10 10 10 10 10

City of Geneva - Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model

Water FundFY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

O&M Expenses 2,470,185$ 2,526,990$ 2,578,680$ 2,666,305$ 2,758,685$ 2,856,128$ 2,958,963$ 3,067,541$ 3,182,237$ 3,303,453$ 3,431,619$

Target Balance (90 days) 609,087$ 623,093$ 635,839$ 657,445$ 680,224$ 704,251$ 729,607$ 756,380$ 784,661$ 814,550$ 846,153$ Begin Year Cash Balance 834,114$ 824,560$ 641,411$ 826,377$ 1,036,668$ 1,231,940$ 1,200,188$ 1,495,134$ 1,721,529$ 1,797,121$ 1,882,505$

Water O&M Reserve Contribution -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Sewer FundFY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

O&M Expenses 1,735,750$ 1,773,830$ 1,807,830$ 1,853,463$ 1,901,045$ 1,950,690$ 2,002,515$ 2,056,650$ 2,113,230$ 2,172,400$ 2,234,315$

Target Balance (90 days) 427,993$ 437,383$ 445,766$ 457,018$ 468,751$ 480,992$ 493,771$ 507,119$ 521,070$ 535,660$ 550,927$ Begin Year Cash Balance 834,114$ 558,474$ 446,132$ 746,230$ 1,054,424$ 1,412,628$ 1,487,724$ 1,721,859$ 2,030,052$ 2,421,429$ 3,158,206$

Sewer O&M Reserve Contribution -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Begin Year Cash Balance 831,692$ 668,764$ 456,777$ 775,911$ 1,103,520$ 1,481,524$ 1,576,813$ 1,831,544$ 2,160,741$ 2,573,540$ 3,332,164$


Water Fund FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Drinking Water Loan L17 - 285100 Principal 360,993$ 370,074$ 379,384$ 388,928$ 398,712$ 408,742$ 419,024$ 429,565$ 440,372$ 451,450$ 462,806$ 474,449$ 486,384$ Drinking Water Loan L17 - 285100 Interest 200,073$ 190,992$ 181,682$ 172,138$ 162,354$ 152,324$ 142,042$ 131,501$ 120,695$ 109,616$ 98,260$ 86,617$ 74,682$ Drinking Water Loan L17 - 233000 Principal 138,601$ 142,088$ 145,663$ 149,327$ 153,083$ 156,934$ 160,882$ 164,929$ 169,078$ 173,332$ 177,692$ 182,162$ 186,745$ Drinking Water Loan L17 - 233000 Interest 70,503$ 67,016$ 63,442$ 59,777$ 56,021$ 52,170$ 48,222$ 44,175$ 40,026$ 35,772$ 31,412$ 26,942$ 22,359$ Drinking Water Loan L17 - 210400 Principal 413,100$ 423,492$ 434,145$ 445,067$ 456,263$ 467,741$ 479,507$ 491,570$ 503,936$ 516,613$ 529,609$ 542,932$ 556,590$ Drinking Water Loan L17 - 210400 Interest 221,026$ 210,634$ 199,980$ 189,059$ 177,862$ 166,385$ 154,618$ 142,555$ 130,189$ 117,512$ 104,516$ 91,193$ 77,535$ 2005 GO Bond Principal -$ -$ 2005 GO Bond Interest 106,457$ 106,457$ GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C Principal 27,125$ 29,750$ 31,500$ GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C Interest 3,605$ 2,450$ 1,260$ General Obligation Refunding Bonds, Series 2012B Principal 30,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 20,000$ 170,000$ 180,000$ 365,000$ General Obligation Refunding Bonds, Series 2012B Interest 158,790$ 168,525$ 168,125$ 167,725$ 167,325$ 166,925$ 166,525$ 166,125$ 165,525$ 160,425$ 155,025$ Total Existing Debt Payment - Water Fund 1,541,482$ 1,542,952$ 1,625,845$ 1,592,820$ 1,592,420$ 1,592,020$ 1,591,620$ 1,591,220$ 1,590,820$ 1,590,420$ 1,739,820$ 1,744,720$ 1,924,320$

Total Principal 939,819$ 965,404$ 1,020,691$ 1,003,321$ 1,028,058$ 1,053,417$ 1,079,414$ 1,106,065$ 1,133,386$ 1,161,394$ 1,340,108$ 1,379,543$ 1,594,719$ Total Interest 601,663$ 577,548$ 605,153$ 589,499$ 564,362$ 538,604$ 512,207$ 485,156$ 457,434$ 429,026$ 399,713$ 365,177$ 329,601$

Sewer Fund FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Wastewater Loan L17-185400 Principal 256,932$ 263,578$ 270,395$ 277,389$ 284,564$ 291,924$ 299,475$ 307,221$ 315,167$ 323,319$ 331,682$ 340,261$ 349,061$ Wastewater Loan L17-185400 Interest 103,444$ 96,798$ 89,981$ 82,987$ 75,812$ 68,452$ 60,901$ 53,155$ 45,209$ 37,057$ 28,694$ 20,115$ 11,315$ Wastewater Loan L17-098600 Principal 267,440$ 274,506$ 281,759$ 289,204$ 296,846$ 304,689$ 312,739$ 321,003$ 329,484$ 338,190$ 172,432$ Wastewater Loan L17-098600 Interest 81,949$ 74,883$ 67,630$ 60,185$ 52,543$ 44,700$ 36,650$ 28,386$ 19,905$ 11,199$ 2,263$ 2005 GO Bond Principal -$ -$ 2005 GO Bond Interest 106,457$ 106,457$ GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C Principal 27,125$ 29,750$ 31,500$ GO Alternate Revenue Bonds Series 2006C Interest 3,605$ 2,450$ 1,260$ Total Existing Debt Payment - Sewer Fund 846,952$ 848,422$ 742,525$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 535,071$ 360,376$ 360,376$

Total Principal 551,497$ 567,834$ 583,655$ 566,593$ 581,409$ 596,613$ 612,214$ 628,224$ 644,651$ 661,509$ 504,113$ 340,261$ 349,061$ Total Interest 295,454$ 280,587$ 158,870$ 143,172$ 128,356$ 113,152$ 97,551$ 81,542$ 65,114$ 48,256$ 30,957$ 20,115$ 11,315$

Total Existing Debt Payment 2,388,433$ 2,391,373$ 2,368,370$ 2,302,585$ 2,302,185$ 2,301,785$ 2,301,385$ 2,300,985$ 2,300,585$ 2,300,185$ 2,274,891$ 2,105,096$ 2,284,696$ Total Principal 1,491,316$ 1,533,238$ 1,604,346$ 1,569,914$ 1,609,467$ 1,650,030$ 1,691,628$ 1,734,288$ 1,778,037$ 1,822,903$ 1,844,221$ 1,719,804$ 1,943,781$ Total Interest 897,117$ 858,135$ 764,024$ 732,671$ 692,718$ 651,755$ 609,757$ 566,697$ 522,548$ 477,282$ 430,670$ 385,293$ 340,916$


Acquired Current Accumulated

Totals Value Depreciation

Water 56,155,778.62$ 12,397,930.32$

Sewer 39,943,031.27$ 14,813,487.40$

Stormwater 13,355,297.76$ 5,968,273.99$

Split 1,811,313.53$ 1,370,367.94$

Totals 111,265,421.18$ 34,550,059.65$

check 112,253,407.38$ 34,550,059.65$

CAFR 112,221,956.00$ 34,539,179.00$

Difference 31,451.38$ 10,880.65$

Difference -0.03% -0.03%

Acquired Current Accumulated Water, Sewer or

Detail Department Value Depreciation Stormwater

002-001

LAND WATER TREATMENT 3073 987,986.20$ -$

987,986.20$ -$

021-001

AERATION TANK 3073 642,000.00$ 563,533.46$ sewer

ANAEROBIC DIGESTER 3073 3,624,000.00$ 926,133.30$ sewer

BLOWER BUILDING 3073 200,000.00$ 175,555.77$ sewer

CHLORINE BUILDING 3073 110,000.00$ 96,555.77$ sewer

CHLORINE CONTACT l 3073 10,200.00$ 8,953.46$ sewer

FINAL CLARIFIER NORTH 3073 393,000.00$ 344,966.54$ sewer

FINAL CLARIFIER SOUTH 3073 393,000.00$ 344,966.54$ sewer

GRIT TANK 3073 206,000.00$ 180,822.31$ sewer

INFLUENT LIFTSTATION 3073 43,500.00$ 38,183.46$ sewer

LABORATORY AND AD 3073 30,500.00$ 30,500.00$ sewer

PRIMARY CLARIFIER 3073 591,000.00$ 518,766.54$ sewer

SLUDGE DRYING BEDS 3073 30,000.00$ 26,333.46$ sewer

SLUDGE PUMPSTATION 3073 682,000.00$ 356,155.66$ sewer

SLUDGE THICKENING 3073 68,500.00$ 68,500.00$ sewer

SOLAR SLUDGE DRYING 3073 394,000.00$ 205,755.66$ sewer

STORAGE BUILDING 9999 1,600.00$ 1,600.00$ split

STORAGE GARAGE 3073 13,400.00$ 11,762.31$ split

TERTIARY LAGOON 3073 654,000.00$ 574,066.54$ sewer

WESTERN AVE ELEC 3073 769,000.00$ 675,011.16$ split

WASTEWATER FACILITY 3083 3,784,629.80$ 643,387.10$ sewer





WASTEWATER FACILITY 3083 364,186.54$ 40,060.52$ sewer

DRINKING WATER TREATMENT 3073 33,851,115.50$ 2,369,578.09$ water

DRINKING WATER TREATMENT 3073 1,592,372.53$ 79,618.63$ water

WATER TREATMENT FACILITY 3073 18,775.00$ 187.75$ water

56,638,019.80$ 9,473,399.02$

022-001

GROUP OF ASPHALT 3073 15,900.00$ 15,900.00$ split






GROUP OF CHAINLINK 3073 20,000.00$ 20,000.00$ split




GROUP OF CONCRETE 9999 1,400.00$ 805.00$ split

GROUP OF CONCRETE 3073 2,600.00$ 1,495.00$ split

GROUP OF CONCRETE 9999 600.00$ 600.00$ split




GROUP OF OUTDOOR 3073 5,300.00$ 5,300.00$ split

GROUP OF OUTDOOR 9999 700.00$ 700.00$ split

GROUP OF OUTDOOR 9999 730.00$ 730.00$ split

GROUP OF WOOD FENCE 9999 4,900.00$ 4,900.00$ split

GROUP OF WOOD FENCE 9999 750.00$ 750.00$ split

WATER FOUNTAIN 3073 11,700.00$ 6,142.50$ split

WOOD RETAINING WALL 3073 19,000.00$ 10,925.00$ split

WOOD RETAINING WALL 9999 400.00$ 400.00$ split

VINYL COATED CHAIN 3083 76,495.04$ 17,211.38$ split

191,175.04$ 116,278.88$

022-005

STORM DRAIN SYSTEM 9999 1,567.74$ 1,567.74$ stormwater





















STORM DRAIN SYSTEM 3073 1,351,167.68$ 472,908.63$ stormwater










STORM DRAIN SYSTEM 3073 1,045,316.87$ 261,329.25$ stormwater

13,355,297.76$ 5,968,273.99$

022-011

WATER LINES (PIPING) 3073 10,548.96$ 10,548.96$ water


















































WATER LINES (PIPING) 3073 1,671,733.49$ 785,714.75$ water

WATER LINES (PIPING) 3073 2,147,480.58$ 1,009,315.84$ water















FIRE-HYDRANTS 3073 17,472.00$ 17,472.00$ water

FIRE-HYDRANTS 9999 581.00$ 581.00$ water








FIRE-HYDRANTS 3073 1,064,578.67$ 833,920.06$ water


FIRE-HYDRANTS 3073 1,142,946.00$ 514,325.70$ water


BURGESS ROAD WATER 3073 50,663.22$ 8,612.79$ water


DODSON PLACE WATER 3073 48,665.93$ 8,273.22$ water

EAST GATEWAY UTILITY 3073 271,277.35$ 35,266.07$ water

KANEVILLE ROAD WATER 3073 561,183.94$ 39,282.88$ water

WATER MAIN RELOCATION 3073 141,427.20$ 7,071.35$ water

WATER LINES (PIPING) 3073 17,528.65$ 525.86$ water

ALDI-WATER 3073 33,860.00$ 1,015.80$ water

20,693,515.59$ 9,948,545.85$

022-017

SEWAGE SYSTEM 6" 9999 2,659.44$ 2,659.44$ sewer

























SEWAGE SYSTEM 10" 3083 1,980,959.21$ 1,644,196.38$ sewer



















DODSON PLACE SANITARY 3083 48,030.96$ 8,165.27$ sewer

SANITRAY SEWER LINING 3083 166,019.22$ 28,223.31$ sewer

SANITARY SEWER PRODUCT 3083 680,925.62$ 102,138.83$ sewer

ALDI-SEWER 3083 17,777.00$ 533.31$ sewer

19,489,211.50$ 8,440,649.36$

023-001



AIR COMPRESSOR 3073 11,440.00$ 11,440.00$ split

COLOR PHASER PRINT 3073 6,000.00$ 6,000.00$ split

PW GIS SYSTEM 3073 36,236.78$ 36,236.78$ split

GIS SYSTEM 3073 63,419.06$ 63,419.06$ split

GIS SYSTEM 3073 7,402.50$ 7,402.50$ split

EXCHANGE SERVER 3073 9,996.00$ 8,996.40$ split

DISSOLVED OXYGEN M 3083 9,083.00$ 3,784.58$ sewer

FORKLIFT 3083 6,451.67$ 1,344.10$ split

150,029.01$ 138,623.42$

024-001

TRUCK SEWER CLEANING 3073 28,263.00$ 28,263.00$ sewer

TRUCK 3073 24,000.00$ 24,000.00$ split

TRUCK PICKUP 3073 29,500.00$ 29,500.00$ split

BACKHOE 3073 30,000.00$ 30,000.00$ split

WHEEL LOADER 3083 114,380.88$ 71,488.05$ split

TRUCK 3073 36,158.88$ 36,158.88$ split

2004 INTERNATIONAL 3073 74,557.00$ 74,557.00$ split

2009 FORD F250 3073 26,814.63$ 11,172.77$ split

2008 FORD ESCAPE HYBRID 3083 23,765.00$ 9,902.08$ split

2008 TOYOTA PRIUS 3083 23,916.00$ 9,965.00$ split

HYDRAULIC BREAKER 3083 12,590.00$ 2,622.92$ split

EASEMENT SEWER CLI 3083 24,717.00$ 5,149.38$ sewer

2008 INTERNATIONAL 3083 288,000.09$ 120,000.05$ split

736,662.48$ 452,779.13$

025-001

ANTENNA 9999 1,300.00$ 1,300.00$ split

ANTENNA 9999 2,700.00$ 2,700.00$ split

ANTENNA 9999 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$ split

ANTENNA 9999 1,300.00$ 1,300.00$ split

FLAGPOLES 9999 160.00$ 160.00$ split


GROUP OF ASPHALT 9999 450.00$ 450.00$ split




11,510.00$ 11,510.00$

Total Water and Sewer Assets 112,253,407.38$ 34,550,059.65$

City of Geneva - Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model<-- In Geneva Planning

2012

Type Category Date Description Model Purchased Remaining Replacement $ Replacement Replacement Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 1995 Hach DR2010 Analyzer 2,500$ -9 8 3,775$ 2003 3,775$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 1998 CL-17 Analyzer Kautz Rd. Lift Stat. 3,000$ -2 12 4,260$ 2010 4,260$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2000 CL-17 Analyzer Dodson Street 3,000$ 0 12 4,080$ 2012 4,080$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2007 Hach HQ11D Handheld pH 800$ 0 5 920$ 2012 920$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2007 Hach DR2800 Analyzer 3,200$ 3 8 3,680$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 3,680$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2007 2" Honda Trash Pump Water Plant 1,200$ 5 10 1,380$ 2017 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,380$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2007 Honda Generator Water Plant 1,000$ 5 10 1,000$ 2017 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Computer Water A Control Room SCADA 1,200$ -1 3 1,344$ 2011 1,344$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Computer Water B Control Room SCADA 1,200$ -1 3 1,344$ 2011 1,344$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Computer Water Control Room 1,200$ -1 3 1,344$ 2011 1,344$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Signet Flowmeter CIP System 2,500$ 6 10 2,800$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,800$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Siemens Analyzer Deox/2000 5,500$ 6 10 6,160$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,160$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Siemens Magflo 5100 Flow Meter 5,000$ 6 10 5,600$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,600$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$





Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Siemens Analyzer Micro/2000 4,500$ 6 10 5,040$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,040$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Siemens Analyzer Micro/2000 4,500$ 6 10 5,040$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,040$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Foxboro IMT25 Flowmeter RO 3 1,700$ 8 12 1,904$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,904$ -$ -$ -$
















Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Foxboro pH/Orp Model 871PH 1,500$ 8 12 1,680$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,680$ -$ -$ -$












Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Rosemount Analytic. Solu Comp. II 1,800$ 8 12 2,016$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,016$ -$ -$ -$





Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 CL-17 Analyzer Water Plant 3,000$ 8 12 3,360$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3,360$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 CL-17 Analyzer Well #6 3,000$ 8 12 3,360$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3,360$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Backwash Pump Filter Backwash 10,000$ 11 15 11,200$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 11,200$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 High Service Pump Large Pump #2 25,000$ 11 15 28,000$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 28,000$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 High Service Pump Large Pump #4 25,000$ 11 15 25,000$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 25,000$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Washwater Pump 1 Recovery Pump 6,000$ 11 15 6,720$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,720$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Washwater Pump 2 Recovery Pump 6,000$ 11 15 6,720$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,720$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Washwater Pump 3 Waste Pump 6,000$ 11 15 6,720$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,720$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Forklift - Clark Water Plant 21,225$ 11 15 23,772$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 23,772$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Air Compressor 1 17,000$ 11 15 19,040$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 19,040$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Air Compressor 2 17,000$ 11 15 19,040$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 19,040$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Air Wash Blower 1 20,000$ 11 15 22,400$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 22,400$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2008 Air Wash Blower 2 20,000$ 11 15 22,400$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 22,400$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2009 Computer Water Manager 1,200$ 0 3 1,308$ 2012 1,308$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2012 Laptop Computer (SCADA) Water 1,700$ 3 3 1,700$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 1,700$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water Treatment Plant 2009 Hach HQ14D Handheld Conductiv. 800$ 2 5 872$ 2014 -$ -$ 872$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Flouride Pump(7530) Feed 1,500$ 6 10 1,680$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,680$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Flouride Pump(7540) Feed 1,500$ 6 10 1,680$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,680$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Anti Scalant(7140) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Anti. Scalant((7130) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Corr. Inhib.(7630) Feed Pump 1,500$ 6 10 1,680$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,680$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Corr. Inhib.(7640) Feed Pump 1,500$ 6 10 1,680$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,680$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Bisulfite(7710) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Bisulfite(7720) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hydrox.(7830) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hydrox.(7840) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hypo.(7930) Feed Pump 4,000$ 6 10 4,480$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hypo.(7960) Feed Pump 4,000$ 10 10 4,000$ 2022 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,000$ -$


Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Flouride Pump(7510) Transfer 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Flouride Pump(7520) Transfer 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Anti Scalant(7110) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Anti Scalant(7120) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Current Year


2012


Current Year

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Corr. Inhib.(7610) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,300$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,300$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Corr. Inhib.(7620) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 PC87 Pump Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 PC98 Pump Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Bisulfite(7730) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Bisulfite(7740) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hydrox.(7810) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 0 10 2,990$ 2012 2,990$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hydrox.(7820) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hypo.(7910) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 Sod. Hypo.(7920) Transfer Pump 2,300$ 6 10 2,576$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,576$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 RO #1 Feed Pump 35,000$ 11 15 39,200$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 39,200$




Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 High Service Pump Small Pump #1 15,000$ 11 15 16,800$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 16,800$

Pump Water Treatment Plant 2008 High Service Pump Small Pump #3 15,000$ 11 15 16,800$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 16,800$

Vehicle Water Treatment Plant 2000 Pickup Truck 1/2 Ton (G102) 24,228$ -2 10 32,950$ 2010 32,950$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water Treatment Plant 2008 Ford Escape Hybrid WTF Vehicle 23,765$ 6 10 26,617$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 26,617$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water Treatment Plant 2009 1 Ton Pickup Truck (G-83) 24,989$ 7 10 27,238$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 27,238$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1983 6" Jaeger Pump (G-76) Trailer 16,302$ -7 22 30,484$ 2005 30,484$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1986 Speedshore Bracing 1,900$ -2 24 3,382$ 2010 3,382$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1990 C.S.E. Trailer (G-126) 1,382$ -2 20 2,294$ 2010 2,294$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1990 Linestopping Equipment 26,020$ -2 20 43,193$ 2010 43,193$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1990 C.S.E. Equip 5,137$ -2 20 8,527$ 2010 8,527$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1995 4" Emergency Trash Pump #5 WW 3,524$ -5 12 5,321$ 2007 5,321$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1995 Traffic Arrow Board (G-136) 4,970$ 0 17 7,505$ 2012 7,505$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1996 4" Pump Trash Pump #4 W 3,500$ -4 12 5,180$ 2008 5,180$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1996 Trailer (G-74) 6,000$ 1 17 8,880$ 2013 -$ 8,880$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1998 6" Thomp. Pump (G-77) Trailer 19,995$ -3 11 28,393$ 2009 28,393$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1998 Trailer (G-75) 5,823$ 0 14 8,269$ 2012 8,269$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1999 Honda Generator General Use 1,000$ -3 10 1,390$ 2009 1,390$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1999 4" Thomp. Pump (G-144) Trailer 16,500$ -1 12 22,935$ 2011 22,935$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 1999 Trailer (G-53) 2,275$ 1 14 3,162$ 2013 -$ 3,162$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2001 Utility Trailer (G148) 1,000$ -1 10 1,000$ 2011 1,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2001 Honda Generator Trench Trailer 1,600$ -1 10 2,128$ 2011 2,128$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2001 Air Mole 5,700$ 9 20 7,581$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 7,581$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2003 Honda Generator C.S.E. Trailer 1,500$ 1 10 1,905$ 2013 -$ 1,905$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2003 Honda Generator Camera Trailer 1,600$ 1 10 2,032$ 2013 -$ 2,032$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2003 Excav. Safety Trailer 3,320$ 3 12 4,216$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 4,216$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2005 Honda Generator G-11 1,600$ 3 10 1,936$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 1,936$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2005 4" Pump Trash Pump #13 W 3,500$ 5 12 4,235$ 2017 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,235$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2006 Computer Maint. Manager 1,200$ -3 3 1,416$ 2009 1,416$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2007 Computer Locator 3,500$ -2 3 4,025$ 2010 4,025$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2007 Computer Maintnenance Dept. 1,200$ -2 3 1,380$ 2010 1,380$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2008 Indeco Hammer Breaker for Deere 12,590$ 7 11 14,101$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 14,101$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2008 Extendajet (Standard Equip) (G-108) 24,717$ 12 16 27,683$ 2024 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2009 Locator, Vivax W & E Split 2,050$ 0 3 2,235$ 2012 2,235$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2011 Leak Locating Correlator 17,790$ 9 10 18,324$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 18,324$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2011 Leak Locating Data Loggers 11,795$ 9 10 11,795$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 11,795$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2011 Sewer Televising Equipment 46,533$ 9 10 47,929$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 47,929$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2002 4" Pump Trash Pump #5A W 3,500$ 2 12 4,550$ 2014 -$ -$ 4,550$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2006 Orion Multi Gas Gas Detector Sewer 1,600$ 2 8 1,888$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,888$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Water and Sewer Maintenance 2004 4" Pump Trash Pump #11 W 3,500$ 4 12 4,340$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 4,340$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Water and Sewer Maintenance 2005 2" Homelight Pump 1,750$ 4 11 2,118$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,118$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 1999 Backhoe (G-91) 78,838$ 1 14 109,585$ 2013 -$ 109,585$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2000 1 Ton Utility Truck (G-11) 34,882$ -2 10 47,440$ 2010 47,440$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2001 Sewer Televising Trailer (G-149) 8,767$ -1 10 11,660$ 2011 11,660$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2008 Vactor (G-69) 253,768$ 11 15 284,220$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 284,220$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2008 Forklift (W&S Share) 4,157$ 14 18 4,656$ 2026 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2012 1 Ton Serv. Truck (G-34) 29,894$ 11 11 29,894$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 29,894$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2004 2004 Tanden Dump Truck (G-44) 64,543$ 2 10 80,033$ 2014 -$ -$ 80,033$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2003 1 Ton Dump (G-10) 23,500$ 2 11 29,845$ 2014 -$ -$ 29,845$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Water and Sewer Maintenance 2004 Pickup Truck (G-16) W&E split 10,898$ 2 10 7,600$ 2014 -$ -$ 7,600$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 1972 Hoffman Blower #1 w/motor&actuator 41,000$ -15 25 90,200$ 1997 90,200$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 1991 RAW VFD #1 7,720$ -11 10 12,584$ 2001 12,584$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 1994 Chl. Detector Model 161B 1,300$ -6 12 2,002$ 2006 2,002$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 1998 Incubator (BOD) Fisher 2,451$ -4 10 3,480$ 2008 3,480$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2001 WWTF Washer & Dryer 850$ -1 10 1,131$ 2011 1,131$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2001 Microscope LEICA CMR Comp 3,200$ 0 11 4,256$ 2012 4,256$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2002 UV Spectrophotometer 5,228$ 0 10 6,796$ 2012 6,796$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2003 Orion 4 Gas Detector(w.w.t.p) 1,500$ -1 8 1,905$ 2011 1,905$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2003 pH Meter Model AR60 Specific Ion Benchtop 1,450$ 1 10 1,842$ 2013 -$ 1,842$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2003 Breathing Apparatus WWTF 2 2,500$ 3 12 3,175$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 3,175$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2003 Metler Scale Model AX 105 4,800$ 5 14 6,096$ 2017 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,096$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 U.V.bank A 36 Ballasts of 72 19,080$ -3 5 23,659$ 2009 23,659$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 U.V.bank B 36 Ballasts of 72 19,080$ -3 5 23,659$ 2009 23,659$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Xflow 5,500$ 10 2012 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Chlorine Alarm System 4,350$ 6 14 5,394$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,394$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Isco Sampler Model 3710FR 4,950$ 7 15 6,138$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,138$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Centrifuge #1 Thickening 257,500$ 12 20 319,300$ 2024 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Centrifuge #2 Dewatering 257,500$ 12 20 319,300$ 2024 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$


2012


Current Year

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2005 YSI PRO ODO Meter 1,600$ 3 10 1,936$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 1,936$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2005 Hoffman Blower #4 w/motor&actuator 41,000$ 18 25 49,610$ 2030 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 Water Bath Fecal Coliform 550$ 5 11 649$ 2017 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 649$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 Hoffman Blower #5 w/motor&actuator 41,000$ 19 25 48,380$ 2031 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2007 U.V. bank A 72 lamps of 144 9,720$ 0 5 11,178$ 2012 11,178$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2007 U.V.bank B 72 lamps of 144 9,720$ 0 5 11,178$ 2012 11,178$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2007 Isco Sampler3 Portable 2,550$ 10 15 2,933$ 2022 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,933$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2008 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Final 5,500$ 2012 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2009 RAS VFD #1 5,500$ 7 10 5,995$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,995$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 SCADA Computer Liftstation 2,000$ 1 3 2,120$ 2013 -$ 2,120$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 SCADA Computer Main POTW 2,000$ 1 3 2,120$ 2013 -$ 2,120$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 SCADA Computer Remote POTW 2,000$ 1 3 2,120$ 2013 -$ 2,120$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Muffle Furance 2,587$ 6 8 2,742$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,742$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Inf.Wet Well 1,800$ 8 10 1,908$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,908$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Chlorine Titrimeter 950$ 8 10 1,007$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,007$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Moyno Pump WAS feed 1 10,000$ 8 10 10,600$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 10,600$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Moyno Pump WAS Thk 1 8,000$ 8 10 8,480$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 8,480$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2010 Drying Oven 2,336$ 8 10 2,476$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,476$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Autoclave EZ 10 3,875$ 9 10 3,991$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3,991$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 RAW VFD #2 7,720$ 9 10 7,952$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 7,952$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 STP VFD #1 6,500$ 9 10 6,695$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,695$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Moyno Pump WAS feed 2 10,000$ 2 10 12,400$ 2014 -$ -$ 12,400$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Moyno Pump WAS Thk 2 8,000$ 2 10 9,920$ 2014 -$ -$ 9,920$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 RAS VFD #2 5,500$ 2 10 6,820$ 2014 -$ -$ 6,820$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 RAS VFD #3 5,500$ 2 10 6,820$ 2014 -$ -$ 6,820$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Ultrasonic Flowmeter-Influent 3,600$ 2 10 4,464$ 2014 -$ -$ 4,464$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2009 Compressor for Digester 3,078$ 2 5 3,355$ 2014 -$ -$ 3,355$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Computer WWTF 2,000$ 2 3 2,060$ 2014 -$ -$ 2,060$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Inf.Wet Well 1,500$ 2 10 1,860$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,860$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Ultrasonic Flowmeter RAS 1,500$ 2 10 1,860$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,860$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Chlorinator Model V100 1,500$ 2 10 1,860$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,860$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Computer Laptop WWTF 1,700$ 2 3 1,700$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,700$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Chlorinator Model V100 1,500$ 2 10 1,500$ 2014 -$ -$ 1,500$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Chlorine Scale 2,750$ 4 12 3,410$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 3,410$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 Ultrasonic Flowmeter RAS 1,800$ 4 10 2,124$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,124$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Circular-Flow Recorder #1 1,140$ 4 12 1,414$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 1,414$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2000 Wemco Recrc Pump #1 6,000$ -2 10 8,160$ 2010 8,160$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2001 Geneva East Pump #2 4,246$ -1 10 5,647$ 2011 5,647$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2001 Riverwalk Pump #1 2,219$ 6 17 2,951$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,951$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2002 Geneva East Pump #1 4,246$ 0 10 5,520$ 2012 5,520$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2002 Riverwalk Pump #2 2,219$ 8 18 2,885$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,885$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2005 Vacuum Pump 1,300$ 3 10 1,573$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 1,573$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2005 WWTP liftstation Pump #1 23,000$ 8 15 27,830$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 27,830$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 Fisher Farms Pump #2 2,500$ -1 5 2,950$ 2011 2,950$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 WWTP Liftstation Pump #2 22,000$ 9 15 25,960$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 25,960$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2008 Western Ave. Pump #1 26,400$ 6 10 29,568$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 29,568$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$




Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2008 WWTP liftstation Pump#3 24,543$ 11 15 27,488$ 2023 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 27,488$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2009 Wemco RAS Pump #3 27,000$ 7 10 29,430$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 29,430$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2009 Wemco Raw Pump #4 27,000$ 7 10 29,430$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 29,430$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2009 Wemco Raw Pump #5 27,000$ 7 10 29,430$ 2019 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 29,430$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Westside Pump #1 6,130$ 8 9 6,314$ 2020 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,314$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Kautz Road Pump #1 11,216$ 9 10 11,552$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 11,552$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Wemco RAS Pump #1 27,000$ 9 10 27,000$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 27,000$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Kautz Road Pump #2 6,256$ 9 10 6,444$ 2021 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 6,444$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2004 Wemco RAS Pump #2 27,000$ 2 10 27,000$ 2014 -$ -$ 27,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2002 Westside Pump #2 2,476$ 2 12 3,219$ 2014 -$ -$ 3,219$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 WTP liftstation Pump#1 10,000$ 4 10 11,800$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 11,800$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2006 WTP liftstation Pump#2 10,000$ 4 10 11,800$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 11,800$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Pump Wastewater Treatment Plant 2011 Fisher Farms Pump #1 9,530$ 4 5 9,816$ 2016 -$ -$ -$ -$ 9,816$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Wastewater Treatment Plant 2000 Maintenance Cart John Deer Gator 7,398$ 3 15 10,061$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 10,061$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Wastewater Treatment Plant 2003 John Deere Loader WWTP 110,000$ 6 15 110,000$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 110,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Wastewater Treatment Plant 2012 Pickup Truck (G13) 26,189$ 12 12 26,189$ 2024 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Wastewater Treatment Plant 1999 Taurus Wagon WW (G-94) 15,390$ 2 15 21,392$ 2014 -$ -$ 21,392$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Universal 2008 Computer (SCADA) Water Public Works 1,200$ -1 3 1,344$ 2011 1,344$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Universal 2009 Computer Admin. Assist. 1,200$ 0 3 1,308$ 2012 1,308$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Equipment Universal 2009 Computer Superintendent. 3,500$ 0 3 3,815$ 2012 3,815$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Universal 2000 Semi Tractor (G17) 40,000$ 3 15 54,400$ 2015 -$ -$ -$ 54,400$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Universal 2003 Semi Trailer (G85) 13,500$ 6 15 17,145$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 17,145$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Vehicle Universal 2008 Toyota Prius (G-106) 23,495$ 6 10 26,314$ 2018 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 26,314$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

720,113$ 133,766$ 231,018$ 82,678$ 49,648$ 13,360$ 431,704$ 154,038$ 128,720$ 175,223$ 6,933$ 718,814$

City of Geneva Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model <-- Unknown years were replaced with average age/diameter

Water Mains

Replacement Material 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24"Ductile Iron 57.73$ 67.92$ 79.90$ 94.00$ 108.10$ 124.32$ 142.96$ 164.41$ 189.07$

Installation Decade Diameter Linear FeetReplacemen

t Cost per L.F.

Total Replacement Costs Useful Life Replacement

Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023

1900 4" 18,024 67.92$ 1,224,114$ 75 1975 1,224,114$ 1900 6" 21,654 79.90$ 1,730,145$ 75 1975 1,730,145$ 1900 8" 763 94.00$ 71,722$ 75 1975 71,722$ 1900 10" 1,535 108.10$ 165,934$ 75 1975 165,934$ 1920 4" 19,090 67.92$ 1,296,511$ 75 1995 1,296,511$ 1920 6" 10,846 79.90$ 866,585$ 75 1995 866,585$ 1930 4" 13,221 67.92$ 897,918$ 75 2005 897,918$ 1930 6" 22,620 79.90$ 1,807,328$ 75 2005 1,807,328$ 1930 8" 435 94.00$ 40,890$ 75 2005 40,890$ 1940 4" 6,243 67.92$ 424,007$ 75 2015 424,007$ 1940 6" 18,416 79.90$ 1,471,428$ 75 2015 1,471,428$ 1940 8" 1,613 94.00$ 151,622$ 75 2015 151,622$ 1950 4" 12,282 67.92$ 834,146$ 50 2000 834,146$ 1950 6" 35,988 79.90$ 2,875,431$ 50 2000 2,875,431$ 1950 8" 5,161 94.00$ 485,134$ 50 2000 485,134$ 1950 12" 800 124.32$ 99,452$ 50 2000 99,452$ 1960 6" 27,499 79.90$ 2,197,160$ 75 20351960 8" 9,965 94.00$ 936,710$ 75 20351960 10" 13,475 108.10$ 1,456,648$ 75 20351960 12" 5,180 124.32$ 643,952$ 75 20351970 6" 23,365 79.90$ 1,866,854$ 75 20451970 8" 18,751 94.00$ 1,762,594$ 75 20451970 12" 18,098 124.32$ 2,249,853$ 75 20451980 6" 32,129 79.90$ 2,567,097$ 75 20551980 8" 29,958 94.00$ 2,816,052$ 75 20551980 12" 39,206 124.32$ 4,873,894$ 75 20551980 3" 1,131 57.73$ 65,290$ 75 20551980 16" 20,963 142.96$ 2,996,918$ 75 20551980 20" 353 164.41$ 58,036$ 75 20551980 24" 6,892 189.07$ 1,303,054$ 75 20551980 6" 21,383 79.90$ 1,708,502$ 75 2055

Total 41,944,977$ 12,395,309$ -$ -$ 2,047,057$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

10-year Payment Plan 1,239,531$ 1,239,531$ 1,239,531$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 204,706$

Replacement Cost per Linear Foot

City of Geneva Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial Model <-- Unknown years were replaced with average age/diameter

Sewer Mains

Replacement Material 6" 8" 10" 12" 15" 18" 20" 24" 27" 30" 36" 42" 48"Relining $34.00 $40.00 $46.00 $52.90 $60.84 $69.96 $80.45 $92.52 $106.40 $122.36 $140.72 $161.82 $186.10

Material Useful LifeClay 75PVC 100

Concrete 85Lined 30

Material Installation / Relining Decade Diameter Linear Feet Relining Cost per

L.F.Total Replacement

Costs Useful Life Replacement Year 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023

Clay 1900 6" 19,117 34.00$ 649,978$ 75 1975 649,978$ Clay 1900 8" 15,307 40.00$ 612,280$ 75 1975 612,280$ Lined 2001 8" 1,458 40.00$ 58,320$ 30 2031Clay 1900 10" 1,880 46.00$ 86,480$ 75 1975 86,480$ Clay 1900 12" 665 52.90$ 35,179$ 75 1975 35,179$ Clay 1900 12" 1,794 52.90$ 94,903$ 75 1975 94,903$ Lined 2001 12" 755 52.90$ 39,940$ 30 2031Clay 1900 15" 3,542 60.84$ 215,478$ 75 1975 215,478$ Lined 2001 15" 331 60.84$ 20,136$ 30 2031Clay 1920 6" 5,287 34.00$ 179,758$ 75 1995 179,758$ Clay 1920 8" 10,872 40.00$ 434,880$ 75 1995 434,880$ Lined 2001 8" 1,239 40.00$ 49,560$ 30 2031Clay 1920 10" 1,190 46.00$ 54,740$ 75 1995 54,740$ Clay 1920 12" 2,955 52.90$ 156,320$ 75 1995 156,320$ Lined 2002 18" 629 69.96$ 44,005$ 30 2032Clay 1930 6" 300 34.00$ 10,200$ 75 2005 10,200$ Clay 1930 8" 22,567 40.00$ 902,680$ 75 2005 902,680$ Lined 2002 8" 628 40.00$ 25,120$ 30 2032Clay 1930 10" 3,622 46.00$ 166,612$ 75 2005 166,612$ Clay 1930 12" 1,003 52.90$ 53,059$ 75 2005 53,059$ Lined 2002 12" 671 52.90$ 35,496$ 30 2032Clay 1940 8" 18,680 40.00$ 747,200$ 75 2015 747,200$ Lined 2003 8" 442 40.00$ 17,680$ 30 2033Clay 1940 12" 1,305 52.90$ 69,035$ 75 2015 69,035$ Clay 1940 15" 1,750 60.84$ 106,461$ 75 2015 106,461$

Concrete 1940 30" 2,405 122.36$ 294,278$ 85 2025Lined 2006 30" 705 122.36$ 86,264$ 30 2036

Concrete 1940 36" 3,069 140.72$ 431,854$ 85 2025Clay 1950 8" 30,594 40.00$ 1,223,760$ 75 2025Lined 2001 8" 926 40.00$ 37,040$ 30 2031Lined 2002 8" 624 40.00$ 24,960$ 30 2032Lined 2003 8" 174 40.00$ 6,960$ 30 2033Lined 2010 8" 891 40.00$ 35,640$ 30 2040Clay 1950 10" 5,122 46.00$ 235,612$ 75 2025Lined 2003 10" 1,047 46.00$ 48,162$ 30 2033

Relining Cost per Linear Foot

Lined 2003 10 1,047 46.00$ 48,162$ 30 2033Clay 1950 12" 3,880 52.90$ 205,252$ 75 2025Clay 1950 15" 5,427 60.84$ 330,152$ 75 2025Clay 1960 8" 29,366 40.00$ 1,174,640$ 75 2035Lined 2003 8" 1,328 40.00$ 53,120$ 30 2033Lined 2010 8" 380 40.00$ 15,200$ 30 2040Clay 1960 10" 722 46.00$ 33,212$ 75 2035Clay 1960 12" 1,492 52.90$ 78,927$ 75 2035Lined 2003 12" 445 52.90$ 23,541$ 30 2033Clay 1960 20" 1,371 80.45$ 110,303$ 75 2035

Concrete 1960 24" 1,313 92.52$ 121,482$ 85 2045Concrete 1960 36" 5,524 140.72$ 777,310$ 85 2045

Clay 1970 15" 2,024 60.84$ 123,130$ 75 2045Lined 2002 15" 630 60.84$ 38,326$ 30 2032Clay 1970 8" 29,178 40.00$ 1,167,120$ 75 2045Lined 2002 8" 32,893 40.00$ 1,315,720$ 30 2032Lined 2012 8" 2,370 40.00$ 94,800$ 30 2042Clay 1970 10" 1,345 46.00$ 61,870$ 75 2045Clay 1970 12" 1,110 52.90$ 58,719$ 75 2045Clay 1970 18" 4,354 69.96$ 304,607$ 75 2045Clay 1980 8" 34,564 40.00$ 1,382,560$ 75 2055Lined 2010 8" 777 40.00$ 31,080$ 30 2040PVC 1990 8" 210,446 40.00$ 8,417,840$ 100 2090PVC 1990 10" 25,750 46.00$ 1,184,500$ 100 2090PVC 1990 12" 41,711 52.90$ 2,206,512$ 100 2090PVC 1990 15" 17,409 60.84$ 1,059,077$ 100 2090PVC 1990 18" 11,013 69.96$ 770,472$ 100 2090PVC 1990 20" 1,452 80.45$ 116,820$ 100 2090PVC 1990 24" 11,451 92.52$ 1,059,474$ 100 2090

Concrete 1990 27" 3,886 106.40$ 413,473$ 85 2075Concrete 1990 30" 6,435 122.36$ 787,392$ 85 2075

Total 30,806,659$ 3,652,545$ -$ -$ 922,696$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

10-year Payment Plan 1,239,531$ 1,239,531$ 1,239,531$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 1,444,237$ 204,706$


WATER Current Year 2012CIP Beginning Year 2014

Total Replacement Costs Arrears 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Water Mains (includes valves and hydrants) 14,442,366$ 12,395,309$ -$ -$ -$ 2,047,057$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Proposed Funding Schedule* 20 722,118$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 766,095$ 789,078$ 812,751$ 837,133$ 862,247$ 888,114$ 914,758$ 942,201$ 970,467$ 999,581$ Water Treatment Plant Equipment 330,258$ 10,046$ 6,308$ -$ 872$ 5,380$ -$ 2,380$ 47,040$ -$ 67,220$ -$ -$ 191,012$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 18,275$ 5,879$ -$ 2,759$ 56,168$ -$ 85,152$ -$ -$ 264,405$ Water Treatment Plant Pump 277,922$ -$ 2,990$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 84,732$ -$ -$ -$ 4,000$ 186,200$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 3,172$ -$ -$ -$ 101,174$ -$ -$ -$ 5,376$ 257,744$ Water Treatment Plant Vehicle 55,865$ 2,010$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 26,617$ 27,238$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 2,132$ -$ -$ -$ 31,782$ 33,499$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 50% of Water and Sewer Shared 516,401$ 115,821$ 11,565$ 62,782$ 61,958$ 30,276$ 3,229$ 2,118$ 21,730$ 7,050$ -$ 42,814$ -$ 157,057$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 267,481$ 33,084$ 3,634$ 2,455$ 25,946$ 8,671$ -$ 55,863$ -$ 217,404$

-$ -$ 1,057,156$ 828,041$ 816,384$ 842,347$ 1,077,318$ 930,285$ 999,910$ 998,064$ 975,842$ 1,739,134$

Arrears 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Water and SewerUniversal Equipment 1,344$ 5,123$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Universal Vehicle -$ -$ -$ -$ 54,400$ -$ -$ 43,459$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Water and Sewer Maintenance Equipment 171,199$ 18,008$ 15,979$ 6,438$ 6,152$ 4,340$ 4,235$ -$ 14,101$ -$ 85,629$ -$ -$ Water and Sewer Maintenance Pump -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 2,118$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Water and Sewer Maintenance Vehicle 59,100$ -$ 109,585$ 117,478$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 314,114$ Total 231,643$ 23,131$ 125,564$ 123,916$ 60,552$ 6,458$ 4,235$ 43,459$ 14,101$ -$ 85,629$ -$ 314,114$

SEWER Current Year 2012CIP Beginning Year 2014

Total Replacement Costs Arrears 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Sewer Mains 4,575,241$ 3,652,545$ -$ -$ -$ 922,696$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Proposed Funding Schedule* 20 228,762$

Total Projected Water Capital Projects

* Funding Schedule must be a # of years or N/A

Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 242,694$ 249,974$ 257,474$ 265,198$ 273,154$ 281,348$ 289,789$ 298,483$ 307,437$ 316,660$ Wastewater Treatment Plant Equipment 216,492$ 20,046$ 33,408$ 8,202$ 54,619$ 5,111$ 9,775$ 6,745$ 8,136$ 24,409$ 24,471$ 18,638$ 2,933$ -$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 123,356$ 5,585$ 11,002$ 7,819$ 9,715$ 30,020$ 30,999$ 24,318$ 3,941$ -$ Wastewater Treatment Plant Pump 416,262$ 10,052$ 5,520$ -$ 30,219$ 1,573$ 33,416$ -$ 111,719$ 88,290$ 37,029$ 70,956$ -$ 27,488$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 48,579$ 1,719$ 37,610$ -$ 133,399$ 108,586$ 46,907$ 92,582$ -$ 38,050$ Wastewater Treatment Plant Vehicle 141,453$ -$ -$ -$ 21,392$ 10,061$ -$ -$ 110,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 22,695$ 10,994$ -$ -$ 131,346$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 50% of Water and Sewer Shared 516,401$ 115,821$ 11,565$ 62,782$ 61,958$ 30,276$ 3,229$ 2,118$ 21,730$ 7,050$ -$ 42,814$ -$ 157,057$ Proposed Funding Schedule* N/A -$ Resulting Proposed Capital Spending -$ -$ 267,481$ 33,084$ 3,634$ 2,455$ 25,946$ 8,671$ -$ 55,863$ -$ 217,404$

-$ -$ 704,805$ 301,356$ 309,719$ 275,472$ 573,560$ 428,625$ 367,695$ 471,245$ 311,378$ 572,114$ Total Projected Sewer Capital Projects

* Funding Schedule must be a # of years or N/A


Bond Summary Bond 1 Bond 2 Bond 3 Bond 4 Bond 5 Bond 6 Bond 7 Bond 8 Bond 9 Bond 10Total Bond Amount -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Water Projects CIP Category Non-Growth Growth Cash Funded Bond Funded Associated Bond

FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Leak Survey Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 8,250$ -$ -$ Flow Monitoring Equipment Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 2,417$ 5,045$ -$ Water Main Valve Replacement Program Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 12,000$ 10,000$ 10,000$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ 10,667$ Fire Hydrant Replacement Program Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 17,100$ 15,825$ 17,000$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ 16,642$ Fire Hydrant Painting Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 9,625$ 13,376$ 10,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ 11,000$ Drinking Water Treatment Facility Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 31,689$ -$ -$ Water Main Infrastructure Replacement Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 99,847$ 157,225$ 25,000$ 740,000$ 789,078$ 812,751$ 837,133$ 862,247$ 888,114$ 914,758$ 942,201$ 970,467$ 999,581$ Water Main Funding through Sales Tax Lines 350,000$ 500,000$ Excess Flow Diversion Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 6,000$ -$ -$ Well #3 Abandonment Supply 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 90,125$ -$ -$ Well #10 Improvements Supply 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 12,728$ -$ -$ Water Tower Inspection Storage 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ -$ -$ Membranes Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 57,741$ 80,000$ Leak Locating Equipment Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 31,163$ -$ UV Lamps Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 19,523$ 20,000$ Water Tower Washing Storage 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 7,530$ -$ Water Meters Metering 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 140,222$ 150,000$ 175,000$ 175,000$ 175,000$ 175,000$ 175,000$ AMR Infrastructure Metering 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ -$ 25,000$ Water Tower Painting Storage 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ -$ 400,000$ Miscellaneous Capital Projects* Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 21,270$ 274,134$ 95,713$ Water Treatment Plant - Equipment Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 18,275$ 5,879$ -$ 2,759$ 56,168$ -$ 85,152$ -$ -$ 264,405$ Water Treatment Plant - Pump Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 3,172$ -$ -$ -$ 101,174$ -$ -$ -$ 5,376$ 257,744$ Water Treatment Plant - Vehicle Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 2,132$ -$ -$ -$ 31,782$ 33,499$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 50% of Water and Sewer - Shared Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 267,481$ 33,084$ 3,634$ 2,455$ 25,946$ 8,671$ -$ 55,863$ -$ 217,404$

Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% CashMisc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% Bond 3

Total Capital Water Projects $661,051 $731,783 $1,332,713 1,244,369$ 1,041,349$ 1,029,693$ 1,055,655$ 1,290,626$ 968,593$ 1,038,219$ 1,036,372$ 1,014,151$ 1,777,442$

*Misc. Cap. Projects Includes: 311,051$ 731,783$ 832,713$ 1,244,369$ 1,041,349$ 1,029,693$ 1,055,655$ 1,290,626$ 968,593$ 1,038,219$ 1,036,372$ 1,014,151$ 1,777,442$ Backhoe Non-Growth 311,051$ 731,783$ 832,713$ 1,244,369$ 1,041,349$ 1,029,693$ 1,055,655$ 1,290,626$ 968,593$ 1,038,219$ 1,036,372$ 1,014,151$ 1,777,442$ Vehicle Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Cash Funded

Computer Equipment ReplacementSealcoat Drives -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Public Works - Team Goals Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Equipment Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Community Garden ProjectBilling Software 350,000$ -$ 500,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ EngineeringRO Spare MotorIT DepartmentKautz Road LS Roff Repair

Sewer Projects CIP Category Non-Growth Growth Cash Funded Bond Funded Associated Bond

FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Sanitary Sewer Rehabilitation Program Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 55,751$ 21,090$ 206,000$ 125,000$ 249,974$ 257,474$ 265,198$ 273,154$ 281,348$ 289,789$ 298,483$ 307,437$ 316,660$ Rebuild Lift Station Pumps Pumps 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 19,308$ 75,423$ 52,000$ 48,579$ 1,719$ 37,610$ -$ 133,399$ 108,586$ 46,907$ 92,582$ -$ 38,050$ Wastewater Treatment Plant Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 34,876$ 40,000$ 40,000$ Sewer Camera Equipment Lines 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ 46,533$ -$ Equipment WWTP Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash -$ -$ 147,500$ 123,356$ 5,585$ 11,002$ 7,819$ 9,715$ 30,020$ 30,999$ 24,318$ 3,941$ -$ Wastewater Treatment Plant - Vehicle Plant 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 22,695$ 10,994$ -$ -$ 131,346$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 50% of Water and Sewer - Shared Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 267,481$ 33,084$ 3,634$ 2,455$ 25,946$ 8,671$ -$ 55,863$ -$ 217,404$ Miscellaneous Capital Projects* Misc 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% Cash 21,270$ 95,713$ Total Capital Sewer Projects $131,205 $183,046 $541,213 587,112$ 301,356$ 309,719$ 275,472$ 573,560$ 428,625$ 367,695$ 471,245$ 311,378$ 572,114$

131,205$ 183,046$ 541,213$ 587,112$ 301,356$ 309,719$ 275,472$ 573,560$ 428,625$ 367,695$ 471,245$ 311,378$ 572,114$ Non-Growth 131,205$ 183,046$ 541,213$ 587,112$ 301,356$ 309,719$ 275,472$ 573,560$ 428,625$ 367,695$ 471,245$ 311,378$ 572,114$

Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

-$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Cash Funded

Total Bond Funded

Total Bond Funded

Funded Through Sales Tax

City of Geneva - Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial ModelFuture Debt By Future Series

Bond% Water % Sewer % Non-Growth % Growth Total Bond

Funded Amount

Bond 1 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 2 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 3 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 4 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 5 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 6 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 7 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 8 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 9 0% 0% 0% 0% -$

Bond 10 0% 0% 0% 0% -$

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Water Projected Debt Payments -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Sewer Projected Debt Payments -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Payment Schedule 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Bond 1 Payment Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Bond Payment -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Outstanding Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Outstanding Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Bond 2 Payment Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Bond 3 Payment Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Bond 4 Payment Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Bond 5 Payment Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$



Bond 6 Payment NumberPrincipal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$


City of Geneva - Water and Sanitary Sewer Financial ModelFuture Debt By Future Series

Bond% Water % Sewer % Non-Growth % Growth Total Bond

Funded Amount

Bond 1 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 2 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 3 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 4 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 5 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 6 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 7 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 8 0% 0% 0% 0% -$ Bond 9 0% 0% 0% 0% -$

Bond 10 0% 0% 0% 0% -$

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Water Projected Debt Payments -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Sewer Projected Debt Payments -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Non-Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Growth -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$














Total Payment per Year -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Total Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Total Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Outstanding Principal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Total Outstanding Interest -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$


FY 09 FY 10 FY 11 FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23Water Sewer Actual Actual Actual Projected Budget Budget Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected

Account Number Account Description3000942000 INTEREST 50% 50% 18,848$ 8,102$ 3,528$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 5,000$ 3000973000 WATER CONNECTION FEES 100% 0% 69,343$ 50,145$ 41,277$ 82,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 3000975001 MATERIAL 50% 50% 5,155$ 1,817$ 337$ 20$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3000975003 LABOR 50% 50% 1,344$ 249$ 727$ 261$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3000975004 EQUIPMENT TIME 50% 50% 279$ 117$ 530$ 154$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3000976000 LAWN PERMITS FEES 100% 0% 575$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 600$ 3000979000 RENTAL FEES 100% 0% 226,597$ 224,877$ 292,422$ 293,435$ 292,530$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 300,835$ 3000992000 SALE OF METERS 100% 0% -$ -$ 129$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3000995000 SEWER CONNECTION 0% 100% 40,915$ 46,257$ 38,126$ 83,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 25,000$ 3000996000 PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE 100% 0% 18,540$ 18,540$ 17,910$ 18,270$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 28,115$ 3000999000 MISCELLANEOUS INCOME 50% 50% 23,190$ 16,145$ 27,998$ 20,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 15,000$ 3000999009 REIMB EXP - MISCELLANEOUS 50% 50% -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 3000999010 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS 50% 50% -$ 51,637$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

404,787$ 418,485$ 423,584$ 502,740$ 391,245$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$ 399,550$

339,463$ 333,195$ 368,898$ 407,023$ 356,245$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$

65,323$ 85,290$ 54,686$ 95,718$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$

Excluded Accounts3000980300 SALE OF WATER 3,789,431$ 3,832,507$ 3,975,504$ 4,100,000$ 4,305,000$ 4,520,250$ 3000980400 SEWAGE FEES 2,437,707$ 2,280,866$ 2,330,112$ 2,400,000$ 2,502,000$ 2,608,335$

Total Water Miscellaneous Revenues

Total Sewer Miscellaneous Revenues

Total Miscellaneous Revenues

% Allocated


Water Fund FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Operating CostsTotal Operating Expenses 2,369,345$ 2,470,185$ 2,526,990$ 2,578,680$ 2,666,305$ 2,758,685$ 2,856,128$ 2,958,963$ 3,067,541$ 3,182,237$ 3,303,453$ 3,431,619$ Operating Reserve Contribution -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Operating Expenses 2,369,345$ 2,470,185$ 2,526,990$ 2,578,680$ 2,666,305$ 2,758,685$ 2,856,128$ 2,958,963$ 3,067,541$ 3,182,237$ 3,303,453$ 3,431,619$

Capital CostsExisting Debt Service Payments 1,542,952$ 1,625,845$ 1,592,820$ 1,592,420$ 1,592,020$ 1,591,620$ 1,591,220$ 1,590,820$ 1,590,420$ 1,739,820$ 1,744,720$ 1,924,320$ Cash Funded Capital Projects 731,783$ 832,713$ 1,244,369$ 1,041,349$ 1,029,693$ 1,055,655$ 1,290,626$ 968,593$ 1,038,219$ 1,036,372$ 1,014,151$ 1,777,442$ Projected Debt Service Expense -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Capital Expenses 2,274,735$ 2,458,557$ 2,837,190$ 2,633,769$ 2,621,713$ 2,647,276$ 2,881,847$ 2,559,414$ 2,628,639$ 2,776,192$ 2,758,871$ 3,701,763$

Total Revenue Requirement 4,644,080$ 4,928,742$ 5,364,180$ 5,212,449$ 5,288,018$ 5,405,961$ 5,737,975$ 5,518,377$ 5,696,180$ 5,958,430$ 6,062,324$ 7,133,381$

Less Miscellaneous Other Revenues 407,023$ 356,245$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$ 364,550$

Net Revenue Requirement 4,237,058$ 4,572,497$ 4,999,629$ 4,847,899$ 4,923,468$ 5,041,410$ 5,373,425$ 5,153,826$ 5,331,629$ 5,593,879$ 5,697,774$ 6,768,831$

Revenues under Current Rates and Current Customer Base 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$ 4,389,908$

Surplus / (Shortfall) (182,589)$ (609,721)$ (457,991)$ (533,559)$ (651,502)$ (983,517)$ (763,918)$ (941,721)$ (1,203,971)$ (1,307,866)$ (2,378,923)$

Required Breakeven Increase 4.16% 13.89% 10.43% 12.15% 14.84% 22.40% 17.40% 21.45% 27.43% 29.79% 54.19%

Annual Additional Increases 4.16% 9.73% 0.00% 0.00% 0.95% 7.56% 0.00% 0.00% 5.02% 2.37% 24.40%

Sewer Fund FY 12 FY 13 FY 14 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23

Operating CostsTotal Operating Expenses 1,704,790$ 1,735,750$ 1,773,830$ 1,807,830$ 1,853,463$ 1,901,045$ 1,950,690$ 2,002,515$ 2,056,650$ 2,113,230$ 2,172,400$ 2,234,315$ Operating Reserve Contribution -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Operating Expenses 1,704,790$ 1,735,750$ 1,773,830$ 1,807,830$ 1,853,463$ 1,901,045$ 1,950,690$ 2,002,515$ 2,056,650$ 2,113,230$ 2,172,400$ 2,234,315$

C it l C tCapital CostsExisting Debt Service Payments 848,422$ 742,525$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 709,765$ 535,071$ 360,376$ 360,376$ Cash Funded Capital Projects 183,046$ 541,213$ 587,112$ 301,356$ 309,719$ 275,472$ 573,560$ 428,625$ 367,695$ 471,245$ 311,378$ 572,114$ Projected Debt Service Expense -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

Total Capital Expenses 1,031,468$ 1,283,738$ 1,296,877$ 1,011,121$ 1,019,484$ 985,237$ 1,283,325$ 1,138,390$ 1,077,460$ 1,006,316$ 671,754$ 932,490$

Total Revenue Requirement 2,736,258$ 3,019,488$ 3,070,707$ 2,818,951$ 2,872,947$ 2,886,282$ 3,234,015$ 3,140,906$ 3,134,110$ 3,119,546$ 2,844,154$ 3,166,805$

Less Miscellaneous Other Revenues 95,718$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$ 35,000$

Net Revenue Requirement 2,640,540$ 2,984,488$ 3,035,707$ 2,783,951$ 2,837,947$ 2,851,282$ 3,199,015$ 3,105,906$ 3,099,110$ 3,084,546$ 2,809,154$ 3,131,805$

Revenues under Current Rates and Current Customer Base 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$ 2,614,203$

Surplus / (Shortfall) (370,284)$ (421,503)$ (169,747)$ (223,744)$ (237,079)$ (584,811)$ (491,702)$ (484,907)$ (470,343)$ (194,951)$ (517,601)$

Required Breakeven Increase 14.16% 16.12% 6.49% 8.56% 9.07% 22.37% 18.81% 18.55% 17.99% 7.46% 19.80%

Annual Additional Increases 14.16% 1.96% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 6.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%


Average Daily Average Daily Capacity Max Max Extra Capacity Max Max Extra(MGD) (gpm) Factor Day Day Capacity Factor Hour Hour Capacity

% (MGD) (gpm) (gpm) % (MGD) (gpm) (gpm)Operating Data 2.13 1,482 223% 4.76 3,306 1,824 350% 7.47 5,186 1,881 4,000

Calculated Allocation 16.1% 43.5%

Operating Cost AllocationOperating and Maintenance Costs

AllocationAllocations FY 2012 - Total Required Base Max Day Max Hour Customer Service -

MeteringFire Protection

Treatment/Supply 1,242,559$ 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Transmission/Distribution 893,933$ 16.1% 19.9% 20.5% 0.0% 43.5%Administration - Customer Service 70% 162,997$ 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 0.0%Administration - Metering 30% 69,856$ 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 0.0%Total 2,369,345$ 1,561,394$ 177,476$ 183,012$ 58,213$ 389,249$

Capital Cost AllocaionWater System Rate Base Asset Value Base Max Day Max Hour Meter Fire Protection

Source of Supply (WTP) 36,427,913$ 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Transmission/Distribution 16,002,316$ 15.0% 15.0% 10.0% 0.0% 60.0%Fire Hydrants (Public Hydrants) 3,725,549$ 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0%Total 56,155,779$ 38,828,261$ 2,400,347$ 1,600,232$ -$ 13,326,939$

Rate Base Allocation 69.1% 4.3% 2.8% 0.0% 23.7%

Capital Cost Allocation FY12 - Total Required

Base Max Day Max Hour Customer Service - Metering

Fire Protection

Existing Debt Service 1,542,952$ 1,066,856$ 65,953$ 43,968$ -$ 366,175$ Cash Funded Capital Projects 731,783$ 505,983$ 31,280$ 20,853$ -$ 173,667$ Projected Debt Service -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Total 2,274,735$ 1,572,839$ 97,232$ 64,822$ -$ 539,842$

Annual AverageUse Daily Use Capacity Total Extra Capacity Total Extra Number of Number of Annual

(1,000 gallons) (1,000 gal/day) Factor Capacity Capacity Factor Capacity Capacity Customers Eq. Meters Number of % (1,000 gal/day) (1,000 gal/day) % (1,000 gal/day) (1,000 gal/day) Monthly Monthly Bills

Residential 503,143 1,378 250% 3,446 2,068 400% 5,514 4,135 7,176 7,532 86,112C i l 173 792 476 215% 1 024 548 340% 1 619 1 143 773 1 056 9 276

Fire Requirement (gpm)

19.9% 20.5%

Average Maximum Hour Requirements

Maximum Hour Requirements

Customer Class

Maximum Day Requirements

System Characteristics

Maximum Day Requirements

Commercial 173,792 476 215% 1,024 548 340% 1,619 1,143 773 1,056 9,276Government 36,286 99 215% 214 114 340% 338 239 40 136 480

Industrial 62,595 171 175% 300 129 300% 514 343 33 102 396City 3,007 8 215% 18 9 340% 28 20 16 0 192

Total 778,823 2,134 5,001 2,868 8,013 5,880 8,038 8,825 96,456234% 376%

Max Day Max Hour Meters Billing / CSUnits of Service

Number 778,823 2,134 2,868 5,880 8,825 96,456 Units (1,000 Gal) (1,000 Gal/day) (1,000 Gal/day) (1,000 Gal/day) (Eq. Meters) (# of Bills)

Operating Cost Total Cost 2,369,345$ 1,561,394$ 177,476$ 183,012$ 58,213$ 389,249$ Unit Cost 3.04$ 731.76$ 61.89$ 31.13$ 6.60$ 4.04$

Capital Cost Total Cost 1,734,893$ 1,572,839$ 97,232$ 64,822$ -$ Unit Cost 2.23$ 737.12$ 33.91$ 11.02$ -$

Total Cost of Service 4,104,238$ 3,134,233$ 274,708$ 247,834$ 58,213$ 389,249$ Total Cost of Service ($/unit) 5.27$ 1,468.88$ 95.79$ 42.15$ 6.60$ 4.04$

TotalBase Max Day Max Hour Meters Billing / CS

Units 1,378 2,068 4,135 7,532 86,112 Required Revenue 2,024,810$ 198,075$ 174,317$ 49,681$ 347,506$ 2,794,389$ Units 476 548 1,143 1,056 9,276 Required Revenue 699,393$ 52,453$ 48,169$ 6,963$ 37,433$ 844,412$ Units 99 114 239 136 480 Required Revenue 146,025$ 10,952$ 10,057$ 896$ 1,937$ 169,867$ Units 171 129 343 102 396 Required Revenue 251,904$ 12,321$ 14,458$ 673$ 1,598$ 280,953$ Units 8 9 20 - 192 Required Revenue 12,101$ 908$ 833$ -$ 775$ 14,616$

3,134,233$ 274,708$ 247,834$ 58,213$ 389,249$ 4,644,080$ 4,644,080$

Residential Commercial Government Industrial City68.09% 20.57% 4.14% 6.85% 0.36%

Customer

Description Total Common to All Users

Base Extra Capacity Customer

Residential

Commercial

Government

Industrial

City

Total Revenue Requirement

All Customers Fire Protection

Total Requried Revenue

Water Revenue Requirement Allocation

539,842$

Extra Capacity


68.09% 20.57% 4.14% 6.85% 0.36%


FY 10 - Rates

Total Revenue $ Change % ChangeResidential 64.56% $2,542,072 68.09% $2,680,836 $138,764 3.52%Commercial 23.70% $933,289 20.57% $810,099 ($123,191) -3.13%Government 4.49% $176,764 4.14% $162,964 ($13,800) -0.35%

Industrial 7.05% $277,532 6.85% $269,536 ($7,996) -0.20%City 0.20% $7,799 0.36% $14,022 $6,223 0.16%

100% 3,937,458$ 100%FY 11 - Rates

Total Revenue $ Change % ChangeResidential 66.72% $2,669,319 68.09% $2,724,151 $54,832 1.37%Commercial 21.29% $851,891 20.57% $823,188 ($28,703) -0.72%Government 4.29% $171,661 4.14% $165,597 ($6,064) -0.15%

Industrial 7.34% $293,666 6.85% $273,891 ($19,774) -0.49%City 0.36% $14,539 0.36% $14,249 ($290) -0.01%

100% 4,001,076$ 100%

Current Calculated

Current Calculated


Operating Cost Allocation

O&M Cost Allocations % $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % $Wastewater Treatment 100.00% 772,156$ 35.00% 270,255$ 30.00% 231,647$ 20.00% 154,431$ 15.00% 115,823$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ Wastewater Collection 100.00% 638,068$ 100.00% 638,068$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ Administration 100.00% 188,491$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 0.00% -$ 50.00% 94,246$ 50.00% 94,246$

Total 100.00% 1,598,715$ 45.00% 908,323$ 10.00% 231,647$ 6.67% 154,431$ 5.00% 115,823$ 16.67% 94,246$ 16.67% 94,246$

Rate Base Asset Category % $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % $Sewer Treatment 100.00% 20,519,628$ 35.00% 7,181,870$ 30.00% 6,155,888$ 20.00% 4,103,926$ 15.00% 3,077,944$ 0.00% -$ Pumping 100.00% -$ 35.00% -$ 30.00% -$ 20.00% -$ 15.00% -$ 0.00% -$ Collection 100.00% 19,423,404$ 35.00% 6,798,191$ 30.00% 5,827,021$ 20.00% 3,884,681$ 15.00% 2,913,511$ 0.00% -$ Sewer Admin 100.00% -$ 35.00% -$ 30.00% -$ 20.00% -$ 15.00% -$ 0.00% -$

Total 100.00% 39,943,031$ 35.00% 13,980,061$ 30.00% 11,982,909$ 20.00% 7,988,606$ 15.00% 5,991,455$ 0.00% -$

Customer Service

Capital Costs % $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % $Existing Debt 100.00% 848,422$ 35.00% 296,948$ 30.00% 254,526$ 20.00% 169,684$ 15.00% 127,263$ 0.00% -$ Cash Funded CIP 100.00% 183,046$ 35.00% 64,066$ 30.00% 54,914$ 20.00% 36,609$ 15.00% 27,457$ 0.00% -$ Projected Debt 100.00% -$ 35.00% -$ 30.00% -$ 20.00% -$ 15.00% -$ 0.00% -$

Total 100.00% 1,031,468$ 35.00% 361,014$ 30.00% 309,440$ 20.00% 206,294$ 15.00% 154,720$ 0.00% -$

Total RequiredCost Allocation Summary Volume BOD TSS TKN Metering BillingOperating Costs

Total 1,598,715$ 908,323$ 231,647$ 154,431$ 115,823$ 94,246$ 94,246$ Capital Costs

Total 1,031,468$ 361,014$ 309,440$ 206,294$ 154,720$ -$ Total 2,630,183$ 1,269,336$ 541,087$ 360,725$ 270,544$ 94,246$ 94,246$

mg/liter BOD TSS TKNHigh 300 350 16

M di 200 250 12

TKN Metering

Loading Customer ServiceVolume BOD TSS TKN Metering

FY 2012 CostsVolume BOD TSS

2012 Expenses Loading Customer ServiceVolume BOD TSS TKN Metering Billing

Customer Service

Medium 200 250 12Low 100 100 8

Contributed Total Volume Factor Flow Flow Strength BOD TSS TKN BOD TSS TKN Number of Number of

Customer Class (1,000 gallons) % (1,000 gallons) (1,000 gallons) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) Customers BillsLow Residential 502,556 20.00% 100,511 603,067 Medium 0.0017 0.0021 0.0001 838,807 1,048,509 50,328 7,166 85,992 Medium Commercial 173,386 20.00% 34,677 208,063 Medium 0.0017 0.0021 0.0001 289,396 361,745 17,364 766 9,192 High Government 35,938 20.00% 7,188 43,125 Medium 0.0017 0.0021 0.0001 59,983 74,979 3,599 39 468

Industrial 49,041 20.00% 9,808 58,850 Medium 0.0017 0.0021 0.0001 81,854 102,318 4,911 29 348 City 3,007 20.00% 601 3,608 Medium 0.0017 0.0021 0.0001 5,019 6,273 301 16 192 Total 763,928 20% 152,786 916,713 1,275,059 1,593,823 76,504 8,016 96,192

Total RequiredDescription Volume BOD TSS TKN Metering BillingUnits of Service

Retail 916,713 916,713 1,275,059 1,593,823 76,504 8,016 96,192 Units (1,000 gallons) (1,000 gallons) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (# of custs) (# of bills)

Cost of ServiceTotal 2,630,183$ 1,269,336$ 541,087$ 360,725$ 270,544$ 94,246$ 94,246$

Unit CostTotal 2.87$ 1.38$ 0.42$ 0.23$ 3.54$ 11.76$ 0.98$

Industrial TotalCustomer Class Volume BOD TSS TKN Metering Billing PretreatmentResidential Units 603,067 838,807 1,048,509 50,328 7,166 85,992

Req Revenue 835,042$ 355,958$ 237,305$ 177,979$ 84,252$ 84,252$ 1,774,789$ Commercial Units 208,063 289,396 361,745 17,364 766 9,192

Req Revenue 288,097$ 122,809$ 81,872$ 61,404$ 9,006$ 9,006$ 572,194$ Government Units 43,125 59,983 74,979 3,599 39 468

Req Revenue 59,714$ 25,455$ 16,970$ 12,727$ 459$ 459$ 115,782$ Industrial Units 58,850 81,854 102,318 4,911 29 348

Req Revenue 81,487$ 34,736$ 23,157$ 17,368$ 341$ 341$ 106,075$ 263,505$ City Units 3,608 5,019 6,273 301 16 192

Req Revenue 4,996$ 2,130$ 1,420$ 1,065$ 188$ 188$ 9,987$ Total Units 916,713 1,275,059 1,593,823 76,504 8,016 96,192

Req Revenue 1,269,336$ 541,087$ 360,725$ 270,544$ 94,246$ 94,246$ 106,075$ 2,736,258$

Strength Average

Customer Service

Customer Service

Infiltration and Inflow (I&I) Average Pollutant Concentration (lb/gallon)


2,736,258$

Residential Commercial Government Industrial City64.86% 20.91% 4.23% 9.63% 0.36%

Total Revenue $ Change % ChangeResidential 61.45% 1,393,058$ 64.86% $1,470,520 $77,462 3.42%Commercial 24.08% 546,043$ 20.91% $474,098 ($71,945) -3.17%Government 4.64% 105,214$ 4.23% $95,933 ($9,282) -0.41%Industrial 9.63% 218,224$ 9.63% $218,330 $105 0.00%City 0.20% 4,615$ 0.36% $8,275 $3,660 0.16%

100% $2,267,156 100%

Total Revenue $ Change % ChangeResidential 63.68% $1,426,953 64.86% $1,453,393 $26,440 1.18%Commercial 21.87% $490,093 20.91% $468,576 ($21,517) -0.96%Government 4.53% $101,426 4.23% $94,815 ($6,610) -0.30%Industrial 9.54% $213,775 9.63% $215,787 $2,012 0.09%City 0.38% 8,503$ 0.36% $8,178 ($324) -0.01%

100% $2,240,749 100%

Current Calculated

Sewer Revenue Requirement AllocationTotal Revenue Requirement


Current CalculatedFY 10 - Rates

FY 11 - Rates

AGENDA ITEM EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Agenda Item: Banking Service Agreement

Presenter & Title: Tom Dahl, Finance Manager

Date: June 24, 2012

Please Check Appropriate Box: X Committee of the Whole Meeting Special Committee of the Whole Meeting X City Council Meeting Special City Council Meeting Public Hearing Other -

Estimated Cost: Budgeted? X YES NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Executive Summary: Staff is requesting approval of a two year Banking Services Agreement with MB Financial Bank. Attachments: (please list) • Resolution Approving the City of Geneva Banking Services Agreement with MB

Financial Bank • City of Geneva Banking Services Agreement • MB Financial Bank Proposal

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) In December 2011, Charter One Bank eliminated their Government Banking Group in a cost cutting move. The cuts have affected the business relationship with Charter One, and it has become apparent that it would be in the City’s best interest to look for a new bank for our main depository accounts. Due to the recent proximity of the last RFP, staff contacted the next two finalists from the 2011 RFP. First American Bank and MB Financial Bank were contacted and both affirmed their initial proposals and submitted

pricing based on our monthly activity over a 3 month period at Charter One. Staff has determined that MB Financial would be the best choice for the City of Geneva and recommends moving our main depository, payroll and accounts payable accounts to MB Financial Bank. Staff requests the City Council pass A Resolution Approving the City of Geneva Banking Services Agreement with MB Financial Bank.

RESOLUTION NO. 2012-XX

RESOLUTION APPROVING THE CITY OF GENEVA BANKING SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH MB FINANCIAL BANK

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GENEVA,

KANE COUNTY, ILLINOIS, as follows:

SECTION 1: That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the City of Geneva, the City of Geneva Banking Services Agreement, attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference with MB Financial Bank, is hereby approved. SECTION 2: This Resolution shall become effective from and after its passage as in

accordance with law.

PASSED by the City Council of the City of Geneva, Kane County, Illinois, this ____ day of

_________, 2012.

AYES: __ NAYS: __ ABSENT: __ ABSTAINING: __ HOLDING OFFICE: __

Approved by me this ____ day of __________, 2012.

Mayor

ATTEST:

City Clerk

CITY OF GENEVA

BANKING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement, made and entered into this ______ day of _________________ , 2012, by and between MB Financial Bank, having its place of business at 2607 Lincoln Highway, St. Charles, IL 60175 and the City of Geneva, (hereinafter referred to as “the City”) an Illinois municipal corporation:

WITNESSETH

MB Financial Bank, having submitted a Proposal for providing certain banking services for

the City pursuant to the specifications set forth within the Proposal for banking services required by the City, and having been awarded a contract to provide this service, hereby

accepts and agrees to comply with the specifications set forth within the Banking Services

Proposal dated June 23, 2011. The parties therefore agree that the attached Cost Proposal(s) constitute the “Agreement” between the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MB Financial Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name by a corporate officer and the City has caused same to be executed in its name

by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and attested, all being

thereunto duly authorized.

ATTEST: __________________________________ By: _______________________________ Date: _____________________________

ATTEST: __________________________________ ___________________________________

City Clerk City of Geneva, Illinois

Date: _____________________________


Agenda Item: Utility Bill Printing Services

Presenter & Title: Tom Dahl, Finance Manager

Date: June 24, 2012


Estimated Cost: Budgeted? X YES NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Executive Summary: Staff is requesting approval of a one year Utility Billing Production Agreement. Attachments: (please list) • Utility Billing Production Agreement

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) One of the goals of the Finance Division this fiscal year was to issue an RFP for utility bill printing. However, before we had a chance to issue the RFP our current utility bill printing vendor, Mailco, has announced they are going out of business as of July 31, 2012. Their closing date does not give Finance enough time to issue the RFP, evaluate the results and go through the lengthy process of programming, setting up the bill and testing. Third Millennium Associates, located in Warrenville, is a local company that specializes in utility bill printing for municipalities and currently has over 140 clients in the area. I have extensive experience with Third Millennium, having used them in Addison and Hanover Park, and can attest to their product. The agreement presented covers a 1 year period and staff will evaluate the performance and either continue the

agreement or issue an RFP. As a comparison, Mailco currently charges $0.532 per utility bill, which includes the $0.32 in postage. Third Millennium charges $0.195 per utility bill and the postage is paid directly to the US Post Office. In addition, for an extra $0.01 per bill we will receive a PDF file of all of the utility bills, allowing Finance to have an exact duplicate of every bill printed. Finance often receives requests for duplicate bills which can only be provided through MSI that looks nothing like the “official” bill. Staff requests the City Council approve the Utility Billing Production Agreement.

RESOLUTION NO. 2012-XX

RESOLUTION APPROVING THE UTILITY BILLING PRODUCTION AGREEMENT WITH THIRD MILLENNIUM ASSOCIATES



SECTION 1: That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the City of Geneva, the Utility Billing Production Agreement, attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference with Third Millennium Associates, is hereby approved. SECTION 2: This Resolution shall become effective from and after its passage as in



_________, 2012.



Mayor

ATTEST:

City Clerk

Utility Billing Production Agreement Third Millennium Associates, Inc.

and the City of Geneva This agreement, is of one year in duration, This production agreement, which is entered into this______day of______________2012 by and between Third Millennium Associates, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “TMA”) and the City of Geneva, (hereinafter referred to as “CITY”). For consideration of payment, TMA will provide to CITY programming, Information technology services, laser imaging and mailing services for the purpose of rendering Utility billing invoices and other items as detailed on the attached Schedule “A”. 1. Pre-agreement Confidentiality Confidentiality and non-disclosure are defined by mutual agreement between TMA and CITY per the attached agreement document dated and signed on the _____ day of _______________, 2012 by TMA and CITY. Also refer to paragraph 10 of this agreement. 2. Pricing Structure The prices on which products and services will be provided by TMA to CITY are set forth on the attached Schedule B. 3. Postage Cost Postage costs are not included in the attached listed prices and will be paid by CITY directly to the USPS via C.A.P.S. The USPS will report directly to CITY all amounts charged to the CITY postal account. 4. Payment Terms Products and services provided by TMA shall be cumulatively billed on a monthly basis. The TMA Invoice format shall detail each individual mailing and the dates of the provided service. All correctly rendered TMA monthly invoices shall be paid by CITY in accordance with the Illinois Prompt Payment Act. 5. TMA Quality Commitment TMA guarantees that it will maintain consistent standards of quality workmanship and warrants the accurate and timely processing, printing and mailing of the document as outlined in paragraph seven (7) and that its products and services will be free from defect in materials and workmanship. TMA does not warrant that the document contents are fit, legally or otherwise, for their intended purpose or use.

6. Limits of Liability TMA agrees to use all reasonable efforts to provide timely computer services, but will not be held liable for errors of omission resulting from inaccuracies or defects in any CITY billing data file, or for errors, omissions or delays resulting from improper input and output data controls and procedures used by CITY or given to TMA by CITY. TMA shall not be held responsible for any loss or delay or any default caused by acts of God or any other circumstances outside TMA’s control which includes but is not limited to fire, flood, or labor from usual sources of supply, government restrictions, or electrical, mechanical or computer software failure that is unavoidable or beyond reasonable control of TMA. TMA agrees to use all reasonable efforts to provide timely production services at an alternate site in the event that their production site is unusable due to the aforementioned acts of God or any circumstances outside TMA’s control. TMA’S maximum liability for any and all claims arising from the performance of its obligations shall not exceed the purchase price of the products and computer services provided. 7. Division of Responsibilities 7A. TMA Responsibilities

7A-1. To write the software required to convert the CITY Utility billing file to the required laser image format.

7A-2. To write software that will allow CITY’S Utility billing files to be processed

through Postal software for the purpose of reducing CITY’S postage to the minimum allowable postage piece rate.

7A-3. To procure all materials required to produce and to mail the Utility bills. This includes the Utility billing invoice, the No.10 window envelope and the No.9 courtesy reply envelope. TMA will not guarantee the performance of materials not produced by TMA.

7A-4. TMA will e-mail to CITY record count and control totals for the Utility billing

file no later than four (4) hours after receipt of the file.

7A-5 TMA will laser image and mail all CITY Utility bills within forty-eight (48) post office operating hours after receipt of CITY control total / record count sign off. Failing to do so will cause TMA a monetary penalty. The penalty is calculated by multiplying the late billing file’s dollar value, times CITY’S Bank daily earnings credit rate, times the number of day(s) late.

7A-6. TMA will provide our employees the training to ensure the confidentiality of

CITY information. 7A-7. TMA will maintain effective and timely communications with CITY in all matters pertaining to the responsibilities listed herein.

7B. CITY Responsibilities

7B-1. To provide TMA, at the project initiation, with consistently populated Utility billing files with all the applicable billing business rules and all of the Utility billing variations and exceptions for the purpose of laser imaging Utility bills. Any subsequent billing file changes, billing business rules changes or additional changes and or variations will be billed to client at the prevailing programming rates.

7B-2. To provide to TMA a three (3) hour response via e-mail verifying the record

count and control totals as stated in 7A-4. 7B-3. To maintain a CAPS postal account. 7B-4. To pay all correctly rendered TMA invoices within twenty (20) days of receipt. 8. Price Changes The prices listed on Schedule B shall be subject to review each year on the anniversary date of this agreement. That review shall determine if there were any increases or decreases in the cost of paper, production, transportation or any other cost component of the herein contained products and/or services. Prices may also be reviewed if the agreement quantity as stated in SCHEDULE “B” varies by more than ten percent. TMA must provide third-party documentation of cost increases to CITY. That documentation shall consist of letters of price increase or decrease from paper mills, articles from the Wall Street Journal or any other legitimate and universally accepted source. In the absence of the above documentation, the (J.P. Morgan-Chase Chicago area consumer price index) will be used as the source of price increase or decrease. 9. Renegotiations and Cancellation In the event either party is in breach of any of the terms contained herein, the non-breaching party shall give written notice of said breach to the breaching party. The breaching party shall have ten (10) days to cure the breach. In the event said breach is not cured within ten (10) days of notice, the non-breaching party may then give thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation of this Agreement. 10. Post-agreement Confidentiality In the event of cancellation or expiration of this agreement, TMA shall return to CITY all materials and information pertaining to the performance of this agreement. These materials shall include, but are not limited to, all electronic media, all printed material, all notes, memos or other sources of CITY confidential information. In no instance, prior to, during, or after the conclusion of this agreement, shall TMA offer for sale or in any other manner disclose to any third party the CITY document file or any other such CITY files, whether written or in electronic media format.

11. Materials Production Prior to materials production runs, TMA will notify CITY in writing of the items to be produced, production quantities planned and the estimated period of materials consumption. TMA will base its materials production quantities on projections using current semi-annualized Utility billing volume. Any materials (i.e., non imaged forms, envelopes, etc.) that have been produced specifically and exclusively for CITY’S use will be paid for by CITY and at CITY’S written request will be returned by TMA to CITY upon cancellation or expiration of this agreement. 12. Other Provisions This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements. No amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or termination of this agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby. No waiver of any of the provisions of this agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision of this agreement, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

This agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Illinois. If any provision, clause or part of this agreement, or the application thereof under certain circumstances is held illegal or unenforceable, the remainder of this agreement, or the application of such provision, clause or part under certain circumstances, shall not be affected thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed the Agreement effective as of the date last written below. AUTHORIZATION THIRD MILLENNIUM ASSOCIATES, INC.

Signature: Name: Lance Leader Title: President Date: June 18, 2012 CITY OF GENEVA Signature: Name: Title: Date:

Schedule A Materials to be provided by TMA:

M1. 8 1/2 X 11” Utility bill printed two colors on the face and one color on the back. Paper is 20lb.

MOCR bond, with a cross perforation to create the remittance portion of the document. M2. No.10 window envelope printed one color on the face. Paper is 24 lb. white-wove. M3. No.9 courtesy reply envelope printed one (1) color on the face. Paper is 24 lb. white-wove.

M4. With mutual agreement, CITY may authorize TMA to provide certain materials for new projects or variations of the billing project. These material descriptions may be attached to, and become a part of Schedule “A”.

Services to be provided by TMA: S1. To write CITY Utility billing file conversion software that will allow the laser imaging of

CITY Utility bills per the charges stated in Schedule “B”. S2. To write the required software that will allow CITY’S billing file to be processed by TMA

postal software. S3. To process the CITY data file using TMA postal sort application software to reduce the CITY’S

postage rate to the minimum automation rate amount allowed by the USPS. S4. To laser image CITY Utility bills in quantities and frequencies as stated in schedule “B” of this

agreement. S5. To insert, seal, tray, sleeve, band, label, palletize and prepare USPS form 3602 and deliver to

the US Post office all pieces laser imaged with respect to item S4. S6. To insert additional pieces into the outgoing No.10 billing envelope as directed by CITY per the

conditions and charges as stated in Schedule “B” of this agreement.

S7. With mutual written agreement, CITY may authorize TMA to provide additional services and / or products for new projects or variations of this billing project. These service descriptions may be attached to, and become a part of Schedule “A”.

SCHEDULE B - Pricing The prices contained herein are based on an average annual usage of 120,000 Utility bills. Any variance in the above quantities in excess of ten (10) percent per agreement year will be cause for a price review. There will be no more than one production run per month for the above stated item. Each Utility billing unit shall consist of the components described in Schedule A. 1B. CITY Utility bills will be laser imaged and mailed at a cost of 19.5 cents per Utility bill

(excluding postage). Prices are based on a weekly billing cycle. Each week TMA will bill 2,500 utility accounts in one production run. There is a one-time billing system set up charge of $995.00 in accordance with section 7B-1. This Utility bill set-up fee pays for a complete pre-production test of all systems and components. Included are all Schedule “A” items and printed matter proofs. Also included are the consulting services to coordinate the MSI software, Bank and TMA software. Extensive software tests to insure data input and output integrity. TMA, MSI and CITY shall utilize the TMA Gateway to process and to verify all record counts and various control totals. The above procedures will allow each party to comply with their responsibilities as stated in Paragraph seven (7). There will be a $25.00 fee per production run if you chose to laser image late notices and / or shut-off notices as an additional and separate run each month

The TMA PDF electronic Utility bill archival / Adobe Acrobat retrieval system will be provided for a 1 cent fee per record archived.

2B. A separate insertion charge will be applied for any additional item inserted into the out-going

billing envelope. Insertion items must physically qualify for use on our insertion equipment. The insertion charge is 2.5 cents per item. This charge does not include the cost of supplying the additional item(s) to be inserted.

3B. With mutual written agreement, CITY may authorize TMA to provide certain products and

services for new or revised projects. The TMA pricing structure for these projects may be attached to, and become a part of, Schedule “B”.


Agenda Item: Consider Draft Resolution Authorizing the Profession Services Agreement with Caterpillar for Geneva Generation Facility - EPA Required Monitoring Equipment.

Presenter & Title: Michael J. Buffington, Superintendent of Electrical Services

Date: June 13, 2012


Estimated Cost: $47,505. Budgeted?

X YES NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Executive Summary: Geneva Generation Facility was built with oxidation catalysts, but not continuous monitoring to meet the EPA Standards. The staff has requested Caterpillar Power Generation Systems to engineer and install the continuous monitoring required by the EPA and to integrate into the existing Geneva Generation Facility, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System. Attachments: (please list)

• Resolution • Memo • Offer for Professional services

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) Award the Profession Services Agreement to Caterpillar Power Generation Systems for the EPA required monitoring equipment in the amount not to exceed $47,505. This recommended approval is based on the statutory provision allowing selection based on prior satisfactory experience with the consulting firm.

RESOLUTION NO. 2012-__

RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING ACCEPTING Profession Services Agreement with Caterpillar for Geneva Generation Facility for

EPA Required Monitoring Equipment



SECTION 1: That the Mayor is hereby authorized to Accept, on behalf of the City of

Geneva, Profession Services Agreement with Caterpillar for Geneva Generation Facility for EPA

Required Monitoring Equipment, relating to the Operations & Maintenance of the Geneva

Generation Facility.

SECTION 2: This Resolution shall become effective from and after its passage as in


PASSED by the City Council of the City of Geneva, Kane County, Illinois, this 2nd day

of July, 2012


Approved by me this 2nd day of July, 2012.

Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

MEMORANDUM

May 21, 2010 Memo To: Mayor Burns and Committee of the Whole From: Michael J. Buffington, Superintendent of Electrical Services Re: Profession Services Agreement with Caterpillar for Geneva

Generation Facility - EPA Required Monitoring Equipment. On August 2010 the EPA released their revised emissions standards for stationary, natural gas engines with a compliance date of October 2013. Geneva Generation Facility falls under these standards. Compliance means retrofitting lean-burn engines with an oxidation catalyst and continuous monitoring. The monitoring is for determination of the Formaldehyde emission rate, Water Vapor volume percent and Carbon Monoxide concentrations. Geneva Generation Facility was built with oxidation catalysts, but not continuous monitoring to meet the EPA Standards. The staff has requested Caterpillar Power Generation Systems to engineer and install the continuous monitoring required by the EPA and to integrate into the existing Geneva Generation Facility, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System. Staff Recommendation: After careful and thorough review of the EPA emissions standards and Caterpillars Profession Services Agreement, staff recommends to COW, that COW approves and recommends to City Council to award the Profession Services Agreement to Caterpillar Power Generation Systems for the EPA required monitoring equipment in the amount not to exceed $47,505. This recommended approval is based on the statutory provision allowing selection based on prior satisfactory experience with the consulting firm. Cc: Mary McKittrick, City Administrator

Stephanie Dawkins, Asst. city Administrator Dan Dinges, Director of Public Works

Hal Wright, Manager of Electrical Operations Jennifer Hilkemann, Manager of Distribution Construction & Maintenance Kirk Landberg, Purchasing & Inventory Coordinator

CATERPILLAR POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS

OFFER for PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FOR

EPA Required Monitoring Plant Upgrade

Offer 12-0504

Rev D 25 May 2012

Customer: City of Geneva Public Works

Site Location: Geneva, Illinois

OFFER 12-0504 Rev D 25 May 12

CPGS CMS

Offer 12-0504 RevD Plant Upgrade.doc City of Geneva 2

EPA REQUIRED MONITORING PLANT UPGRADE

1 INTRODUCTION – CUSTOMER SERVICES ................................................................................ 3

2 SCOPE OF SERVICES ....................................................................................................................... 3

2.1.1 Services and Responsibilities of CPGS ......................................................................3 2.1.2 Services and Responsibilities of Customer.................................................................3

2.2 CPGS TEAM...................................................................................................................................... 4

3 COMMERCIAL................................................................................................................................... 4

3.1 SCOPE................................................................................................................................................ 4 3.1.1 Payment Terms...........................................................................................................4 3.1.2 Validity.........................................................................................................................4 3.1.3 Changes to Scope.......................................................................................................4

3.2 PRICING............................................................................................................................................ 4


CPGS CMS

Offer 12-0504 RevD Plant Upgrade.doc City of Geneva 3

EPA REQUIRED MONITORING PLANT UPGRADE

1 INTRODUCTION – CUSTOMER SERVICES CPGS provides complete services to customers in Power Generation businesses around the world, and our service offers are designed to meet the often-unique requirements that owners face in the power generation business. For more than twenty years, we have been providing a full range of services ranging in scope from overhauls and troubleshooting to total responsibility for plant operations and maintenance. With a worldwide network of professional and skilled engineers, operators, and technicians, CPGS is positioned to support operation and maintenance needs in all types of facilities. Headquartered in Mossville, Illinois, and operating out of worldwide field locations, we are able to provide consistent, proven, and yet specialized care to each service contract customer.

2 SCOPE OF SERVICES During the term of the proposed EPA Required Monitoring Plant Upgrade project, CPGS will assume responsibility for providing all the necessary labor, supervision, equipment, testing, and transportation required for proper completion of the services.

2.1.1 Services and Responsibilities of CPGS Per the scope of the EPA Required Monitoring Plant Upgrade project, it is CPGS’ responsibility to provide:

All materials per attached sheet SCADA programming changes for additional parameters Plant electrical drawing updates Installation drawings Cable, conduit, and tubing recommendations Labor for cable terminations and testing Labor for installation of new SCADA software Labor on site during emissions testing All expenses for two (2) engineers for above activities

2.1.2 Services and Responsibilities of Customer

During project execution it is the customer’s responsibility to provide:

All cables, conduit, and tubing for installation of equipment per CPGS recommendation Labor for installation of Rosemont equipment Labor for installation of cables, conduit, and tubing prior to CPGS arrival


CPGS CMS

Offer 12-0504 RevD Plant Upgrade.doc City of Geneva

2.2 CPGS TEAM CPGS offers a specialized technical and professional staff to meet the needs of the offered services. This staff consists of one electrical engineer and one automation engineer. Additionally, all jobs are supported by technical teams to ensure smooth performance of the activities.

3 COMMERCIAL

3.1 SCOPE

3.1.1 Payment Terms The payment terms of this offer are as outlined below. Each payment is due 30 days from receipt of invoice. Payment 1: 50% down payment to defray cost of equipment ordered upfront Payment 2: 50% due upon completion of installation and testing

3.1.2 Validity This offer is valid for six months from time of issue. After that time, CPGS will work with the customer to re-evaluate data and cost.

3.1.3 Changes to Scope The prices quoted in this Offer are based on our understanding of the project parameters and scope at the time of Offer submission. Any changes to the scope will require and evaluation and possible pricing adjustments.

3.2 PRICING The pricing provided below is based on the following parameters:

The scope of supply as defined in this offer. Prices are in 2012 USD unless otherwise noted. CPGS standard terms and conditions of sale are applicable.

Fees A not to exceed fee will be charged with the payment terms as outlined above: Not to Exceed Fee 47,505 USD

ALL OFFERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE CPGS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT.

4


Agenda Item: Recommend Award of Bid for Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade

Presenter & Title: Mike Buffington, Superintendent of Electric

Date: June 15, 2012


Estimated Cost: $226,331 Budgeted? X YES NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Executive Summary: Bid packages were sent out to ten potential bidders and two bids were received for relay and control equipment for the Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade Project. The low bidder was Intren, Inc which offered no exceptions or clarifications.

This contract will be expensed under FY 2012-2013 budget line item number 620.90.95.95-815.25 in the amount of $226,331.

Attachments: (please list) • Resolution • Memo • Stanley Engineering recommendation letter • Conformed Contract

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) After a careful and thorough review by Stanley Consultants, and staff, staff recommends to COW, that COW recommend to City Council to award the Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade Project to the low bidder, Intren, Inc., Union, IL in the amount of $226,331.

RESOLUTION NO. 20__-__

RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING AWARD OF Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade Contract

with Intren Inc.

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GENEVA, KANE

COUNTY, ILLINOIS, as follows:

SECTION 1: That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of

the City of Geneva, a labor and equipment contract for Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay

Upgrade with Intren Inc., in the form attached hereto.




_________, 20__


Approved by me this ____ day of __________, 20__.


PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT MEMORANDUM

June 15, 2012 Memo To: Mayor Burns and Members of the Committee of the Whole From: Dan Dinges, Director of Public Works

Mike Buffington, Superintendent of Electric Services Hal Wright, Manager of Electric Operations Re: Recommendation for Award of GBP-1 Substation Relay Upgrade Bids were opened on Tuesday, June 12, 2012 for Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade. This work will be expensed under FY 2012-2013 budget line item number 620.90.95.95-815.25 in the amount of $226,331.00. BID SUMMARY Two (2) bids were received and opened. Summary of bids are as follows:

• Intren, Inc. $226,331.00 • Kelso-Burnett Co. $269,709.00

Staff Recommendation After careful and thorough review of the bids submitted, it is the staff’s recommendation to the Committee of a Whole to recommend to City Council to award the bid for the Geneva Business Park One Substation Relay Upgrade to the lowest bidder, Intren Inc., Union, IL in the amount of $226,331. Cc: Mary McKittrick Page, City Administrator Stephanie Dawkins, Asst. City Administrator Jennifer Hilkemann, Manager of Distribution Construction & Maintenance Kirk Landberg, Purchasing

BID TABULATION SHEET

SC2262 1299

BID NUMBER 1 2

NAME OF BIDDER Kelso- Burnett Co. Intren Inc.

BID SECURITY 10% 10%

ADDENDA 1 1

ITEM DESCRIPTION

Exceptions None None

Site Service per Day $150.00 $1,200.00

Service Eng. Travel n/a $3,000.00

Door Procurement $115,004.00 $137,261.00

RTU Procurement $20,299.00 $24,560.00

Construct and Install $134,406.00 $64,510.00

Total $269,709.00 $226,331.00

Remarks: TABULATED P. E. Schulz DATE 6/14/12 NO.

CHECKED P. M. Barth DATE 6/14/12

I hereby certify that this is a true and correct tabulation of the bids received at 11:00am On 6/12/12 by City of Geneva

Stanley Consultants, Inc. 2012 00 01 01.doc

Conformed Contract for Business Park 1 Substation Relay Upgrade between City of Geneva Geneva, Illinois and INTREN, Inc. Union, Illinois June 2012

24042.01.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS ms1237 SECTION 00 01 10 - Page 1

BUSINESS PARK 1 SUBSTATION RELAY UPGRADE

CITY OF GENEVA GENEVA, ILLINOIS

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Document Title Page 00 01 15 Drawing List 1 thru 00 52 13 Agreement between Owner and Contractor – EJCDC C-520 (2002 Edition) 1 thru 6 00 61 13-13 Performance Bond - EJCDC C-610 (2002 Edition) 1 thru 2 00 61 13-16 Payment Bond - EJCDC C-615 (2002 Edition) 1 thru 2 00 72 13 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract – EJCDC C-700 (2002 Edition) 1 thru 41 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions – EJCDC C-800 (2002 Edition) 1 thru 6 00 91 13-1 Addendum No. 1, dated June 4, 2012 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP Section Title Page DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 1 thru 2 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 1 thru 3 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 1 thru 3 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation 1 thru 2 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation 1 thru 2 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 thru 6 Submittal Transmittal Form 1 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 1 thru 3 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 1 thru 5 01 60 00 Product Requirements 1 thru 2 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 1 thru 3 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 1 thru 3 FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP Resp. Charge Section Title Page DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS JRS 02 41 00 Demolition 1 thru 5 FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP DIVISION 33 UTILITIES JRS 33 05 70 Common Work Results for Utilities 1 thru 10 JRS 33 72 33-16 Metering and Relaying Panels 1 thru 16

TABLE OF CONTENTS 23583.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 00 01 10 ms1162 Resp. Charge Section Title Page PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION JRS 40 94 49 Remote Terminal Units 1 thru 6 APPENDIX A – RTU INPUT/OUTPUT LIST 1 thru 4

24042.01.00 DRAWING LIST ms1237 SECTION 00 01 15 - Page 1

Drawing No. Title Rev. No. 17-6390503A-400 120V/240V AC Distribution Panel A 17-6390503A-400-DEMO 120V/240V AC Distribution Panel 1 C06390503-B-01 pg2 Feeder Breaker Posn #51 AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-01 pg2-DEMO Feeder Breaker Posn #51 AC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-01 pg3 Feeder Breaker Pos. #51 DC Schematic Diagram C C06390503-B-01 pg3-DEMO Feeder Breaker Pos. #51 DC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-02 pg1 Feeder Breaker Pos. #52 DC Schematic Diagram C C06390503-B-02 pg1-DEMO Feeder Breaker Pos. #52 DC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-02 pg2 Feeder Breaker Posn #52 AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-02 pg2-DEMO Feeder Breaker Posn #52 AC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-03 pg1 Feeder Breaker Pos. #53 DC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-03 pg1 Feeder Breaker Posn #53 AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-03 pg1-DEMO Feeder Breaker Pos. #53 DC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-03 pg1-DEMO Feeder Breaker Posn #53 AC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-03 pg2 Feeder Breaker Pos. #54 DC Schematic Diagram C C06390503-B-03 pg2 Feeder Breaker Posn #54 AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-03 pg2-DEMO Feeder Breaker Pos. #54 DC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-03 pg2-DEMO Feeder Breaker Posn #54 AC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-05 pg1 12.47 kV Bus Differential DC Schematic Diagram D C06390503-B-05 pg1-DEMO 12.47 kV Bus Differential DC Schematic Diagram C C06390503-B-05 pg2 12.47 kV Bus & Feeder Backup DC Schematic Diagram C C06390503-B-05 pg2-DEMO 12.47 kV Bus & Feeder Backup DC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-0D pg1 Composite Bus Differential Circuit AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-0D pg1-DEMO Composite Bus Differential Circuit AC Schematic Diagram A C06390503-B-0D pg2 Composite Bus Differential Circuit AC Schematic Diagram B C06390503-B-0D pg2-DEMO Composite Bus Differential Circuit AC Schematic Diagram A E-4 One-Line Diagram - Business Park II C E-4-DEMO One-Line Diagram - Business Park II E-5 New Work Plan A E-5-DEMO New Work Plan E-6 Elevations A E-8-DEMO Underground Conduit and Foundations E-8-DEMO Underground Conduit and Foundations A E-11 Details A E-102 Three-Line Diagram - New Work - CKT 13153 A E-102-DEMO Three-Line Diagram - New Work - CKT 13153 E-103 Three-Line Diagram - New Work - 12kV West Bus A E-103-DEMO Three-Line Diagram - New Work - 12kV West Bus E-112 DC Schematic - New Work - West Transformer A E-112-DEMO DC Schematic - New Work - West Transformer E-113 DC Schematic - New Work - CKT 13153 A E-113-DEMO DC Schematic - New Work - CKT 13153 E-114 DC Schematic - New Work - CS-3 and 52M1 A E-114-DEMO DC Schematic - New Work - CS-3 and 52M1 E-116 DC Schematic - New Work - Bkrs. 55 and 56 A E-116-DEMO DC Schematic - New Work - Bkrs. 55 and 56 E-117 DC Schematic - New Work - Circuit Swg. CS2 A E-117-DEMO DC Schematic - New Work - Circuit Swg. CS2 E795550 Schematic Diagram 3 E795550-DEMO Schematic Diagram 2 E795557 LTC Schematic 2 EO1 Business Park 1 Oneline Diagram A

DRAWING LIST 24042.01.00 SECTION 00 01 15 - Page 2 ms1237

EW1 Schematic Diagram 34.5kV Circuit 13153/CS-3 A EW2 Schematic Diagram 12.5kV Main 52M1 Relay and Controls A EW3 Schematic Diagram Feeder #51 Relay and Controls A EW4 Schematic Diagram Feeder #52 Relay and Controls A EW5 Schematic Diagram Feeder #53 Relay and Controls A EW6 Schematic Diagram Feeder #54 Relay and Controls A EW7 Schematic Diagram Feeder #55 Relay and Controls A EW8 Schematic Diagram Feeder #56 Relay and Controls A EW9 Schematic Diagram Communication Processor A EW11 Schematic Diagram RTU Inputs A EW12 Schematic Diagram RTU Inputs A XEP1 12.47kV Switchgear Panel Elevations B

24042.01.00 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ms1237 DOCUMENT 00 52 13 - Page 1

EJCDC C-520 Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price) Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.

THIS AGREEMENT is by and between the City of Geneva, Illinois (Owner) and INTREN, Inc., (Contractor). Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 - WORK 1.1 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as removing existing transformer neutral grounding resistor, furnishing and installing slipover CT on transformer neutral bushing, and furnishing and installing 10 assembled relay panel doors containing line, transformer, bus, and feeder relaying and metering, and furnishing and installing components to replace the SCADA remote terminal units (RTU) in the existing RTU cabinet. ARTICLE 2 - THE PROJECT

2.1 The Project for which Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as Business Park 1 Substation Relay Upgrade. ARTICLE 3 - ENGINEER

3.1 The Project has been designed by Stanley Consultants, Inc. (Engineer) who is to act as Owner's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT TIMES

4.1 Time of the Essence. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.

4.2 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment. The Work will be substantially completed on or before November 30, 2012, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions on or before December 31, 2012.

4.3 Milestones. Equipment procurement may start within 21 days after Notice to Proceed. Construction

shall not begin sooner than September 17, 2012. 4.4 The City shall be notified 48 hours prior to any shipment of materials or equipment. Please contact Mr.

Hal Wright at (630) 232-1503 during the hours of 7:00 am to 3:00 pm Monday through Friday. 4.5 Deliveries shall be made during City of Geneva Electric Utility business hours of 7:00 am to 11:30 am

and 12:30 pm to 3:00 pm Monday through Friday.

4.6 Liquidated Damages. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will suffer financial loss if Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 4.2 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Owner $750 (seven hundred fifty dollars for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.2 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner $750 (seven hundred fifty dollars) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.2 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment.



ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT PRICE

5.1 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 5.1, A., and 5.1, B. below:

A. Lump Sum Bid Price: Two hundred twenty-six thousand three hundred thirty-one and no/100 ($226,331.00).

B. Breakdown of Lump Sum Bid Price:

Relay Panel Door Procurement $__137,261.00_____________________________________ RTU Component Procurement $___24,650.00______________________________________ Construction and Installation $_____64,510.00______________________________________

C. Unit Adjustment Prices: To adjust Lump Sum for changes from quantities required by Contract

Documents.

No. Item Unit Adjustment Price Price 1. Site services of Service Engineer per day $1,200.00 2. Transportation, travel time, and out-

of-pocket expenses for travel of Service Engineer to Site

per round trip $3,000.00

ARTICLE 6 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

6.1 Submittal and Processing of Payments. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions.

6.2 Progress Payments; Retainage. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the last day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 6.2., A. and 6.2., B below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements:

A. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer shall determine, or Owner may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 1. 90% of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If Work has been 50% completed as

determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage; and

2. 90% of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being

retainage).

B. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 90% of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14.02. B. 5 of the General Conditions and less 10% of Engineer's estimate of the value of



Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion.

6.3 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph

14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 7 - INTEREST

7.1 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project 4% per annum. ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS

8.1 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement Contractor makes the following representations:

A Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents.

B Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site

conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may

affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor does not consider that further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data

are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

E. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that

relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. F. Contractor has correlated the information known to Contractor, information and observations obtained

from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents.

G. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that

Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor.

H. Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and

conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.

ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

9.1 The Contract Documents consist of the following: A. This Agreement (pages 1 to 5, inclusive). B. Attachment A – Certification of Compliance (pages A-1 to A-2 inclusive). C. Proposed Supplier, Kemco Industries (pages 1 to 2 inclusive). D. Kemco Industries, LLC Bill of Materials (pages 1 to 11 inclusive). E. Attachment L – Schedule (1 page). F. Attachment R – Recommended Spare Parts List with Pricing (1 page).



G. Performance Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive). H. Payment Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive). I. General Conditions (pages 1 to 41, inclusive). J. Supplementary Conditions (pages 1 to 7, inclusive). K. Specifications as listed in Project Manual table of contents. L. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets as listed in Drawing List.

O. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are

not attached hereto: 1. Notice to Proceed.

2. Work Change Directives;

3. Change Order(s).

9.2 The documents listed in paragraph 9.1 are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted

otherwise above).

9.3 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9.

9.4 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions.

10.2 Assignment of Contract. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.

10.3 Successors and Assigns. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

10.4 Severability. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on , 20 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). OWNER: City of Geneva Geneva, Illinois By: Title: [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest Title: Address for giving notices: 22 South First Street Geneva, Illinois 60134 (If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement.)

CONTRACTOR: INTREN, Inc. Union, Illinois By: Title: [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest Title: Address for giving notices 18202 W. Union Road Union, Illinois 60180 License No. 2320-8309

(Where applicable) Agent for service of process: (If Contractor is a corporation or a partnership, attach evidence of authority to sign.)

END OF DOCUMENT

EJCDC No. C-610 (2002 Edition) 00 61 13-13-1 Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, the Associated General Contractors of America, and the American Institute of Architects.

PERFORMANCE BOND

Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties, if required.)

Attest: Signature and Title CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title:


1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner for the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If Contractor performs the Contract, Surety and Contractor have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 3.1. 3. If there is no Owner Default, Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after:

3.1. Owner has notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph 10 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to be held not later than 15 days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor and Surety agree, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and

3.2. Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated

Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety have received notice as provided in Paragraph 3.1; and

3.3. Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to:

1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract;

2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 to perform the

Contract. 4. When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, Surety shall promptly and at Surety's expense take one of the following actions:

4.1. Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and complete the Contract; or

4.2. Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its agents

or through independent contractors; or

4.3. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and Contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default; or

4.4. Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain

a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances:

1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to Owner; or

2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons

therefor. 5. If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond 15 days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4.4, and Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner.

6. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract, and if Surety elects to act under Paragraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under the Contract. To a limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for:

6.1. The responsibilities of Contractor for correction of defective Work and completion of the Contract;

6.2. Additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from

Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of Surety under Paragraph 4; and

6.3. Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the

Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of Contractor.

7. Surety shall not be liable to Owner or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. 8. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after Contractor ceased working or within two years after Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 10. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12. Definitions.

12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages to which Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract.

12.2. Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the

signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto.

12.3. Contractor Default: Failure of Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Contract.

12.4. Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor

waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY – Name, Address and Telephone Surety Agency or Broker Owner’s Representative (engineer or other party)


PAYMENT BOND

Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties, if required.)

Attest: Signature and Title CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: (Seal) (Seal) Name and Title: Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title:


1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor:

2.1. Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and

2.2. Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from all claims,

demands, liens, or suits alleging non-payment by Contractor by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract, provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor and Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to Contractor and Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default.

3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until:

4.1. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given notice to Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim.

4.2. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor:

1. Have furnished written notice to Contractor and sent a copy, or

notice thereof, to Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials or equipment were furnished or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or performed; and

2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor,

or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and

3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written

notice to Surety and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to Contractor.

5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to Contractor or to Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at Surety's expense take the following actions:

6.1. Send an answer to that Claimant, with a copy to Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed.

6.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts.

7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by Surety.

8. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any performance bond. By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 9. Surety shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Contract or to related Subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, Owner, or Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15. DEFINITIONS

15.1. Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor, or with a first-tier subcontractor of Contractor, to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's Subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished.

15.2. Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on

the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto.

15.3. Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor

waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof.

FOR INFORMATION ONLY – Name, Address and Telephone Surety Agency or Broker: Owner’s Representative (engineer or other party):

EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.

00 72 13 - 0

This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law.

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS

OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Prepared by

ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE

and

Issued and Published Jointly By

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the

NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS ___________________

AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES

___________________

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS

This document has been approved and endorsed by

The Associated General Contractors of America

Construction Specifications Institute


00 72 13 - 1

Copyright ©2002

National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314

American Council of Engineering Companies

1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005

American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400

These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C-800) (2002 Edition).


00 72 13 - 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY..............................................................................................................6

1.01 Defined Terms..........................................................................................................................................................6 1.02 Terminology .............................................................................................................................................................8

ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...............................................................................................................................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .........................................................................................................9 2.02 Copies of Documents ...............................................................................................................................................9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...........................................................................................9 2.04 Starting the Work .....................................................................................................................................................9 2.05 Before Starting Construction ...................................................................................................................................9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ....................................................................................................................................9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ...............................................................................................................................9

ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ......................................................................10 3.01 Intent ......................................................................................................................................................................10 3.02 Reference Standards ..............................................................................................................................................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................................................10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents..............................................................................................11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ...............................................................................................................................................11 3.06 Electronic Data......................................................................................................................................................11

ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS................................................................................................11

4.01 Availability of Lands ..............................................................................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions......................................................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities..........................................................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points ....................................................................................................................................................13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .........................................................................................................13

ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE .............................................................................................................................14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..............................................................................................................14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..............................................................................................................................15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance........................................................................................................................................15 5.04 Contractor’s Liability Insurance ...........................................................................................................................15 5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance ..................................................................................................................................16 5.06 Property Insurance ................................................................................................................................................16 5.07 Waiver of Rights.....................................................................................................................................................17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ....................................................................................................17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .......................................................................................17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer .....................................................................................18

ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ..........................................................................................................................18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours...........................................................................................................................................18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment.......................................................................................................................18 6.04 Progress Schedule..................................................................................................................................................18 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” .................................................................................................................................19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others...............................................................................................20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties......................................................................................................................................21 6.08 Permits ...................................................................................................................................................................21 6.09 Laws and Regulations ............................................................................................................................................21 6.10 Taxes ......................................................................................................................................................................22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas...................................................................................................................................22 6.12 Record Documents .................................................................................................................................................22 6.13 Safety and Protection .............................................................................................................................................22 6.14 Safety Representative .............................................................................................................................................23


00 72 13 - 3

6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ........................................................................................................................23 6.16 Emergencies...........................................................................................................................................................23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples .................................................................................................................................23 6.18 Continuing the Work ..............................................................................................................................................24 6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee....................................................................................................24 6.20 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................................................24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ..........................................................................................................25

ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE .........................................................................................................................25 7.01 Related Work at Site...............................................................................................................................................25 7.02 Coordination ..........................................................................................................................................................26 7.03 Legal Relationships................................................................................................................................................26

ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................................................26 8.01 Communications to Contractor..............................................................................................................................26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer .......................................................................................................................................26 8.03 Furnish Data..........................................................................................................................................................26 8.04 Pay When Due .......................................................................................................................................................26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ..............................................................................................................26 8.06 Insurance ...............................................................................................................................................................26 8.07 Change Orders.......................................................................................................................................................26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals..........................................................................................................................26 8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities ...............................................................................................................27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition................................................................................................27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements.....................................................................................................................27

ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION.....................................................................................27 9.01 Owner’s Representative .........................................................................................................................................27 9.02 Visits to Site ...........................................................................................................................................................27 9.03 Project Representative ...........................................................................................................................................27 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ..............................................................................................................................27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work.......................................................................................................................................27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments.....................................................................................................28 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work......................................................................................................................28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ...................................................28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities .....................................................................................28

ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ...........................................................................................................28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ...........................................................................................................................28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work .......................................................................................................................29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders..................................................................................................................................29 10.04 Notification to Surety .............................................................................................................................................29 10.05 Claims ....................................................................................................................................................................29

ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK..................................................................30 11.01 Cost of the Work ....................................................................................................................................................30 11.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................................................31 11.03 Unit Price Work .....................................................................................................................................................31

ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.....................................................32 12.01 Change of Contract Price ......................................................................................................................................32 12.02 Change of Contract Times .....................................................................................................................................33 12.03 Delays ....................................................................................................................................................................33

ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK.......33 13.01 Notice of Defects ....................................................................................................................................................33 13.02 Access to Work.......................................................................................................................................................33 13.03 Tests and Inspections .............................................................................................................................................33 13.04 Uncovering Work ...................................................................................................................................................34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work .....................................................................................................................................34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.............................................................................................................34 13.07 Correction Period ..................................................................................................................................................34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ...............................................................................................................................35 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work......................................................................................................................35

ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ..............................................................................36 14.01 Schedule of Values .................................................................................................................................................36 14.02 Progress Payments.................................................................................................................................................36


00 72 13 - 4

14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ..............................................................................................................................37 14.04 Substantial Completion ..........................................................................................................................................37 14.05 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................................................38 14.06 Final Inspection .....................................................................................................................................................38 14.07 Final Payment........................................................................................................................................................38 14.08 Final Completion Delayed .....................................................................................................................................39 14.09 Waiver of Claims ...................................................................................................................................................39

ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION.........................................................................................39 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................................................39 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause...........................................................................................................................39 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience...............................................................................................................40 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ..............................................................................................................40

ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION................................................................................................................................41 16.01 Methods and Procedures .......................................................................................................................................41

ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................................................................41 17.01 Giving Notice .........................................................................................................................................................41 17.02 Computation of Times ............................................................................................................................................41 17.03 Cumulative Remedies.............................................................................................................................................41 17.04 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................................................41 17.05 Controlling Law .....................................................................................................................................................41 17.06 Headings ................................................................................................................................................................41


00 72 13 - 5

GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract

Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor’s submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor--The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work--See Paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. Field Order--A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but


00 72 13 - 6

which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. Notice of Award--The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner--The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.

32. Progress Schedule--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37. Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Schedule of Submittals--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 41. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 43. Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and


00 72 13 - 7

workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder--The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 48. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49. Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work--The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 52. Work Change Directive--A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be

performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered”, “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:

a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been


00 72 13 - 8

assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).

E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, “provide” is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to

Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with


00 72 13 - 9

Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no

Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and:


00 72 13 - 10

a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).

3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer’s approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or 3. Engineer’s written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer’s consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data

A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner’s furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.


00 72 13 - 11

C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or

3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer’s findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following:

a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03.

2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if:

a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be


00 72 13 - 12

conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.

3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for:

a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.

B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any

Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified


00 72 13 - 13

in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.


00 72 13 - 14

ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent’s authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain.

B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Contractor’s Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained:

a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason;

5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and


00 72 13 - 15

any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor’s indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment.

a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.

5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.

5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and


00 72 13 - 16

subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser’s own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other

individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order . B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner’s exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary


00 72 13 - 17

shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with

the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used,


00 72 13 - 18

cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:

a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that:

1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics;

2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and

b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:

1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents.

2. Substitute Items

a. If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application:

1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:

a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified;

2) will state:


00 72 13 - 19

a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time; b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty;

3) will identify:

a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services;

4) and shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change,

B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer’s Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an “or equal.” Engineer will

advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer’s Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner’s acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work.


00 72 13 - 20

C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer,, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed

by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or


00 72 13 - 21

Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor’s primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable,

brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities


00 72 13 - 22

not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to

prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings

a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals.

a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals , any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified:

a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,


00 72 13 - 23

installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.

2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing’s or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer’s Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

3. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer;


00 72 13 - 24

2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, partners,

employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents.


00 72 13 - 25

ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner’s employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:

1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor’s actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor’s action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C.


00 72 13 - 26

8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner’s duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner’s responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions.

ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner’s Representative A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of


00 72 13 - 27

such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be

final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer’s decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. C. Engineer’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be


00 72 13 - 28

responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B.

10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer’s Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to


00 72 13 - 29

submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant’s last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer’s written action under Paragraph 10.05.C or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the

Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following:

a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s


00 72 13 - 30

employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the

Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.

B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.


00 72 13 - 31

11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that:

a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.

C. Contingency Allowance

1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item.

D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:


00 72 13 - 32

1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:

a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive.

12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract

Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to


00 72 13 - 33

Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor

without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of


00 72 13 - 34

Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals

and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply


00 72 13 - 35

with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, take possession of Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments

1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief:

a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and


00 72 13 - 36

classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work.

3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:

a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor.

4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer:

a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens.

5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because:

a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A.

C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because:

a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A.

2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner’s satisfaction the reasons for such action.


00 72 13 - 37

3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, , Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner’s objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in

writing prior to Engineer’s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer’s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance.


00 72 13 - 38

14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:

a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.

3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and , will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the


00 72 13 - 39

Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04);

2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor’s disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability.


00 72 13 - 40

F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed

for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer’s action under Paragraph 10.05.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction.


00 72 13 - 41

ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available

hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings

A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions.

24042.01.00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ms1237 DOCUMENT 00 73 00 - Page 1

EJCDC C-800 Supplementary Conditions

Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.

These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. C-700, 2002 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. SC-1.01 DEFINITIONS

Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 1.01.A.52 of the General Conditions to read as follows:

53. Instruction to Contractor-- Same as "Field Order." SC-2.02 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS

Delete paragraph 2.02 of General Conditions in its entirety and refer to Section 01 30 00 regarding copies of Drawings and Project Manuals. SC-2.05 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES

Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.05 A.3 of the General Conditions to read as follows:

B. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required approved Shop Drawings or Product Data for such portion of Work. SC-3.04 AMENDING AND SUPPLEMENTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Delete paragraph 3.04.B.2. of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-4.02 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS

Delete Paragraphs 4.02.A and 4.02.B in their entirety and insert the following: A. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or

drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner.

SC-4.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

Delete Paragraphs 4.06.A and 4.06.B in their entirety and insert the following:

A. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are known to Owner or Engineer.

SC-5.03 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE

Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 5.03.B:

C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.

D. By requiring such insurance and insurance limits herein, Owner does not represent that

coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents.

SC-5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.B:

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 24042.01.00 DOCUMENT 00 73 00 - Page 2 ms1237

EJCDC C-800 Supplementary Conditions Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.

C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations:

1. Workers' Compensation, and related coverages under paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and A.2 of

the General Conditions:

a. State: Statutory. b. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoreman's): Statutory c. Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each employee

d. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability insurance shall include the

proprietor/partners/executive officers. 2. Contractor’s General Liability under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General

Conditions which shall include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of Contractor:

a. General Aggregate $3,000,000 b. Products--Completed Operations Aggregate $3,000,000 c. Personal and Advertising Injury $3,000,000 d. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $3,000,000 e. Personal Injury Liability Coverage will include Claims arising out of Employment.

f. Exclusions of Property in Contractor's Care, Custody or Control will be eliminated.

g. Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse and

Underground coverages where applicable.

3. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions:

a. Bodily injury: Each Person $2,000,000 Each Accident $2,000,000

b. Property Damage:

Each Accident $2,000,000

4. The Contractual Liability coverage required by paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts:

a. Bodily injury:

Each Accident $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate $2,000,000

b. Property Damage:

Each Accident $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate $2,000,000

5. Stanley Consultants, Inc., and the City of Geneva shall be specifically named on policy

as additional insureds by endorsement.




SC-5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE

Delete paragraph 5.06.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof. This insurance shall:

1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and any other

individuals or entities identified herein, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of any of them each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured;

2. in addition to the individuals and entities specified, include as additional insureds,

Stanley Consultants, Inc. and the City of Geneva, Illinois;

3. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage (other than that caused by flood), and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions;

4. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property

(including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);

5. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer;

6. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner;

7. include testing and startup; and

8. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in

writing by Owner, Contractor and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

C. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in

accordance with this paragraph SC-5.06.A shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5.06.C of the General Conditions.

SC-6.05.C SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUALS"

Amend the third sentence of paragraph 6.05.C of the General Conditions to read as follows:

"No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without Engineer's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by a Change Order."

SC-6.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS

Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.06.G:

H. Owner or Engineer may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by a particular Subcontractor or Supplier.

SC-6.10 TAXES

Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.10.A:



B. Owner is exempt from payment of the Illinois Retailers Sales and Occupation Tax in Illinois

and cities and counties thereof on all materials to be incorporated into the Work.

1. Owner will furnish the required certificates of tax exemption to Contractor for use in the purchase of supplies and materials to be incorporated into the Work.

2. Owner’s exemption does not apply to construction tools, machinery, equipment, or other

property purchased by or leased by Contractor, or to supplies or materials not incorporated into the Work.

SC-6.13.B SAFETY AND PROTECTION

Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.13.D:

E. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connections with the Work. The Owner and Engineer will not have such responsibility. No action under taken by the Owner or Engineer under General Conditions paragraphs 15.01 or 15.02, or article 9 will constitute a transfer of this responsibility or acceptance of this responsibility by the Owner or Engineer.

SC-6.20 INDEMNIFICATION

Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.20.C.2.

D. Contractor (and any Subcontractor into whose subcontract this clause is incorporated) agrees to assume the entire liability for all personal injury claims suffered by its own employees, including without limitation claims under the Illinois Structural Work Act, asserted by persons allegedly injured on the Project; waives any limitation of liability defense based upon the Worker's Compensation Act, court interpretations of said Act or otherwise; and agrees to indemnify and defend Owner and Engineer and their agents, employees and consultants (the "Indemnitees") from and against all such loss, expense, damage or injury, including reasonable attorneys' fees, that the Indemnitees may sustain as a result of such claims, except to the extent that Illinois law prohibits indemnity for the Indemnitees' own negligence.

SC-11.01 COST OF THE WORK

Amend the first sentence of subparagraph 11.01.A.1.of the General Conditions to read as follows:

1. Certified payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor.

Amend the third sentence of subparagraph 11.01.A.1.of the General Conditions to read as follows:

1. Certified payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned

on the basis of their time spent on the Work.

Amend the fourth sentence of subparagraph 11.01.A.1.of the General Conditions to read as follows:

1. Certified payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.

Add the following paragraphs 11.01.A.6 and 11.01.A.7. of the General Conditions to read as follows:

6. This contract calls for the construction of a “public work,” within the meaning of the Illinois

Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/.01 et seq. (“the Act”). The Act requires contractors and subcontractors to pay laborers, workers and mechanics performing services on public works projects no less than the “prevailing rate of wages” (hourly cash wages plus fringe benefits) in the county where the work is performed. For information regarding current prevailing wage rates, please refer to the Illinois Department of Labor’s website at: http://www.state.il.us/agency/idol/rates/rates.HTM . All contractors and subcontractors rendering services under this contract must comply with all requirements of the Act, including but not limited to, all wage, notice and record keeping duties.




7. Please be aware of the following requirements of the Illinois Department of Labor for the Contractor

and every Subcontractor working on public improvement projects in Illinois. There will be no exception to these public acts under this contract. Starting from the date the notice to proceed is issued the Contractor and the subcontractor will submit certified payroll records every calendar month for work that was completed and paid for as stated below. CERTIFIED PAYROLL REQUIREMENTS (PUBLIC ACT 94-0515): Effective August 10, 2005 Contractors and Subcontractors on public works projects must submit certified payroll records on a monthly basis to the public body in charge of the construction project, along with a statement affirming that such records are true and accurate, that the wages paid to each worker are not less than the required prevailing rate and that the Contractor is aware that filing records he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor. The certified payroll records must include for every worker employed on the public works project the name, address, telephone number, social security number, job classification, hourly wages paid in each pay period, number of hours worked each day, and starting and ending time of work each day. These certified payroll records are considered public records and public bodies must make these records available to the public under the Freedom of Information Act, with the exception of the employee's address, telephone number and social security number. Any Contractor who fails to submit a certified payroll or knowingly files a false certified payroll is guilty of a Class B misdemeanor.

SC-12.01 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE

Delete paragraph 12.01.C.2.b. in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

b. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be 5%; and, if a subcontract, subsubcontract, or agreement with a Supplier is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the total amount of overhead and profit allowed to be applied to the grand total Cost of the Work of all of the various Subcontractor(s), sub-subcontractor(s) and Supplier(s) shall not exceed a total of 15%."

SC-14.02.A APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS Delete Paragraph 14.02.A.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

1. At least 5 working days prior to beginning of month that pay is required for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner.

SC-16.1 METHODS AND PROCEDURE

Delete Paragraph 16.01.C in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer’s action under Paragraph 10.05.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor:

1. elects in writing to demand arbitration of the Claim, pursuant to Paragraph SC 16.02;

or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process.

Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 16.01.

SC-16.02 Arbitration



A. All Claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for Claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by Paragraph 14.09) including but not limited to those not resolved under the provisions of Paragraphs SC 16.01A and 16.01.B will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the rules of [insert name of selected arbitration agency], subject to the conditions and limitations of this Paragraph SC 16.02. This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.

B. The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract

and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider, and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the 30 day period specified in Paragraph SC 16.01.C, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim or other dispute or matter in question would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations.

C. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by

consolidation, joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including Engineer, and Engineer’s consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract unless:

1. the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be

afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact

which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings.

D. The award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be consistent with the agreement of the

parties, in writing, and include: (i) a concise breakdown of the award; (ii) a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract Document provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award.

E. The award will be final. Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having

jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal, subject to provisions of the Controlling Law relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award.

F. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and any arbitration service shall be shared

equally by Owner and Contractor. SC-17 MISCELLANEOUS

Add Paragraph 17.07 to read: 17.07 Freedom of Information Act

A. Contractor acknowledges that the Freedom of Information Act, 5 ILCS 140/1 et seq. (the ''Act") places an obligation on the City of Geneva to produce certain records that may be in the possession of Contractor. Contractor shall comply with the record retention and documentation requirements of the Local Records Act, 501LCS 25011 et seq. and the Act and shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement in compliance with the Local Records Retention Act and the Act (complying in all respects as if the Contractor was, in fact, the City). Upon notice from the City, Contractor shall review its records promptly and produce to the City within two business days of said notice from the City the required documents which are responsive to a request under the Act. If additional time is necessary to comply with the request, the Contractor may request the City to extend the time to do so, and the City will, if time and a basis for extension under the Act permits, consider such extensions. In the event Contractor fails to produce the requested records or fails to produce the requested records within the time period required above and the City is assessed a fine, fee or penalty for failure to timely comply with the Act do to Contractor's actions,




Contractor shall reimburse City for all fines, fee or penalties, including reasonable attorney's fees, paid by the City.

END OF DOCUMENT

Addendum No. 1 Page 1 of 1 ms1237 24042.01.00

ADDENDUM NO. 1 JUNE 4, 2012

BUSINESS PARK 1

SUBSTATION RELAY UPGRADE

CITY OF GENEVA GENEVA, ILLINOIS

1. SECTION 33 05 70 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES

Article "2.11 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS"

Change paragraph A. to read:

A. Current transformer to be installed on transformer X0 bushing shall be ACCUSlip, relay class accuracy C800, with 600:5 multi-ratio taps and a rating factor of 4.

2. SECTION 33 72 33-16 – METERING AND RELAYING PANEL

Delete page 16 in its entirety and insert attached page 16, Rev. 1, in its place. 3. DRAWINGS

Revise the following Drawings as indicated. These Drawings are not being reissued at this time.

Drawings E117 and E114 Remove CS-2 and CS-3 close interlock shown and remove similar logic for CS-1 that is not shown on Drawings. Remove termination from wiring from terminal blocks, remove terminal, and remove wire labels. Wires that are part of multiconductor cable shall be left as spare conductors. Individual wires shall be removed completely. Work includes wiring to Business Park 2 control building and circuit switchers in yard.

END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 1) P. E. Schulz 2) J. R. Sovers

24042.01.00 SUMMARY OF WORK ms1237 SECTION 01 11 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Work of this Agreement comprises of removing existing transformer neutral grounding resistor, furnishing and installing slipover CT on transformer neutral bushing, and furnishing and installing 10 assembled relay panel doors containing line, transformer, bus, and feeder relaying and metering, and furnishing and installing components to replace the SCADA remote terminal units (RTU) in the existing RTU cabinet at the City of Geneva, Business Park 1 Substation.

B. Develop wiring diagrams based on panel elevations, one-line diagram, and ac and dc schematics provided by Engineer.

C. Substation testing and checkout: Provide 4 days of 1 person on site, during testing to correct issues found by testing firm.

D. ComEd witness testing: Provide one person on site during testing to fix issues found by testing firm.

1.02 AGREEMENT

A. Construct Work under single lump sum Agreement.

1.03 WORK SEQUENCE

A. Construct Work in stages to provide for public convenience. Do not close off public use of public and private roads.

1.04 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES

A. Complete and exclusive use of premises for execution of Work.

B. Limit Contractor’s use of premises for Work and for storage, to allow for: Public and private use streets and roads.

C. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Contractor. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, storage of materials and equipment and operations of workers to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits, or requirements of Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber premises with construction equipment or other material or equipment.

D. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of items under this Agreement, stored on Site.

E. Move any stored items, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of Owner or separate contractor.

F. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or Work areas needed for operations.

1.05 OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS

A. Owner's responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver necessary Shop Drawings and Samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to Site, in accordance with construction schedule. 3. Deliver supplier's bill of materials to Contractor. 4. Inspect deliveries jointly with Contractor. 5. Submit claims for transportation damage. 6. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items.

SUMMARY OF WORK 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 11 00 ms1237

7. Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, Bonds, service, inspections, as required.

B. Contractor's responsibilities: 1. Designate delivery date for each product in Construction Schedule. 2. Protect products from exposure to elements, and from damage. 3. Repair or replace items damaged by Contractor.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

NOT USED END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ms1237 SECTION 01 20 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Submit a printed schedule on EJCDC C-620 – Contractor’s Application for Payment.

B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed.

C. Format: Use Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of major specification Section.

D. Include within each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.

E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment.

1.02 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Submit 3 copies of each application on EJCDC C-620 – Contractor’s Application for Payment.

B. Content and format: Use Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.

C. Submit an updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment.

D. Payment period: Submit at intervals stipulated in Agreement.

E. Submit with transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 33 00.

F. Substantiating data: When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Include following with application: 1. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01 32 33. 2. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors. 3. Record documents as specified in Sections 01 32 00 and 01 70 00, for review by Owner which will

be returned to Contractor. 4. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. 5. Construction progress schedules, revised and current as specified in Section 01 32 00. 6. Certified payroll for Contactor and all Subcontractors.

1.03 CHANGE PROCEDURES

A. Submittals: Submit name of individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to Work.

B. Engineer will advise of minor changes in Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions on Engineer’s Instruction to Contractor (ITC) Form SC2264-1299.

C. Engineer may issue a notice of change which includes detailed description of proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, change in Contract Time for executing change and period of time during which requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 7 days.

D. Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing proposed change and its full effect on Work. Include a statement describing reason for change, and effect on Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing effect on Work by separate or other contractors.

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 20 00 ms1237

E. Stipulated price Change Order: Based on notice of change and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer.

F. Work Directive Change: Engineer may issue a directive, on EJCDC C940 - Work Directive Change signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in Work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute change.

G. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of quotation.

H. Change Order Forms: EJCDC C-941 Change Order.

I. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of Contract.

J. Correlation of Contractor submittals: 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized

Change Order as a separate line item and adjust Contract Price. 2. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules

to adjust times for other items of work affected by change, and resubmit. 3. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.

1.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace Work, or portions of Work, not conforming to specified requirements.

B. If, in opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace Work, Engineer will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment.

C. Individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction.

D. Authority of Engineer to assess defect and identify payment adjustment, is final.

E. Nonpayment for rejected products: Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.

1.05 UNIT ADJUSTMENT PRICES

A. Unit adjustment prices will be used to adjust Contract Price for additions to or deductions from quantities required by Contract Documents. 1. Additions to Work will be made at 115% of prices submitted. 2. Deletions from Work will be made at 90% of prices submitted. 3. Net changes of quantities shall first be determined before price factors are applied.

B. Unit adjustment prices apply only to additions to or deductions from quantities required by Contract Documents made necessary by unforeseen conditions or changes deemed necessary or desirable by Engineer or Owner during construction. Additions or deductions necessary to accommodate equipment furnished and installed under Agreement shall be made by Contractor at its expense, and unit adjustment prices shall not apply.

24042.01.00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ms1237 SECTION 01 20 00 - Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION


24042.01.00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 30 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements.

B. Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of electrical Work which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

D. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion.

E. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.

1.02 COPIES OF DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUALS

A. After Notice of Award, Contractor may obtain, at no charge, up to 3 printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual and one set in electronic format. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction plus handling charge.

B. Additional copies of project manuals may be obtained under following conditions: 1. Furnished at Engineer's reproduction cost plus handling charge. 2. If Contractor's requirement for additional project manuals necessitates reprinting of project

manuals, Contractor shall pay entire cost of such reprinting. 3. Partial sets of project manuals will not be provided.

C. Revised Drawings and project manuals, if required, will be provided by Engineer to show authorized changes or extra Work under following conditions: 1. Project manuals: Furnished at no charge, in same quantity as original issuance. 2. Half-size Drawings:

a. Half-size Drawings will be available as revised Drawings. b. One revised, complete set of half-size Drawings will be issued, at no charge, for each half-

size set originally issued and for each half-size set purchased by Contractor after Notice of Award.

3. Full-size Drawings: a. One revised, complete set of full-size Drawings will be issued, at no charge, for each full-size

set originally issued. b. One revised, complete set of full-size Drawings will be issued, at no charge, for each full-size

set originally issued, and for each full-size set purchased by Contractor after Notice of Award, up to 4 copies maximum.

4. One full-size reproducible set will be issued to accommodate fifth and subsequent sets purchased by Contractor. Contractor shall use reproducible set to complete printing for additional Drawings in its possession.

1.03 PROJECT SITE ADMINISTRATION

A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out Work and perform construction as required by Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at site.

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 30 00 ms1237

B. Except in connection with safety or protection of persons or Work or property at site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in Contract Documents, all Work at site shall be performed during regular working hours, and Contractor shall not permit overtime work or performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent given after prior written notice to Engineer.

C. Incompetent or incorrigible employees shall be dismissed from Work by Contractor or its representative when requested by Engineer, and such persons shall not again be permitted to return to Work without written consent of Engineer.

D. Workmanship shall be of best quality.

1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. Engineer will schedule a meeting 15 days after Notice to Proceed.

B. Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, and Contractor.

C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, Owner, and the Engineer. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments,

proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling.

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within 2 days after meeting to participants, with 1 copy to those affected by decisions made.

1.05 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals.

B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers, Owner, Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.

C. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work.

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within 2 days after meeting to participants, with 1 copy to those affected by decisions made.

24042.01.00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 30 00 - Page 3

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS

A. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Include lugs for terminal box.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching.

B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affect: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.

C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work.

D. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing.

E. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill.

F. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

G. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.

I. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with material to full thickness of the penetrated element.

J. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit.

K. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to the Engineer for decision or remedy.

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ms1237 SECTION 01 32 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

A. Promptly after Notice of Award, prepare and submit to Engineer estimated construction progress schedules for Work, with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress.

B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment.

1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES

A. Prepare schedules in form of horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. 4. Minimum sheet size: 11 x 17.

B. Format of listings: Chronological order of start of each item of Work.

C. Identification of listings: By major Specification Section numbers.

1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES

A. Construction Progress Schedule show: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity, with Contract Price breakdown at each stage. 2. Dates for beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction specifically listing:

a. Equipment ordering and shipping. b. Site utilities. c. Subcontractor Work. d. Equipment installations. e. Finishings.

3. Projected percentage of completion for each item, as of first day of each month.

B. Provide subschedules to define critical portions of prime schedules.

1.04 PROGRESS REVISIONS

A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.

B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes.

C. Provide narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. Effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.

1.05 SUBMISSIONS

A. Submit initial schedules within 15 days after Notice of Award. 1. Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within reasonable time after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within 7 days after return of review copy.

B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 32 00 ms1237

C. Submit number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus 5 copies which will be retained by Engineer.

1.06 DISTRIBUTION

A. Distribution copies of reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties.

B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by projects shown in schedules.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ms1237 SECTION 01 32 33 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHY

A. Employ competent photographer to take construction record photographs periodically during course of Work.

B. Provide photographs taken on cutoff date for each scheduled application for payment. Electronic images in .jpg format may substitute for hard copies.

C. Provide photographs taken at each major stage of construction: 1. Completion of site clearing and demolition. 2. Completion of conduit installation, prior to backfilling. 3. Completion of ground grid, prior to backfilling. 4. Completion of excavations. 5. Completion of foundations. 6. Completion of framing.

D. Views and quantities required: 1. At each specified time, photograph Project from 3 different views, as approved by Engineer. 2. Provide 3 prints of each view.

E. Electronic images become property of Owner.

F. Any permits must be obtained by photographer from Engineer. Photographer must comply with regulations pertaining to use of flashbulbs or other restrictions on photographing Project.

1.02 CONSTRUCTION VIDEO

A. Employ competent individual to shoot video of construction progress.

B. Provide video prior to construction on routes where work will take place, including audio description of where video shot is being taken, such as parking lots and entry roads. Provide 1 copy of video to Owner prior to construction.

C. If dispute results regarding existing physical conditions and video does not exist of that area, Contractor shall restore area to Owner’s satisfaction at no additional cost.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ELECTRONIC IMAGES

A. Resolution, minimum shall not be less than 4.0 megapixel, color.

B. Store electronic images on CD.

C. Each CD shall identify each electronic images listing: 1. Name of Project. 2. Orientation of view. 3. Date and time of exposure. 4. Name and address of photographer. 5. Photographer's numbered identification of exposure.

D. Video shall be provided in DVD format.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 32 33 ms1237

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TECHNIQUE

A. Factual presentation.

B. Correct exposure and focus. 1. High resolution and sharpness. 2. Maximum depth-of-field. 3. Minimum distortion.

3.02 VIEWS REQUIRED

A. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate condition of construction and state of progress. 1. At successive period of photography, take at least one photograph from same overall view as

previously. 2. Consult with Engineer at each period of photography for instructions concerning views required.

3.03 DELIVERY OF PRINTS

A. Deliver electronic images on CD to Engineer to accompany each application for payment.

B. Deliver electronic images on CD as soon as processed, 1 set each to: 1. Owner. 2. Engineer. 3. Project record file.

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ms1237 SECTION 01 33 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Deliver submittals to Engineer listed below when required by Specification Sections: Mr. Philip Schulz [email protected] Stanley Consultants, Inc. Stanley Building 225 Iowa Avenue Muscatine, Iowa 52761-3764

B. Submittals shall be in English language.

C. Weights, measures, and units shall be English units with SI metric values following in parenthesis.

D. Symbols and drawings shall conform to ANSI Y32.2/IEEE 315/CSA Z99.

1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Review submittals prior to submission.

B. Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and similar data. 4. Conformance to Specifications.

C. Coordinate each submittal with other submittals and with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents.

D. Notify Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. Any such deviations permitted by Engineer will require modifications of Contract Documents.

E. When Shop Drawings are revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.

F. Submittals containing language imposing duties on others (such as verification of dimensions or supply of related information) inconsistent with contract language shall be null and void.

G. Submittals shall not be used as media for inquiries for information or for verification of information that must be supplied by others to Contractor. Inquiries or verification of information shall be made by separate Contractor submittal using Request for Information (RFI) process.

H. Begin no fabrication or Work which requires submittal review until return of submittals by Engineer with stamp, as either "Reviewed," “Reviewed as Noted," or “Reviewed as Noted-Resubmit.”

I. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals that carry Engineer stamp as either "Reviewed" or "Reviewed as Noted" as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements.

J. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.

K. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings on all hardware and components supplied as a part of this contract. Contractor does not need to submit Shop Drawings on equipment where manufacturer and model number are supplied without alternate prior to ordering parts. Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings after parts have been ordered.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 33 00 ms1237 1.03 ENGINEER DUTIES

A. Review required submittals with reasonable promptness and in accord with schedule, only for general conformance to design concept of Project and compliance with information given in Contract Documents. Review shall not extend to means, methods, sequences, techniques, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or program incident thereto. Review of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of assembly in which item functions.

B. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal, or review of submittal. Engineer's action on submittals is classified as follows: 1. Reviewed: Submittal has been reviewed and appears to be in conformance to design concept of

Project and Contract Documents. Contractor may proceed with fabrication of work in submittal. 2. Reviewed As Noted: Submittal has been reviewed and appears to be in conformance to design

concept of Project and Contract Documents, except as noted by reviewer. Contractor may proceed with fabrication of work in submittal with modifications and corrections as indicated by reviewer.

3. Reviewed As Noted-Resubmit: Submittal has been reviewed and appears to be in conformance to design concept of Project and Contract Documents, except as noted by reviewer. Contractor may proceed with fabrication of work in submittal with modifications and corrections as indicated by reviewer. Contractor shall make any corrections indicated by reviewer and resubmit for review.

4. Resubmit: Submittal has been reviewed and appears not to be in conformance to design concept of Project or with Contract Documents. Contractor shall not proceed with fabrication of work in submittal, but instead shall make any corrections required by reviewer and resubmit for review.

5. Returned without Review: Submittal is being returned without having been reviewed because: 1) not required by Contract Documents; 2) grossly incomplete; 3) indicates no attempt at conformance to Contract Documents; 4) cannot be reproduced; 5) lacks Contractor's completed approval stamp; or 6) lacks design professional's seal when required by law or Contract Documents. If submittal is required by Contract Documents, Contractor shall not proceed with Work as detailed in submittal, but instead shall correct defects and resubmit for review.

6. For Information Only: Submittal has not been reviewed but is being retained for informational purposes only.

7. Void: Submittal is voided because it is no longer required or has been superseded by another submittal.

C. Return 1 copy of submittals to Contractor. Contractor shall make additional copies as required.

D. Review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from Contract Documents unless Contractor has, in writing, called Engineer's attention to such variation at time of submission, and Engineer has given written concurrence pursuant to Contract Documents to specific variation, nor shall any concurrence by Engineer or other reviewer relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in submittals.

1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance to information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. Produce copies and distribute in accordance with article “Submittal Procedures” and for record documents purposes as described in Section 01 70 00.

B. Designate in construction schedule, or in separate coordinated submittal schedule, dates for submission and dates that reviewed submittals will be needed.

C. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in Work or in work of other contractors.

D. Present in clear and thorough manner, complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and like information to enable review of information as required.

E. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Drawings.


F. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

G. Equipment which is identified on Contract Documents with tag number or name shall be identified on Shop Drawing with same tag.

H. Schedule submittals to expedite Project. Coordinate submission of related items.

I. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from Contractor.

J. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.

K. Shop Drawings shall not be submitted in electronic format.

L. Number required: 1. Submit 2 copies of each Shop Drawing. 2. Copies of Shop Drawings submitted shall be black line on white background. 3. Reviewer will reproduce additional copies of Shop Drawings as required for internal distribution. 4. Shop Drawings shall be suitable for reproduction in black and white. Shop Drawings submitted

which are not suitable for reproduction will not be reviewed. 5. If Contractor will not grant permission to reviewer to reproduce Shop Drawings, submit two copies

of each Shop Drawing. 6. Samples: Submit number stated in each Specification section. 7. Drawings larger than 8-1/2” x 11” shall be rolled.

M. Submittals shall contain: 1. Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. Names of:

a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer.

5. Identification of product, with Specification section number and article number. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of Work or materials. 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 11. An 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and reviewer stamps. 12. Indication of Contractor's approval, initialed or signed, with wording substantially as follows:

"Contractor represents to Owner and Engineer that Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, or assumes full responsibility for doing so and has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents."

13. If Contract Documents include performance specifications stating required results which can be

verified as meeting stipulated criteria, so that further design by Contractor prior to fabrication is necessary, Submittal depicting such design must be prepared under seal of professional Engineer licensed in appropriate state and Submittal shall be signed and sealed in accordance with applicable regulations and with following certification statement:

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 24042.01.00 Page 4 - SECTION 01 33 00 ms1237

"I hereby certify that this Engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision, that I am a duly licensed professional Engineer under laws of state of Iowa and I accept responsibility for adequacy of this document to meet criteria stipulated in Contract Documents."

N. Product Data: 1. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement

manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. 2. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location

of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

O. Design data: 1. Submit for Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 2. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and

design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

P. Manufacturer's instructions: 1. When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery,

storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Engineer for delivery to Owner in quantities specified for Product Data.

2. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

Q. Operations and maintenance manuals: 1. Designate in construction schedule, or in separate coordinated schedule, dates for submission

and dates that reviewed operations and maintenance manuals will be needed. 2. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be presented in clear and thorough manner, complete

with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and like information to enable reviewer to review information as required. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Drawings.

1.05 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

A. Make any corrections or changes in submittals required by Engineer and resubmit until stamped as either "Reviewed," "Reviewed as Noted," or “For Information Only.”

B. Text and depictions changed on Submittal shall be back-circled (clouded).

C. Engineer will assume that portions of Submittal not back-circled have not been changed by Contractor from previous submission.

D. Indicate revision number and date in document revision block.

1.06 DISTRIBUTION

A. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings which carry Engineer stamp as either "Reviewed" or "Reviewed as Noted" to: 1. Record Documents file. 2. Other affected contractors. 3. Subcontractors. 4. Supplier or fabricator.

B. Distribute Samples which carry Engineer stamp as either "Reviewed" or "Reviewed as Noted" as directed by Engineer.


1.07 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

A. Construction progress schedules: Submit initial schedules to Engineer within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. After review, resubmit required revised data within ten days.

B. Form of schedules: 1. Prepare schedules in form of horizontal bar chart.

a. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. b. Horizontal time scale: Identify first work day of each week. c. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. d. Minimum sheet size: 8.5” x 11”.

2. Format of listings: Chronological order of start of each item of Work. 3. Identification of listings: By major Specification Section numbers.

C. Construction progress schedule shall show: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity, with Contract Price breakdown at each stage. 2. Dates for beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction specifically listing:

a. Site utilities. b. Subcontractor Work. c. Equipment installations. d. Finishes.

3. Projected percentage of completion for each item, as of first day of each month.

D. Submittal schedule shall show: 1. Dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. Dates submittals will be required for Owner-furnished products.

E. Products delivery schedule show delivery dates for: Products specified in Project Manual.

F. Distribution copies of reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties.

G. Instruct recipients to report promptly to Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by projects shown in schedules.

1.08 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM PROCEDURES

A. Submittals shall be accompanied by completed copies of Submittal Transmittal form, bound herein. An electronic version of transmittal form is available and may be obtained from Engineer. Reproduce additional copies required.

B. Submit 1 copy of transmittal form for initial submittals and resubmittals. Sequentially number transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and sequential alphabetic suffix.

C. Do not include submittals for more than one section of Specifications on Submittal Transmittal form.

D. Identify project title, location, and number and contract title and number.

E. Identify preparer name and, submittal number, including preparer’s submittal revision number.

F. A brief description should clearly identify specific application of equipment or material covered by Submittal, utilizing where possible same title used in Drawings and Specifications.

G. Identify Specification Section number.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 24042.01.00 Page 6 - SECTION 01 33 00 ms1237

H. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with requirements of Work and Contract Documents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED

END OF SECTION

SC3001 R4 0907 SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL

Date Received Date Distributed SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL Transmittal No.

Project Title Project No. Contract No. Project Location Contract Title

CONTRACTOR'S TRANSMITTAL

ENGINEER’S/ARCHITECT’S ACTIONStatus Abbreviations:

R - Reviewed RS – Resubmit

RN - Reviewed as NotedRET - Returned Without Review

RNR – Reviewed as Noted Resubmit FIO - For Information Only

V - Void

Preparer Preparer Submittal No.

Rev. No. Title Section

No. SC

SubmittalNo.

StatusDistribution (No.)

Cont RPR Own Des

Contractor Remarks

Address

By _________________________________ Date ______________________________

By Signature above, the Contractor shall certify that they have reviewed the submittal and that they comply with all applicable specification sections and contract drawings. Action of any kind on submittal by Engineer/Architect does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, correctness of details, or conformance to the contract.

Engineer/Architect Remarks

By

Date

24042.01.00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 40 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer.

G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.

1.02 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

1.03 BUILDING CODES AND PERMITS

A. Obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses.

B. Pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for prosecution of Work, which are applicable at time of opening of Bids. Pay all charges of utility service companies for connections to Work. Owner will pay all charges of such companies for capital costs related thereto.

C. Give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, building and construction codes, rules, and regulations applicable to Work. If Contractor observes that Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, give Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by appropriate Modification.

D. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations.

1.04 REFERENCES

A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 40 00 ms1237

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids, date of Owner-Contractor Agreement when there are no Bids, except where a specific date is established by code.

C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.

D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding.

E. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Engineer shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.

F. Abbreviations used in Drawings and Specifications are as specified in ASME Y14.38 and IEEE 260.

G. Schedule of references: 1. AAR –Association of American Railroads 2. ACI - American Concrete Institute 3. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 4. ASTM – International Standards Worldwide 5. AWS - American Welding Society 6. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 7. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 8. NETA - International Electrical Testing Association 9. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 10. OSHA – U. S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration 11. SJI - Steel Joist Institute 12. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association

1.05 WELDING CERTIFICATES

A. Promptly after Notice of Award, submit to Engineer one copy, unless specified otherwise, for each person, by name, assigned to do field welding of materials installed under this Agreement.

B. Show on certificates that each person has passed tests specified by AWS.

C. Submit certificates prior to execution of any welding. Certificates not required for nonstructural tack welding.

1.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES

A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.

B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer and Owner.

C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

24042.01.00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 40 00 - Page 3

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.

D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.

3.03 FIELD PERFORMANCE TESTS

A. If equipment or system fails to function properly, or guaranteed performance is not indicated, Contractor shall make necessary corrections, including replacement, at no cost to Owner, and after such corrections are completed, demonstrate to Engineer that equipment or system functions properly and guaranteed performance is obtainable.

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ms1237 SECTION 01 50 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. Provide and pay for power service required from Owner as needed for construction operation.

B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required. Provide flexible power cords as required.

C. Provide main service disconnect and over-current protection at convenient location meter.

D. Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction.

1.02 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES

A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations.

B. Provide and maintain lighting to exterior staging and storage areas for after dark for security purposes.

C. Provide and maintain lighting to interior work areas after dark for security purposes.

D. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required.

E. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.

F. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction.

1.03 TEMPORARY HEATING

A. Existing facilities shall not be used.

B. Provide heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

1.04 TEMPORARY COOLING

A. Existing facilities shall not be used.

B. Provide and pay for cooling devices and cooling as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Provide separate metering and reimburse Owner for cost of energy used.

1.05 TEMPORARY VENTILATION

A. Ventilate enclosed areas to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

1.06 TELEPHONE SERVICE

A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization, if needed.

1.07 FACSIMILE SERVICE

A. Provide, maintain and pay for facsimile service to field office at time of project mobilization, if needed.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 50 00 ms1237

1.08 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. Provide and pay for suitable quality portable water service as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

1.09 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Existing facility use is not permitted. Provide at time of project mobilization.

1.10 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Office: Weather tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture drawing rack, and drawing display table.

B. Locate offices and sheds a minimum distance of 30' from existing and new structures.

C. Environmental control: Heating, cooling, and ventilating for offices: Automatic equipment to maintain comfort conditions.

D. Storage Areas and sheds: Size to storage requirements for products of individual Sections, allowing for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products to requirements of Section 01 60 00.

E. Preparation: Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide drainage away from buildings.

F. Maintenance and cleaning: 1. Weekly janitorial services for offices; periodic cleaning and maintenance for office and storage

areas. 2. Maintain approach walks free of mud, water, and snow.

G. Removal: At completion of Work remove buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas.

1.11 VEHICULAR ACCESS

A. Location approved by Owner.

B. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles.

C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants and control valves free of obstructions.

D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets and parking lots.

E. Existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic.

1.12 PARKING

A. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel.

B. Locate as approved by Owner.

C. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking.

D. Tracked vehicles not allowed on paved areas.

E. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas.


F. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement.

G. Designate 1 parking space for the Owner.

H. Permanent Pavements and parking facilities: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion the base for permanent roads and parking areas may be used for

construction traffic. 2. Avoid traffic loading beyond paving design capacity. Tracked vehicles not allowed.

I. Maintenance: 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition free of excavated material, construction

equipment, products, mud, snow, and ice. 2. Maintain existing and permanent paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks,

potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original, or specified, condition.

J. Removal, repair: 1. Remove temporary materials and construction at Substantial Completion. 2. Remove underground work and compacted materials to a depth of 2' (600 mm); fill and grade site

as specified. 3. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition.

K. Mud from site vehicles: Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

1.13 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site.

1.14 BARRIERS

A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building.

C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants.

D. Protect nonowned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.15 ENCLOSURES AND FENCING

A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence.

B. Provide 6' (1.8 m) high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 24042.01.00 Page 4 - SECTION 01 50 00 ms1237

1.16 SECURITY

A. Security program: 1. Protect Work existing premises and Owner's operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized

entry. 2. Initiate program in coordination with Owner's existing security system at project mobilization. 3. Maintain program throughout construction period until Owner occupancy.

B. Entry control: 1. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities. 2. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification. 3. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to Owner on request. 4. Coordinate access of Owner's personnel to site in coordination with Owner's security forces.

C. Restrictions: 1. Do not allow cameras on site or photographs taken except by written approval of Owner. 2. Do no work on days indicated in Owner-Contractor Agreement.

1.17 WATER CONTROL

A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment.

B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion

1.18 DUST CONTROL

A. Execute Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.

B. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.

1.19 NOISE CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.

1.20 PEST CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from entering the facility.

1.21 POLLUTION CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations.

1.22 RODENT CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises.

1.23 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS

A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection.

B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2' (600 mm). Grade site as indicated.

C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.


D. Restore existing and permanent facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION


24042.01.00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 60 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 PRODUCTS

A. Provide products of qualified manufacturers suitable for intended use. Provide products of each type by a single manufacturer unless specified otherwise.

B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.

C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer for components being replaced.

1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.03 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS

A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

B. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

C. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product.

D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.

E. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.

F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

1.04 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products specified by reference standards or by description only: Any product meeting those standards or description.

B. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers: Products of one of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 24042.01.00 SECTION 01 60 00 - Page 2 ms1237

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION


24042.01.00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 70 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's review.

B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.

C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

D. Owner will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 11 00.

1.02 FINAL CLEANING

A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.

B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces.

C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.

D. Replace filters of operating equipment.

E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.

F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.

G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.

1.03 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel 2 weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion.

B. Demonstrate Project equipment by a qualified individual who is knowledgeable about the Project.

C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within 6 months.

D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time at equipment location.

F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

G. Amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections.

1.04 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing.

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 70 00 ms1237

B. Local utility company (ComEd) will provide additional day of witness testing.

C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or noncompliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

D. Provide 4 days of on-site assistance during Owner-provided testing.

E. Provide 1 day of on-site assistance during ComEd-provided testing.

1.05 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.

D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.

F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.

1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress, not less than weekly.

E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish main floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced

to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced

to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings.

24042.01.00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS ms1237 SECTION 01 70 00 - Page 3

G. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

1.07 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS

A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in individual specification sections.

B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

1.08 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed in triplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work.

B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

D. Co-execute submittals when required.

E. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in 3-D side ring binder with durable plastic cover.

F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

G. Time of Submittals: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's

permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final

Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit

within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty or bond period.

1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections during the warranty period.

B. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required.

C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.

D. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ms1237 SECTION 01 78 23 - Page 1

1.01 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REQUIREMENTS

A. Operating and maintenance data shall be in English language.

B. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Agreement.

C. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this section. 3. Skilled as technical writers to extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as draftsmen competent to prepare required drawings.

1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS

A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.

B. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2" x 11" (216 mm x 279 mm). 2. Paper: 20 lb minimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings:

a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs.

6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in manual.

7. Binders: a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. b. Maximum ring size: 1" (25 mm). c. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.

1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL

A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. Seller, name of responsible principal, address, and telephone number. 2. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of volume.

B. Product data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to:

a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information.

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 01 78 23 ms1237

C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with Drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:

a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams.

2. Coordinate Drawings with information in Project record documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.

3. Do not use Project record documents as maintenance Drawings.

D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for particular installation. 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.

E. Copy of each warranty, Bond, and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, giving:

a. Proper procedures in event of failure. b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or Bonds.

1.05 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Submit 3 copies of complete manual in final form.

B. Contents, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts:

a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.

2. Operating procedures: a. Startup, break-in, routine, and normal operating instructions. b. Summer and winter operating instructions. c. Special operating instructions.

3. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting, and checking.

4. Servicing and lubrication schedule: List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for

maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination Drawings. As-installed color-coded piping diagrams. 10. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended

quantities to be maintained in storage. 11. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.

C. Content, for each electrical and electronic system, as appropriate. 1. Description of system and component parts:

a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replacement parts.

2. Circuit directories of panelboards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls.

24042.01.00 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ms1237 SECTION 01 78 23 - Page 3

c. Communications. 3. As-installed color-coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures:

a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions.

5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting”. c. Disassembly, repair, and assembly. d. Adjustment and checking.

6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended

quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.

D. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel.

E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications.

1.06 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. Preliminary draft:: 1. Submit 2 copies to Owner. 2. Submit 2 copies to Engineer of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of Work.

Engineer will review draft and return 1 copy with comments.

B. Submit 1 copy of completed data in final form 15 days prior to final inspection or acceptance. Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments.

C. Submit specified copies of approved data in final form 10 days after final inspection or acceptance.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

24042.01.00 DEMOLITION ms1237 SECTION 02 41 00 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Removal and disposal of existing transformer neutral grounding resistor, transformer neutral CT, cabinet and foundation.

B. Remove and legally dispose of items.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate measurement or payment will be made for demolition work under this contract. Include costs in connection with Work in lump sum Contract Price.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Deconstruction: Disassembly of buildings for the purpose of recovering materials.

B. Construction and demolition (C&D) materials: Materials produced in the process of construction, renovation and/or demolition of structures, where structures include buildings (residential, commercial, institutional), roads, and bridges. C&D materials typically include concrete, asphalt, wood, gypsum wallboard, paper, glass, rubble, and roofing materials. Also includes land clearing debris, such as stumps, rocks, and dirt.

C. Environmental pollution and damage: Presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human or animal life; affect other species of importance to humanity; or degrade utility of environment for aesthetic, cultural or historical purposes.

D. Inert fill: 1. Permitted facility that accepts inert waste such as asphalt and concrete exclusively for purpose of

disposal. 2. Inert solids and waste: Nonliquid solid waste including, but not limited to, soil and concrete, that

does not contain hazardous substances or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water-quality standards established by regional water board and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid waste.

E. Demolition waste: Building materials and solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, cleanup, or demolition operations that are not hazardous. Term includes, but is not limited to, asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, brick, lumber, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, plastic pipe, and steel. The materials may include rock, soil, tree stumps, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping for construction or land development projects.

F. Chemical waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes.

G. Recycling: Process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting materials for purpose of using altered form in manufacture of new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating or thermally destroying solid waste.

H. Reuse: Use, in same or similar form as it was produced, of material which might otherwise be discarded.

I. Solid waste: Putrescible and nonputrescible solid, semisolid, and liquid wastes, including garbage, trash, refuse, paper, rubbish, ashes, industrial wastes, demolition and construction wastes, abandoned vehicles and parts thereof, discarded home and industrial appliances, dewatered, treated, or chemically fixed sewage sludge which is not hazardous waste, manure, vegetable or animal solid

DEMOLITION 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 02 41 00 ms1237

and semisolid wastes, and other discarded solid and semisolid wastes. "Solid waste" does not include hazardous waste, radioactive waste, or medical waste as defined or regulated by State law.

1.04 PRE-DEMOLITION MEETING

A. Site can be observed at Pre-Bid meeting.

1.05 SCHEDULING

A. Perform Work in manner which will provide least interference and most protection to public and existing construction. Contractor's operations subject to approval by Owner prior to commencement of Work.

B. Take care to minimize outages of electrical systems.

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record drawings: Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions.


A. Demolition firm qualifications: Engage licensed demolition contractor and an experienced firm that has successfully completed demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project.

B. Regulatory requirements: 1. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting demolition. Comply with

hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Obtain and pay for all permits required.

2. Conform to applicable requirements of federal, state, and other governmental agencies for demolition work.

1.08 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Known underground piping, foundations, and other underground obstructions in vicinity of new construction are shown on Drawings.

B. Protect underground facilities encountered during excavation until it is determined whether they are active or inactive. Repair, without compensation, existing active facilities shown on Drawings damaged during operations.

C. Notify Engineer and Owner of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue Work in area until Owner provides notification to resume Work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed, recycled, or disposed from Project Site in appropriate and legal manner.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS

A. Inspect buildings and structures where demolition is required. Inspect existing Drawings of buildings and structures; Drawings are available from Owner. Contractor shall be familiar with items that require demolition and patching.


B. Perform excavation and dewatering necessary to accomplish Work.

C. Determine actual Site conditions, extent to which demolition is required, and method of demolition.

D. Schedule work with Owner and work in other parts of these Contract Documents.

E. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

F. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of demolition and recycling required.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Prepare drawings, documents, and applications and obtain government agency approvals and permits required for demolition activities.

B. Conduct demolition operations and remove C&D materials to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and utilized facilities.

C. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or utilized facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

D. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition area. 1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways,

where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect existing Site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping that are designated to

remain in place.

3.03 EXPLOSIVES

A. Explosives: Use of explosives not permitted.

3.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

A. Comply with federal, state and local regulations pertaining to water, air, solid waste, recycling, chemical waste, sanitary waste, sediment and noise pollution.

B. Protection of natural resources: Preserve natural resources within project boundaries or restore to equivalent condition. 1. Confine demolition activities to areas defined by public roads, easements, and work area limits

indicated on drawings. 2. Temporary construction: Remove indications of temporary construction facilities, such as haul

roads, work areas, structures, stockpiles or waste areas. 3. Water resources:

a. Comply with applicable regulations concerning direct or indirect discharge of pollutants to underground and natural surface waters.

b. Oily substances: 1) Prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering ground, drainage areas, or local

bodies of water in such quantities as to affect normal use, aesthetics, or produce measurable ecological impact on area.

2) Store and service construction equipment at areas designated for collection of oil wastes. 4. Dust control, air pollution, and odor control: Prevent creation of dust, air pollution and odors:

a. Use temporary enclosures and other appropriate methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level.

b. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions. 5. Noise control: Perform demolition operations to minimize noise.

DEMOLITION 24042.01.00 Page 4 - SECTION 02 41 00 ms1237

a. Repetitive, high level impact noise will be permitted only between hours of 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p. m. Repetitive impact noise on property shall not exceed following dB limitations:

Sound Level in dB Time Duration of Impact Noise 70 More than 12 minutes in any hour 80 More than 3 minutes in any hour

b. Provide equipment, sound-deadening devices, and take noise abatement measures that are

necessary to comply with requirements of this Contract. c. At least once every 5 successive working days while work is being performed above 55 dB

noise level, measure sound level for noise exposure due to demolition. Measure sound levels on 'A' weighing network of general purpose sound level meter at slow response. To minimize the effect of reflective sound waves at buildings, measurements may be taken 3’ to 6’ in front of building face. Submit recorded information to State noting problems and alternatives before mitigating actions.

6. Disposal practices and waste hauling: a. Use permitted waste hauler or Contractor’s trucking services and personnel. b. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of rubbish and waste materials on project site.

7. Revenue: a. Revenues or other savings obtained from recycled, re-used, or salvaged materials shall

accrue to Contractor unless otherwise noted in Contract Documents. b. Remove and transport C&D materials in manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent

surfaces, streets, and areas or dust being emitted into atmosphere. c. Clean adjacent streets of dust, dirt, and C&D materials caused by demolition operations. At

end of each work day, return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of demolition.

3.05 PROTECTION

A. Protect existing facilities from damage by falling debris, dust, and construction operations.

B. Provide shoring and bracing where necessary to support existing construction and protect personnel during demolition operation.

3.06 DEMOLITION - GENERAL

A. Completely remove below-grade construction, including footings.

B. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations.

C. Remove existing construction as specified and shown and as required to permit new construction.

D. Perform removal in manner that will minimize dust, noise, and other nuisance. Maintain haul routes for disposal of material clean and free of debris.

E. Remove existing construction carefully providing for neat and orderly junctions at construction to remain in place. Final appearance of exposed surfaces shall be similar and equal to that of adjacent existing work. Grind off rough surfaces to remove sharp projections.

F. Perform demolition operations in manner that in no way endangers personnel, public, existing structures, utilities, roadways, or facilities not to be demolished.

G. Any portion of existing construction whether structural, or accessory which has become unstable through removal of other parts of construction shall be removed as soon as practicable, and no such unstable part shall be left free-standing or inadequately braced against causes of collapse at end of each day's work.

H. No demolition shall be performed on piping, electrical circuits, or equipment until system has been isolated by Owner. Contractor shall verify isolation of system.


I. Contractor shall relocate existing active miscellaneous piping, conduit, and electrical circuits and devices not detailed on Drawings but required for installation of equipment and items installed by this Contract.

J. To reduce fire hazards during demolition, Contractor shall: 1. Maintain sufficient number of fire extinguishers to check and extinguish small fires in areas where

Work is being performed. 2. Wherever cutting torch or other equipment which might cause fire is being used, fire extinguishers

shall be kept nearby and ready for instant use. Users of such equipment shall be instructed in proper method of preventing fires and extinguishing fire.

3. Burning of waste lumber and other building materials or trash on Site will not be permitted.

K. Use of blasting not permitted.

L. Provide temporary personnel and vehicle protection at openings or ledges made by demolition.

3.07 HANDLING OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Storage of materials to be removed not permitted to accumulate on site. Promptly remove and dispose of unsalvageable equipment and materials.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. No material, obstructions, or debris shall be placed or allowed to accumulate within 15' (4.5 m) of any fire hydrant. Fire hydrants shall be accessible at all times.

3.08 REPAIR AND RESTORATION

A. Contractor shall be responsible for damage to personnel, public, roadways, streets, structures, utilities, facilities, and equipment caused by operations and shall repair any damage at its own expense or replace items damaged beyond repair.

B. Do not operate vehicles or equipment on existing construction or roadways that could be damaged.

C. Backfill applicable excavated areas, open pits, and other depressions as work progresses. Backfill materials shall conform to requirements of Drawings.

D. Grade areas disturbed by construction to smooth, uniform surfaces sloped to drain.

E. Replace construction removed to facilitate operations with construction of equal quality to that removed.

3.09 CLEAN-UP

A. Maintain public streets, alleys, or other thoroughfares used in carrying out disposal free of litter or soil attributable to this operation. Equip and load trucks or other vehicles to prevent leakage, blowing off, or other escape of any portion of whatsoever is being hauled. Cost incurred by Owner in cleaning up such litter will be charged to Contractor and deducted from monies due or to become due it under this contract.

B. Upon completion of demolition work in each area, thoroughly clean area of materials not to remain.

END OF SECTION 1) P.M. Barth 2) P.E. Schulz

24042.01.00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES ms1237 SECTION 33 05 70 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL


A. General electrical requirements for equipment and services including, but not limited to: 1. Low-voltage field wiring. 2. Low-voltage splices and terminations. 3. Low-voltage cabinets and electrical enclosures. 4. Low voltage fuses and fuse blocks. 5. Plates and covers. 6. Panel-boards. 7. Shop finish. 8. Rust-inhibiting compounds. 9. Hardware. 10. Lighting. 11. Packaging, identification, and tagging. 12. Nameplates. 13. Fireproofing and fire ratings.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: 1. List of proposed material identifying manufacturer, type and model number for equipment to be

provided for complete job. 2. Manufacturer’s catalog sheets marked to indicate specific type, model or catalog number of

equipment to be provided. 3. List of special maintenance tools required for installation and operation of equipment. 4. Dimensional layout and assembly drawings of panelboards and instrument transformer cabinets.

1.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Extra materials: Provide touchup paint in same type and color to repair at least 25% of finish-painted equipment surface. Paint shall be sufficient to perform touch-up painting in accordance with shop-applied material instructions for repair painting.

B. Each piece of equipment shall be furnished with special tools as required for installation, maintenance, and dismantling of equipment. 1. Furnish in quantities as necessary to complete work on schedule. 2. Tools shall be new and shall become property of Owner. 3. Tools and intended use shall be identified in assembly instructions. Tools shall only be used for

their intended purpose.


A. Manufacturer qualifications: 1. Manufacturer of equipment specified shall be recognized in industry for normally supplying this

type of equipment. 2. Manufacturer shall be ISO certified. 3. When requested by Engineer, provide list of similar equipment installations that have employed

identical equipment from manufacturer.

B. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall be skilled in trade and shall have thorough knowledge of products and equipment

specified. 2. Cutting, drilling, trenching, or channeling necessary to properly install equipment shall be

performed by competent skilled crafts people in safe, professional manner.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 33 05 70 ms1237

C. Regulatory requirements: Perform electrical construction in accordance with NEC, local and state codes as applicable to job site.

D. Materials and equipment furnished for permanent installation shall be new, unused, and undamaged.

E. Asbestos not allowed.

F. Parts shall be manufactured to American industry standard sizes and gages to facilitate maintenance and interchangeability. Metric sized components not allowed unless specifically requested and approved.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Pack, ship, handle, and store in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.

B. Ship equipment completely factory assembled unless physical size, arrangement, configuration, or shipping and handling limitations make this impracticable. Shipping splits and required field assembly shall be identified with equipment submittals.

C. Costs associated with sections, accessories, or appurtenances requiring field assembly shall be Contractor’s responsibility.

D. Separately packaged parts and accessories shall be consolidated and shipped together with equipment. Mark each container clearly to identify contents and as belonging with main equipment. 1. Provide individual weatherproof itemized packing slips attached to outside of each container for

contents included. Provide duplicate inside each container. 2. Attach master packing list, covering accessory items for equipment, to main piece of equipment. 3. Mark each container with project identification number for equipment and container number

followed by total number of containers.

E. Equipment shall be suitably protected during shipment, handling, and storage. Damage incurred during shipment shall be repaired at not cost to Owner.

F. Protect coated surfaces against impact, abrasion, and discoloration.

G. Electrical equipment and insulation systems shall be protected against ingress of moisture. Use space heaters if necessary to protect against moisture.

H. Exposed threads shall be greased and protected.

I. Pipe, tube, and conduit connections shall be closed with rough usage plugs. Seal and tape open ends of piping, tubing, and conduit.

J. Equipment openings shall have covers, and taped to seal equipment.

K. Store materials in clean, dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, water, construction debris, and physical damage in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

1.06 SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate with Owner early and late shipping and delivery schedules for items requiring storage and handling at Site.

1.07 WARRANTY

A. Electrical equipment shall be provided with manufacturer’s standard warranty, but not less than 1 year.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Service conditions: Provide equipment and material suitable for intended service and installation at location indicated.

2.02 FIELD WIRING

A. Nationally or internationally recognized cable manufacturer shall produce cable provided. Comply with code and Project requirements directly associated with use of each cable type.

B. Cables specified are for voltages 600 volts and below.

C. Conductor shall be copper with not less than 98% conductivity, unless specified otherwise.

D. General-purpose building conductor used on interior lighting circuits and general-purpose branch circuits routed entirely in conduit shall be single conductor. 1. Voltage rating: 600-volt. 2. Conductor: Class B, solid or stranded, annealed, uncoated copper, minimum size No. 12 AWG

(4.0mm2). 3. Insulation: PVC complying with physical and electrical requirements of UL for type THHN/THWN. 4. Jacket: Overall clear nylon jacket applied over conductor insulation, UL-listed as gasoline and oil

resistant. 5. Provide conductor sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller in colors to match wire color-codes. Sizes No. 6

AWG and larger shall be color-coded with field-applied tape. 6. Rated continuous operating temperature shall be 90ºC in wet and dry locations for operation at

maximum 75ºC.

E. Single-conductor, low-voltage power cable for, feeders, branch circuits, and dc circuits routed in conduit: 1. Voltage rating: 600-volt. 2. Conductor: Annealed, bare copper, Class B, stranded, minimum size No. 6 AWG (16 mm2). 3. Insulation: Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR), complying with physical and electrical requirements

for NEC Type RHH or RHW-2. 4. Jacket: Flame-retardant, heat, moisture, and sunlight resistant; cross-linked low-smoke,

nonhalogen polyolefin (XLPO). 5. Conductor sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller shall be provided in colors to match wire color-codes.

Sizes No. 6 AWG and larger may be color-coded with field applied tape. 6. Wire shall be identified by surface marking indicating manufacturer, conductor size, conductor

material, voltage rating, UL symbol, and listed type. 7. Conductors shall pass IEEE 1202 70,000 Btu/hr, and ICEA T-29-520, 210,000 Btu/hr vertical tray

flame tests, and UL VW-1 vertical flame test. 8. Temperature rating shall be 90o C for normal operation in wet or dry locations. 9. Manufacturer: Okonite-Okolon, or equal.

F. Multi-conductor cable for control, interlocks, current transformers (CTs), voltage transformers (VTs), meters, and relays routed in conduit: 1. Voltage rating: 600-volt. 2. Sizes:

a. Breaker control, interlock control, metering, relaying, and general power control circuits: Minimum size No. 10 AWG (6.0 mm2).

b. CT circuits: Minimum No. 10 AWG (6.0 mm2). c. VT circuits: Minimum No. 10 AWG (6.0 mm2).

3. Conductors: Annealed, bare copper, Class B, stranded. 4. Insulation: Flame-retardant, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO),

complying with physical and electrical requirements for NEC Type XHHW-2.


5. Jacket: Flame-retardant, heat, moisture, and sunlight resistant; cross-linked, low-smoke, nonhalogen polyolefin (XLPO).

6. Conductors shall be cabled together with nonhygroscopic fillers. 7. Cover cable assembly with helically applied binding tape with minimum 10% overlap. 8. Marking:

a. Insulated conductors shall have colored insulation meeting ICEA Method 1, Table E1 color code to identify conductors.

b. Each cable shall be identified by means of surface ink printing indicating manufacturer, number of conductors, size, voltage rating, and UL listing.

9. Cables shall pass IEEE 1202 70,000 Btu/hr, and ICEA T-29-520, 210,000 Btu/hr vertical tray flame tests, and individual conductors UL VW-1 vertical flame test.

10. Temperature rating shall be 90oC maximum continuous operating temperature in wet or dry locations.

11. Manufacturer: Okonite Type P30, or equal.

G. Instrumentation cable installed indoor or outdoor routed in, conduit, and ducts: 1. Voltage rating: 600-volt. 2. Conductors: Annealed, bare copper, Class B, stranded, minimum size No. 16 AWG (1.5 mm2). 3. Insulation: Flame-retardant, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO). 4. Jacket: Flame-retardant, heat, moisture, and sunlight resistant; cross-linked, low-smoke,

nonhalogen polyolefin (XLPO). 5. Pairs/triads: Each twisted with lay not exceeding 2" (50 mm). 6. Color code: Pairs black/white, Triads black/white/red. 7. Assembly:

a. Each pair or triad shall be cabled together with aluminum/polyester tape shield helically wrapped with minimum lap of 15% of tape width and isolation tape. Entire cable assembly shall have overall aluminum/polyester tape shield helically wrapped.

b. Flexible strand tin-coated No.18 AWG (1.0 mm2) copper drain wire shall be helically wound between twisted conductors and tape shield.

8. Each instrumentation cable shall be identified by means of surface ink printing indicating manufacturer, conductor size, and quantity, UL listing.

9. Cables shall pass IEEE 1202 70,000 Btu/hr, and ICEA T-29-520, 210,000 Btu/hr vertical tray flame tests, and individual conductors UL VW-1 vertical flame test.

10. Temperature rating shall be 90ºC maximum continuous operating temperature in wet or dry locations.

2.03 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS

A. Splices, except as in lighting and general purpose power circuits specified below, not allowed unless specifically indicated on Drawings or required for connection to equipment.

B. Temperature rating of splices and terminations shall be rated no less than 75oC.

C. Splices allowed in lighting and general-purpose power circuits. 1. Provide wire and cable connectors of high-conductivity, corrosion-resistant material with contact

area equal to at least current carrying capacity of wire or cable. 2. General lighting and general-purpose building power circuits:

a. Twist-type, insulated spring connectors for splices on solid or stranded conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG.

b. Use indent, hex screw, or bolt clamp-type connectors, with or without tongue for splices on solid or stranded conductors No. 6 AWG and larger.

c. Apply insulating 600-volt tape.

D. Insulating tapes and compounds for terminations and splices shall be UL-listed for intended use, location, and voltage by manufacturer.

E. Termination of conductors to equipment with bolted connections: 1. Use compression type lugs.


2. Compression lugs for cables 250 kcmil and larger shall have at least 2 clamping elements of compression indents, and provision for at least 2 bolts for joining to apparatus terminals.

3. Crimping hand tools used for securing conductors in compression type connectors or terminal lugs shall be made for purpose and conductor sizes involved.

4. Crimping tools shall be ratchet-type preventing tool from opening until crimp action is completed. 5. Tools shall be product approved by connector manufacturer.

F. Terminals: 1. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller: Marathon 1500 Series. 2. Conductors larger than No. 4/0 AWG: Terminate to tinned copper bus bar drilled and tapped with

standard NEMA sized and spaced holes.

G. Provide 600-volt rated terminal blocks for instrumentation and control conductors for connection to circuits external to specified equipment, and for internal circuits crossing shipping splits. 1. Use crimp-on terminals matching termination point terminations in manufacturer-furnished panels.

Splices not allowed. 2. Furnish with white marking strips. 3. Where permitted by safety codes and standards, provide without covers. Neither step-type

terminal blocks nor angle mounting of terminal blocks allowed. 4. Fuses may be mounted on terminal blocks. 5. Maximum 2 conductors in accordance with termination point.

H. Terminal blocks for external connections shall leave from centrally mounted location, not from individual devices in enclosure. 1. Group-in instrument and control compartment for easy accessibility. 2. Provide sufficient space on each side of each terminal block to allow orderly arrangement of leads

to be terminated on block. 3. Locate auxiliary equipment in compartments, enclosures, or junction boxes so service personnel

will have direct access without interference from structural members and instruments without removal of barriers, cover plates, or wiring.

4. Do not mount terminal blocks in compartments containing cables or buses operating at voltages above 600 volts.

5. Size for wire sizes of incoming conductors as necessary.

I. Install shorting-type terminal blocks nearest current transformer in accessible location for each set of CTs supplied with equipment furnished, no other shorting-type terminal blocks allowed, unless specified otherwise.

J. Install fuses and fuse blocks for protection of VT circuits on line and load side as shown on Drawings.

K. Terminate each conductor in multi-conductor control cable or as shown on Drawings. Provide 10% spare terminals for circuit modifications.

L. Circuit identification number listed on either circuit schedule or panel schedule shall be used to identify circuit, positioned as near as possible to end of each conductor on multiple single wire circuits and on cable jacket for multi-conductor cables.

M. Cable designations shall be visible after installation without requiring physical movement of cable.

2.04 FUSES AND FUSE BLOCKS

A. Modular-type, Class H screw terminal fuse blocks with Bakelite frame and reinforced retaining clips. Blocks shall be similar in construction and by same manufacturer.

B. Slow blow fuses: Bussmann Type MDL or Gould Shawmut Type GDL with ampere ratings of 1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2.

C. Fast acting fuses: Bussmann Type NON or Gould Shawmut Type OT with ampere ratings of 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, or 30.


D. Extremely fast acting fuses: Bussmann Type KAB with ampere ratings of 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, or 30.

2.05 PLATES AND COVERS

A. Provide finish plates and covers of appropriate type and size for wiring and control devices, signal, and communication outlets.

B. Mark each plate and cover to show circuit and panel designation. Unless indicated to be engraved plate, use self-sticking, clear membrane, UV-resistant labels with typed black letters. Handwritten labels not allowed.

C. Coordinate color with adjacent surfaces.

D. Raised cover galvanized steel plates shall be acceptable for use on surface-mounted outlet boxes in unfinished areas where weatherproof plates are not required.

E. For weatherproof installations, cover plates shall be gasketed and rated for NEMA Type 4 installation.

F. Device plate mounting hardware shall be countersunk and finished to match plate.

2.06 FINISHES

A. Supplied by relay panel door manufacturer.

2.07 RUST-INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS

A. Uncoated machined and ferrous surfaces subject to corrosion shall be protected with rust-inhibitor compounds.

B. Rust-inhibitor compounds used to protect surfaces of equipment and piping exposed to feedwater or steam shall be completely water-soluble.

C. Surfaces to be field welded shall be coated with consumable rust-inhibitor compounds that will not affect quality of weld.

D. External gasket surfaces, flange faces, couplings, rotating equipment shafts and bearings shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with rust-inhibitor compounds.

2.08 IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING

A. Provide power, control, and instrumentation cables with permanent type identification markers with typed cable numbers and from/to information at each point of termination. Cable numbers and from/to information will be provided for circuits not associated with low-voltage panelboards. 1. Position cable markers to be readily visible for inspection. 2. Cable numbers shall match those as shown on Drawings. 3. Provide wire tags at each termination point for each conductor. Tags shall be permanent, wrap

around, heat-shrinkable type with typewritten information.

B. Color-code power conductors with electrical tape or provide with colored jacket. 1. Source voltage of 120/240 volts:

a. Phase X: Black. b. Phase Y: Red. c. Neutral: White.

2. Service entrance and equipment ground conductors shall be bare copper or green insulated conductor. Equipment bonding conductors shall be bare copper.

3. Isolated ground conductors shall be insulated; green in color with integral yellow stripe. No substitutions.


2.09 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES

A. Laminated black-over-white plastic such that face is black with white letters, with 1/8” (3 mm) engraved letters securely fastened with minimum of 2 self-tapping, stainless steel screws.

B. Circuit breakers within main switchboards and distribution switchboards shall be provided with nameplates identifying related equipment being served.

C. Panelboards shall have front cover-mounted nameplates identifying panelboard, matching information shown on Drawings and associated panel schedule. Nameplate shall have at least 4 lines of text consisting of: 1. Line 1: Panel equipment identification number. 2. Line 2: IEEE Voltage Designation.

D. Nameplates shall meet requirements of NFPA 70E

2.10 HARDWARE

A. Provide hardware including, but not limited to, anchor bolts, nuts, washers, expansion anchors, wire nuts needed for installation.

B. Hardware smaller than 3/4” (19 mm) shall match NEMA standard size bolt holes on electrical equipment.

2.11 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

A. Current transformer to be installed on transformer X0 bushing shall be ACCUSlip, relay class accuracy, with 600:5 multi-ratio taps.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Determine locations and arrangement of equipment from Drawings.

B. Locations shown on Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. Choose precise location to clear obstructions and to provide sufficient space for operation and maintenance.

C. Install equipment in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

D. Adjust lighting fixtures to provide best illumination for areas intended.

3.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE

A. Contractor shall be responsible for familiarity with Project Site conditions. Equipment furnished and installed shall be capable of withstanding most severe conditions that will be encountered.

3.03 PROTECTION OF WORK

A. Protect installed Work and provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

B. Damage occurring to building or equipment during installation shall be repaired or replaced to conditions existing prior to damage at no additional cost or delay to project or Owner.


3.04 INSTALLATION

A. Install equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and Drawings.

B. Except as otherwise specified or indicated on Drawings, equipment shall be installed plumb, square, and level.

C. Sheet metal junction boxes, equipment enclosures, sheet metal raceways, and similar items mounted on earth-bearing walls shall be separated from wall not less than 1/4” (6 mm) by corrosion-resistant spacers.

D. Conduits, cables, and terminals shall be in accordance with Owner requirements.

E. Coordinate timing of installation and locations of equipment with work of other trades.

3.05 CABLE

A. Prior to installation of each cable or cable group into assigned raceway, verify that raceway has been correctly sized. 1. Where raceway is not indicated in circuit schedule or on Drawings, size in accordance with

requirements of NEC. 2. If raceway size indicated on Contract Documents is inadequate, notify Engineer.

B. Replace cables pulled into wrong raceway or cut too short to rack and train.

C. Do not reinstall cables installed in wrong raceway and removed. Discard cables unless inspected and accepted by Owner’s Representative in writing.

D. Protect cables from dirt, water, oil, damaging chemicals, and from physical injury prior to, and during installation.

E. Perform fishing and pulling with flexible round metal tape, CO2 propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or manila rope.

F. Cable damage caused by improper pulling tension and excessive sidewall pressures shall be considered for any cable pulls that require use of mechanized cable pulling machine, whether installed underground or overhead. 1. NEC requirements shall be used as guideline. Calculations shall be performed for duct bank runs

over 300’ (90 m), and for installations in conduit over 100’ (30 m). 2. Monitor pulling tension during installation of cable. Tension shall not exceed maximum

recommended by cable manufacturer. 3. To avoid damage from excessive sidewall pressure at bends, pulling tension shall not exceed

cable manufacturer’s recommendation. 4. Pulling mechanisms, manual or power type, shall have rated capacity in tons legibly marked on

mechanism. 5. During installation, observer shall constantly watch dynamometer and record maximum tension

achieved during pull. a. If excessive strain develops, stop pulling operation at once. Determine difficulty and correct. b. Provide records of dynamometer readings to Engineer. c. Inform Owner prior to cable pulls.

6. Do not use woven wire cable grips. Use only pulling eyes for pulling cables. 7. As soon as cable is pulled into place, remove pulling eyes and reseal cable.

G. Insert reliable nonfreezing type of swivel or swivel connection between pulling rope and eye to prevent twisting under strain.

H. Only use lubricants as recommended by cable manufacturer. Water-based lubricants not allowed.


I. Outside of each cable reel shall be carefully inspected. Remove protruding nails, fastenings, or other objects that might damage cable. 1. Perform visual inspection for flaws, breaks, or abrasions in cable sheath as cable leaves reel.

Pulling speed shall be slow enough to permit inspection. 2. Damage to sheath or finish of cable shall be sufficient cause for rejecting cable. 3. Cable damaged during installation shall be replaced at no expense to Owner.

J. Permanent radius of each bend after cable installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

K. Cable supports and securing devices shall have bearing surfaces located parallel to surfaces of cable sheath. Install to provide adequate support without deformation of cable jackets or insulation.

L. Provide adequate cable end lengths. Properly install in junction boxes and manholes to avoid longitudinal strains and distorting pressures on cable at conduit bushings and duct end bells.

M. Final inspection shall be made after cables are in place. Where supports, bushings, and end bells deform cable jacket, provide additional supports.

N. Splices, joints, and connections shall be made only in accessible junction boxes in accordance with methods specified and instructions of cable manufacturer. Splices not allowed unless shown on Drawings.

O. Rough-in wiring terminated in junction boxes shall have at least 8” (200 mm) of free conductor coiled in box for connection to equipment and receptacles.

P. Circuit information for circuits originating from panelboards is indicated on panel schedules. Other circuits are identified on circuit schedule. 1. Do not combine receptacle loads with lighting loads. 2. Circuits fed from panelboards shall not be combined with circuits from circuit schedule.

Q. Panelboard circuits are indicated as individual runs. Circuits may be combined into common conduits in accordance with rules of NEC. Perform work associated with combining of circuits at no additional cost to Owner.

R. Unused wires shall be removed completely.

3.06 FIRE PROOFING AND FIRE RATINGS

A. Maintain fire-resistive integrity during construction.

B. Penetrations through fire-resistive structures shall be sealed with fire-resistive material compatible with construction penetration.

C. Where required by codes, local building officials, or fire marshal, furnish UL fire sealing systems and install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.07 STARTUP AND TESTING

A. Clean equipment interiors and exteriors prior to start-up and testing.

B. Unless specified otherwise, tests performed shall be standard tests listed by ANSI/IEEE for intended equipment.

C. Equipment shall be checked and placed in service ready for operation.

D. Circuits shall be electrically tested after installation. Test power and motor circuits prior to final connection to equipment. Splices shall be complete prior to testing.


1. Provide equipment and labor required for testing. 2. Circuit failing to test satisfactorily shall be replaced or repaired, and retested at no additional cost

to Owner. 3. Check power and motor circuits, dc power, and control circuits for:

a. Correct terminations. b. Continuity. c. Unintentional shorts and grounds.

4. Check power conductors for correct phasing. 5. Motor circuits shall be checked for proper rotation to verify correct machine rotation. 6. Control and instrumentation wire shall be checked for correct termination, continuity, freedom from

shorts or grounds, and identification. 7. Current transformer wiring shall be loop checked by injecting current at one end of loop and

checking with clip-on ammeter at each field termination point to assure continuity and phase identification.

8. Voltage transformer wiring shall be test by applying voltage at one point and checking with voltmeter phase rotation meter and phase angle meter at each field termination point to assure continuity, identification and phase shift.

3.08 DEMONSTRATION

A. Final start-up and check out shall be completed prior to Owner acceptance of project.

B. Electrical installation shall be complete in every detail and capable of normal operation in presence of Owner to verify its readiness.

END OF SECTION

1) P. M. Barth 2) P. E. Schulz

24042.01.00 METERING AND RELAYING PANEL ms1237 SECTION 33 72 33-16 - Page 1, Rev. 1

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Furnishing and installing assembled relay panel doors containing protective relaying, control equipment, metering, and accessories including: 1. Connections external to panel doors. 2. Receipt and storage of panel doors. 3. Relay panel door design.

1.02 WORK BY OTHERS

A. Relay schematic design.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: 1. Material list. 2. Installation information. 3. If required, current transformer saturation, excitation and ratio correction factor curves. 4. Corporate license for any and all relay, metering, and equipment software provided including that

required for setting, calibration, and display of any and all functions including, but not limited to, oscillography.

B. Quality assurance data: 1. Certified shop test reports. 2. Proposed testing plan for complete switchgear and accessories prior to performing shop testing. 3. Submittal index.


A. Product Data: 1. Complete nameplate data. 2. Component and accessories list. 3. Additional information requested by Engineer.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Certified completed Data Sheets. 2. Certified elevation and outline drawings with dimensions including front and rear view, anchor

locations, lifting points, and conduit entrances. 3. Certified plan view drawings with dimensions. 4. Panel layout drawings including Terminal block terminations, device terminal numbers, and

internal diagrams shall be shown in detail. Typical drawings not acceptable. 5. Interface coordination details. 6. Complete wiring and termination drawings showing interconnections of all component devices and

equipment. 7. Nameplate drawing. 8. Nameplate schedule prior to fabricating nameplates. 9. Complete Bill of Materials. 10. Factory testing plan.


A. Complete set of Record Drawings.

B. Operation and maintenance manuals. Provide at a minimum: 1. General description and technical data. 2. Receiving, storage, installation, and testing instructions.

METERING AND RELAYING PANELS 24042.01.00 Page 2, Rev. 1 - SECTION 33 72 33-16 ms1237

3. Operating and maintenance procedures for all devices in panels. 4. Complete set of final drawings. 5. Instruction and installation manuals for all equipment furnished in panels. 6. Complete documentation of inspections and tests performed, including any logs, curves, and

certificates. Documentation shall note any replacement of equipment or components that failed during testing.

7. Spare parts lists. 8. Installation field reports.

C. Complete instruction manuals and software for protective relays, metering equipment, instrumentation. 1. General description and technical data, including actual weights and dimensions. 2. List of instruments and accessories supplied, listing manufacturer, model number, operating

ranges, and equipment tag numbers. 3. Receiving, storage, installation, handling, and testing instructions. 4. Operating and maintenance procedures. 5. Complete set of reviewed drawings that require no further action. 6. Data Sheets modified to include field installation conditions. 7. Complete documentation of inspections and tests performed, including logs, curves, and

certificates. Documentation shall note any replacement of equipment or components that failed during testing.

8. Recommended spare parts list, including circuit breakers. 9. Nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item of equipment furnished. 10. Certified copies of final test reports.

1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Provide 1 quart of matching touch-up paint in aerosol spray cans for panel doors.


A. Manufacturer qualifications: 1. Manufacturer of major components within assembly. 2. ISO 9001 certified. 3. Manufacturer shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of 10 years. 4. When requested by Engineer, provide acceptable list of similar equipment installations complying

with requirements of this specification.

B. Regulatory requirements: 1. Work shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Panels and equipment contained in or on panels shall be designed, fabricated and tested in

accordance with applicable standards of IEEE, ANSI and NEMA including, but not limited to: IEEE C37.21 – IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards.

3. Standards of foreign organizations shall not be used without written approval from Engineer.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: 1. Provide suitable crating, blocking, and supports so equipment will withstand shipping and handling

shocks and vibration. 2. During delivery and storage, handle equipment to prevent damage, denting, or scoring. 3. Panel doors shall be shipped for ease of installation. 4. Prepare detailed packing lists and shipping notification.

B. Materials used for shipping shall be acceptable for protecting equipment when manufacturer’s recommended storage procedures are maintained.

C. Storage: 1. Store equipment and components in clean, dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, water,

construction debris, and physical damage in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.


2. Store in accordance with all manufacturers’ recommendation.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Furnish manufacturer’s standard warranty on parts, labor, materials and equipment.

B. As minimum, warranty shall be 1 year after energization or 18 months after delivery to job Site, whichever occurs first.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Birmingham Control Systems.

B. EP2 (Electrical Power Products).

C. Harlo Corporation.

D. Kemco Industries, Inc.

E. Keystone Electrical Manufacturing Company.

F. System Controls, Inc.

G. Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories (SEL).

2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Panel doors shall include instruments and equipment as specified herein and detailed on Data Sheets and Drawings.

B. Panel doors shall be completely assembled, wired, and tested with equipment, relays, meters, controls, instruments, wiring, miscellaneous equipment, and accessories as shown on Data Sheets, specified, and included on drawings.

C. Attached Data Sheets specify major components and accessories to be provided.

D. Data Sheets do not provide complete parts list or Bill of Materials for Scope of Work.

E. If arrangement has been furnished, and detailed engineering design by manufacturer requires rearrangement, coordinate new arrangement with Engineer prior to Bid or drawing submittal.

F. If arrangement changes after award of Contract, submit drawings reflecting actual scope of Work and configuration.

G. Panels shall be wired and constructed for individual installation.

2.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Determine required equipment from one-line diagram.

B. Location of wire bundle: See Data Sheets.

C. Equipment shall include required accessories.

D. Like equipment shall be interchangeable.


E. Where drawings or specifications are not provided, Contractor shall use its standard design.

F. Cabling design principles: 1. Classify wiring according to relative sensitivity to electromagnetic interference exhibited by circuits

connected to wire and relative ability to generate interference in adjacent wires. 2. Interference level shall be defined by assigned number and, where applicable, by additional letter. 3. Low number wire shall be one that is susceptible to interference, while high number shall be one

prone to producing interference in wires of lower levels. 4. Group wires of similar level classification together in cable, combining both sides of circuit leads;

signal leads for lower levels shall be twisted and individually shielded by signal pairs. For middle levels, give 1 outer shield.

5. For higher levels no shield required. 6. Power cables shall contain necessary wires to contain sources currents in one cable to minimize

induction of undesired voltages in other wiring. 7. Provide definite separation between levels and prevent unnoticed intermixing of levels. 8. Separate cables of different level ratings by more than minimum distance to set limits on electrical

interference generated. 9. Avoid multiple crossing of one level of cables with another, even when in trays or conduit. 10. Where 2 cables of different levels must cross, perform once, at right angles to each other with

appropriate spacing. 11. Cabling interference level designation:

a. Level 1 - Analog low level signals. 1) Analog (continuous) signals from 0.0 to 5.0 volts dc and current less than 60 MA. Typical:

Analog control signals, display signals. 2) Analog signals up to 12 volts dc rms, less than 5 kHz. Typical: Analog signals for circuit

voltage supply, LVDT excitation and signals, servo valve signals, current type transmitter signals.

b. Level 2 - Digital signals (logic level) and pulsed information (medium level). Digital signals to 18 voltage supply wiring. Typical: Standard digital signal circuits, voltage to frequency converter pulse outputs, and digital communication lines.

c. Level 3 - High level signals and control. 1) Signal circuits, dc or ac rms of 18 to 130 volts and less than 20 amperes. 2) Typical: Noise tolerant pressure switch, circuit inputs such as position switch contacts,

125 volts dc lighting circuits. 3) Dc switching circuits greater than 36 volts up to 250 volts dc and less than 20 amperes. 4) Continuous dc voltages with rating less than 20 amperes, and 250 volts.

d. Cable type requirements: 1) Provide shield cable with external insulation cover to prevent grounding of cable to

metallic containment along its length. 2) Shield shall be unbroken electrically through entire cable length. 3) Provide bare copper drain wire running entire length of cable in contact with shield for

tape or metallized tape shielded cables. 4) Ground cable shield of Level 1 and Level 2 cables to signaling ground bus. 5) Cable shields may be aluminum, either tape or metallized insulating material or copper

braid having at least 85% coverage. 6) Cables shall have continuous, unspliced runs between, junction boxes or equipment

termination. This applies to both internal copper conductors and shielding. 7) Twisting of wires in cable shall have maximum lay of 2”, 6 turns per foot. Smaller lay

numerical value will significantly reduce electromagnetic interference. e. Specific requirements for each interference level:

1) Level I - Analog signals: Shielded cables. Multiple pair cable with single shield overall acceptable, although individually shielded, twisted pairs will provide better isolation on runs over 300’ (91 m).

2) Level 2 – Digital medium level: Cable will be selected as for Level 1. 3) Level 3 - High level signal: Twisting or shielding not required. Arrange wiring to same

device or destination to be in same cable to avoid undesired loop induction. Overall shield may be used.

4) Minimum spacing for between each classification of cable:


Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 2” 6” Level 2 --- 6”

G. Environmental requirements: 1. Ambient conditions: See Data Sheets. 2. Design equipment in accordance with relevant sections of the most recent local building code.

2.04 PANEL DOOR CONSTRUCTION

A. Type: Vertical, mounted relay doors.

B. Nominal dimensions: As shown on Drawings.

C. Metal enclosure construction, minimum 11-gage, cold-rolled sheet steel, or equivalent hot-rolled stretcher leveled steel, formed with rolled lip on top, bottom, and sides.

D. Provide stiffening members no less than welded 1-1/4” (31 mm) by 1/4” (6 mm) flat stock stiffeners welded to doors and panel to provide adequate strength to support structure and any door panels.

E. Metal work shall be free from burrs and sharp edges.

F. Color of finish: ANSI No. 61, semi-gloss, light gray.

G. Terminal blocks: Reuse existing terminal blocks inside switchgear cubicles.

H. Equipment mounting: 1. Mount components on vertical surfaces only. 2. Mounting height of devices: as shown on drawings. 3. Do not obstruct access to devices mounted on front panel.

I. Welding: 1. Procedures:

a. Welding shall be in accordance with panel manufacturer’s standard welding procedures. b. As a minimum, production fillet and butt welds shall satisfy following visual acceptance

criteria: 2. No cracks or lack of fusion shall be acceptable. 3. Sum of weld porosity diameters shall not exceed 3/8” (10 mm) in any linear inch (linear mm) of

weld and shall not exceed 3/4” (19 mm) in any 12” (300 mm) length of weld. 4. Fill weld craters to full cross section of weld. 5. Undercut:

a. Undercut shall not exceed 1/32” (0.8 mm). b. Establish lesser value of undercut if required to satisfy design requirements.

6. Weld filler metal reinforcement: 0 to 1/8” (0 to 3 mm) maximum between abutting surfaces. Provide gradual transition (30 maximum) to plane of base metal surfaces.

J. Hinges: Provide new hinges able to be installed on existing switchgear enclosure.

K. Latches: Provide 2 point hinges not interfering with equipment mounted on panels.

L. Doors shall open minimum of 90.

M. Existing doorstops and brackets with detents to hold doors in fully open position shall be reused.

N. Doors shall not open so far as to allow damage to devices mounted on adjacent doors.

O. Finish: 1. Primer coat: Rust-resisting primer.


2. Finish coat color: As specified on Data Sheets. 3. Protect undersurface of switchgear and aisle from corrosion with suitable protective coating.

2.05 POWER DISTRIBUTION

A. Wire circuits for single-point termination in panel section identified on Data Sheets.

B. Circuits and services: 1. 125 volts dc: Dc loads including, but not limited to, control, protection relays, dc communication

equipment, etc. 2. Provide single-point connection for Owner-furnished field wiring.

2.06 INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SWITCHES

A. Type: Rotary, enclosed, rear mounting; Electroswitch Series 24 with built-in LEDs, or equal.

B. Breaker control switches (Device 52CS): 1. Trip-close escutcheon, center normal position, and spring return to normal from close and trip. 2. Pistol-grip handles. 3. Furnish with red and green indication lights.

C. Local-Remote switches (Device 43 LR): Catalog No. 24203B with Escutcheon Code 010D-2L24.

D. Recloser cutoff switch (Device 79CO): Catalog No. 24203B with Escutcheon Code 010D-2R14AE.

2.07 LOCKOUT RELAYS

A. Mount lockout relays on concerned breaker panel.

B. Wire to trip breaker and simultaneously block closing of breaker.

C. Rated operating trip voltage shall be capable of allowing coil operation at 75% of rated voltage.

D. Furnish with required number of contacts to perform functions and with additional spare contacts for customer use in quantities as indicated on Data Sheets.

E. Wire normal and spare contacts to terminal blocks.

F. Provide all used and spare contacts with test switches wired in series to facilitate relay testing.

G. Provide with local tripped indication and pistol-grip handle. Lockout relays shall be manually reset.

H. Provide LEDs integrated into nameplate. 1. Green light shall be illuminated to indicate LOR is ready to respond and coil continuity is intact. If

coil fails, light shall go out and contact shall close to initiate alarm. 2. Red light shall illuminate when LOR has tripped, and shall stay lit until relay is reset regardless of

whether trip signal is maintained or not.

I. Manufacturer: Electroswitch Series 24 LOR with lighted target nameplate, or equal.

2.08 PROTECTIVE RELAYS

A. Mounting: 1. Mount relays on front of switchboard with panel-mounted option hardware to provide level surface

with viewed from front. 2. Relays surface-mounted within switchboard shall have molded plastic or metal cases and shall be

suitable for connection from front. 3. Mount accessories not designed for flush mounting on rear-hinged sub panels.


4. Hinged rear panels shall contain 30% extra space to mount future unnamed devices.

B. Provide auxiliary relays and accessories as required.

C. Protective relays: 1. Relays shall be solid-state microprocessor-type; flush panel mounted self-contained units;

operable from designated control power source. 2. Relay functions, type and manufacturer shall be in accordance with Data Sheet. 3. Programming of relay shall be from face of unit without requiring additional equipment.

Programming of relay shall also be possible from lap top computer. 4. Provide all software required for relay settings and communications. 5. Operation, troubleshooting, and trip indication information shall be displayed on unit face. 6. Relays shall have built-in self-test functions with relay failure alarm contact for remote indication. 7. Separate trip alarm contact shall also be furnished for remote trip indication.

D. Provide relays with test switches on VT and CT circuits to isolate relay for testing.

2.09 AUXILIARY RELAYS

A. Auxiliary relays shall be surface-mounted inside same switchgear cubicle in which it is used. Provide with following ratings: 1. Relay: 300-volt minimum. 2. Coil: 115-volt. 3. Continuous duty. 4. Number of poles as required or as indicated.

B. Contacts shall be universal or convertible type for connection as either normally open or normally closed, rated NEMA B150, minimum.

C. Wire auxiliary relay spare terminals to terminal blocks.

2.10 TEST SWITCHES

A. Unless specifically noted, wire current and voltage inputs to relays and meters, relay trip outputs, and normally-open lockout relay contacts through test switches

B. Identify each voltage and current switch by group and phase. 1. Orientation shall be Phase A-B-C, left-to-right when looking at test switch from front. 2. Extend voltage and current wiring for each relay and meter for incorporation into single test block.

C. Provide screw-on black covers for protection when not in use.

D. Test switches shall be back-wired unless installed in location requiring front-wired type.

E. Test switches shall be industrial grade, manually operated, knife-blade type, 10-pole with voltage and current elements with screw-on cover for personnel protection.

F. Meter, relay and lockout test switches: 10 single-pole potential elements, cover, wired in series with coils and normally open contacts of lockout relays, ABB "Flexitest" Type FT-1. Flush-mounted, rear-connected.

G. Nameplate: 1. Label each bank of test switches “Meter Test Switches,” “Protection Relay Test Switches,” or

“Lockout Relay Test Switches,” as appropriate. 2. Provide one 10- or 14-line nameplate per test switch bank with test switch letters A-J or A-M as

appropriate. Labels shall be abbreviated statements about switch circuit function. 3. Labels shall have lettering not less than 1/4” (6 mm) in height and 1/4” (6 mm) in width. 4. Locate test switch nameplate directly above tests switches to which it applies. 5. Wired spare test switches shall be left blank on nameplate for future engraving.


6. Label shall be not less than 5” (125 mm) in length and 2” (50 mm) tall.

H. Color: 1. Trip circuit, breaker or lockout relay test switch: Red. 2. Other switches: Black.

I. Lockout relay tests switches, 10-pole: 1. Switch A: LOR trip circuit. 2. Switches B-J: Normally open contracts on LOR. 3. Wire tests switches to LOR.

J. Manufacturer: ABB "Flexitest" Type FT-1 or FT-14.

2.11 METERS

A. Meters shall be microprocessor-based, multifunction type. Metering unit shall provide local indication and be capable of remote communication for all functions.

B. Meters mounted on front of switchgear shall be semi-flush, draw-out type with test facilities and rear-connecting terminals if draw-out type cases are not available, exception shall be noted in Bid. Meter functions, type and manufacturer shall be in accordance with Data Sheet.

C. Provide meters with test switches on VT and CT circuits to isolate meter for testing.

D. Programming of meters: 1. From face of unit without requiring additional equipment. 2. Possible from lap-top computer. Provide software required for meter settings and

communications

E. Meters shall be digital, LED display with at least 1% accuracy, 4-1/2" (114 mm) square switchboard type, with taut band suspension, unless otherwise specified.

F. Revenue quality meters shall have accuracy guaranteed by testing traceable to NBS. Revenue power meters shall meet requirements of ANSI C12.20.

2.12 ALARMS

A. Provide alarm contact wired to terminals for functions indicated on Drawings.

B. Wire alarm contacts to physically adjacent terminal blocks.

2.13 GROUNDING

A. Equipment cases: Ground to panel by use of external star backwashers on at least 1 mounting stud.

2.14 INDICATING LIGHTS

A. Type: Round, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), low drain, 125-volt dc; General Electric Type ET-16.

B. Provide color caps as required.

C. Ship lamps separately packed in cartons. Provide minimum of 12 spare lamps.

2.15 SUPERVISORY EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

A. Provide wiring to terminal blocks in each panel for supervisory connection (connections to terminal blocks by others) for the following: 1. Metering analog points.


2. Local/remote switch position. 3. Relay diagnostic alarm for each relay. 4. Meter diagnostic alarm for each meter. 5. Communication system alarms. 6. Operation indication for each lockout. 7. Operation indication for each relay. 8. Loss of dc voltage at breaker close circuit, breaker trip circuit, or lockout relay circuit. 9. Circuit breaker operation.

2.16 RELAY COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSORS

A. Microprocessor to communicate as master with protection relays.

B. Refer to Drawings for communications system overview diagrams for each panel.

C. Install protection communications processor, and terminal strips for all communications and control field wiring.

D. Control power: 1. Provide and isolate with circuit breakers following power circuits: 2. Provide control power distribution system per panel per Data Sheets:

a. 125-volt dc power circuit from station battery.

E. UL-listed; ANSI 37.90.1 for surge withstand and fast transient voltage.

F. Serial ports: 1 front panel and 16 rear panel, DB-9 connectors, MOV protected.

G. Protocol: SEL-ASCII, DNP 3.0, and Modbus RTU protocols.

H. Communications rates: Up to 38.4 kbps.

I. Mounting: Panel mount.

J. Memory: Expanded database and setting storage, 1 MB shared RAM storage plus archive storage memory.

K. I/O board: None.

L. Protocol cards: None.

M. Provide communication cables required from relays to communications processor. Determine required length from Drawings.

N. Manufacturer: Schweitzer Engineering Laboratory Model SEL-2032.

2.17 SOFTWARE

A. Provide 2 copies of software and corporate license for each type of microprocessor-based relay and meter.

B. Deliver: 1. Copy to Engineer for use in setting relays. 2. Copy of software with panels.

2.18 NAMEPLATES

A. Nameplates and placards including warning signs and safety placards shall meet NFPA 70E requirements.


B. Material: Laminated letters on black background, with 1/8” (3 mm) engraved white letters

C. Locations: 1. Front and rear of each panel identifying panel including identification number of equipment being

served. 2. Each device including, but not limited to, protective relays, lockout relays, meters, switches,

instruments, and indicating lights shall have nameplate on outside and on inside of panel. 3. Each terminal block.

D. Lettering: Engraved approximately 3/16" (5 mm) high.

E. Wording: Furnished after award of Contract.

F. Caution nameplates: Yellow with black letters.

G. Warning nameplates: Red with white letters.

H. Adhesive nameplates: Not acceptable.

2.19 WIRING

A. Wire markers: 1. Permanent, legible sleeve-type wire markers on both ends of each wire, identification on sleeves

shall match. 2. Manufacturer: Floy Tag Manufacturing, Inc., or equal.

B. Level 3 control power wiring: 1. Cable shall be selected for electrical and environmental conditions of installation, and suitable for

unusual service conditions where encountered. 2. Proper temperature application cable shall be used throughout, but shall not be less than 90ºC

rated. 3. Conductors routed over hinges shall utilize extra flexible stranding. 4. Cable insulation shall be rated for maximum service voltage utilized, but not less than 600 volts. 5. Splices not acceptable. 6. Panel: Flame-retardant, cross-linked polyethylene (XLP) or flame-retardant ethylene-propylene

rubber (EPR) insulation that meet or exceed requirements of UL 44 for Types SIS, and XHHW. 7. Conductors: Annealed bare copper Class B stranding passing IEEE 1202 and UL VW-1 flame

test. 8. Wire: Stranded, tinned copper. Flame-resisting switchboard panel type, SIS No. 12 AWG

minimum, 600-volt, 90ºC, tinned copper, NEC type SIS, UL listed. 9. Minimum size: No. 14 AWG. 10. Current transformer: 10 AWG, 600-volt, 90ºC, tinned copper, NEC type SIS, UL listed.

C. Terminations: 1. Conductor terminal connectors: Insulated, ring tongue, compression type connectors properly

sized for conductor and terminal. a. Construct connectors of copper and tin-plate. b. Interior surface of connector wire barrel shall be serrated; exterior surface of connector wire

barrel shall be furnished with crimp guides. 2. Use uninsulated terminal connectors for conductors terminated on devices equipped with

individual fitted covers, such as, but not limited to, control switches and lockout relays. 3. Provide connections requiring disconnect plug and receptacle type devices with factory-terminated

conductors on each plug and receptacle. a. Plugs and receptacles shall be factory wired into junction boxes containing terminal blocks for

external connections. b. Conductors on disconnect portion of plug-receptacle assemblies shall be in common jacket.

4. Temporary wiring installed in factory for equipment testing shall be removed prior to shipment of equipment.


5. Current transformers shall terminate on shorting type terminal blocks and shall be shipped with shorting jumpers installed.

6. Unless otherwise specified or shown, fuse voltage transformer and control circuits appropriately with pull-out type fuse blocks.

D. Identification and labeling: 1. Provide conductor identification sleeve on each end of each internal conductor. 2. Mark each sleeve with opposite end destination identification. 3. Conductor identification sleeves: UV-resistant, self-adhesive type or PVC, not less than 1/2” (13

mm) long. Print conductor identification on sleeve with nonsmudging, permanent black ink. 4. Identify each internal interconnecting wire at both ends with sleeve-type wire markers. Label

markers with “from” and “to” information. 5. Each terminal block, terminal, conductor, relay, breaker, fuse block, and other auxiliary devices

shall be permanently labeled to coincide with identification indicated on manufacturer’s drawings. 6. Cable identifications shall be visible after installation without requiring physical movement of

cable. 7. Manufacturer: Floy Tag Manufacturing, Inc., or equal.

2.20 TERMINATIONS

A. Use ring-type crimp-on terminals for wires in current transformer circuits.

B. Use locking-spade type crimp-on terminals for all other circuits.

C. Terminate wires with insulated sleeve ring-type terminals, T&B “Sta-Kon,” or equal. Install with ratchet controlled tool recommended by manufacturer, T&B “Shure-Stake,” or equal.

2.21 ACCESSORIES

A. Required software for microprocessor-based relays and meters.

B. Test plug for each style of relay case and test switch.

C. Test plug for each style of current and potential test switch.

2.22 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Notify Owner at least 30 days prior to final testing so arrangements can be made for Owner to witness tests.

B. Completed unit assembly shall be energized and checked completely for operation before shipment.

C. Perform routine factory test in compliance with applicable ANSI, IEEE, and NEMA standards.

D. Assemble panel and equipment in manufacturer's plant as required and test circuits, including those from terminal strips through device to assure proper functioning of all items of equipment.

E. Panels shall be completely interconnected and tested to ensure correctness of interconnection wiring.

F. Perform tests at 60 Hz.

G. Dielectric tests: Perform in accordance with latest revision of ANSI C37.90 on all electrical components and wiring, except any equipment specifically stated as exception to these tests by its manufacturer.

H. Test results shall indicate that equipment meets standards specified before shipment can be made.

I. Perform following tests on equipment specified in accordance with latest edition of ANSI standards.


1. Manufacturer’s standard production inspections and testing on panel assemblies. 2. Complete wiring check including function operation. 3. Provide Engineer with certified copies of test data and reports. 4. Control wiring insulation check.

J. Test results shall indicate that equipment meets specified standards before shipment can be made.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DEMOLITION

A. Remove existing panel doors, including hinges and latches, and other equipment as shown on Drawings.

B. Salvageable materials, except items specified to remain property of Owner, shall become property of Contractor and shall be removed from Site as Work progresses.

C. Storage of materials to be removed shall not accumulate on site. Promptly remove and dispose of unsalvageable equipment and materials.

D. No material, obstructions, or debris shall be placed or allowed to accumulate within 15' (4.5 m) of any fire hydrant. Fire hydrants shall be accessible at all times.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Interior and exterior of relay panel doors shall be cleaned prior to placing into service.

B. Debris shall be removed and appropriately discarded.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Seal conduit, cable, and bus duct penetrations into panels with materials and methods designed for intended use maintaining NEMA rating of enclosure.

C. Measure size and location of breaker drawout openings on existing panels and reproduce on new panels. Contractor shall ensure openings do not interfere with equipment mounted on panels.

3.04 NAMEPLATES

A. Securely attach nameplates flush on relay panel doors with minimum of 2 self-tapping, stainless steel screws.

3.05 WIRING

A. Install wiring from terminal to terminal. Splices not acceptable.

B. Provide wiring, fuse blocks, and terminal blocks within panel as necessary.

C. Wiring, raceway and terminal blocks shall be installed in accordance with requirements of Section 33 05 70.

D. Train wire bundle from new doors to the terminal blocks so as not to impede door operation.

E. Bundle wiring exiting panel and attach bundle to top of panel on hinged side of door. All wiring shall extend 10’ beyond where the bundle is attached to the door.


F. Label opposite end termination point and wire name on each wire.

G. Control components mounted within assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, and switches shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on wiring diagrams.

H. Wire in neat and organized manner.

I. Bundle and secure wiring with nylon ties.

J. Each internal interconnecting wire shall be identified at both ends with sleeve type wire markers.

3.06 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND TERMINATIONS

A. Terminate each conductor in multi-conductor control cable as shown on Drawings.

B. Terminate each conductor of wire bundle from new doors as shown on Drawings.


DATA SHEETS METERING AND RELAYING PANEL DOORS

Equipment: Metering and Relaying Panel Doors Rev.

DESCRIPTION UNITS SPEC DATA VENDOR DATA Site Conditions: 24 Hr. Avg. Ambient Design Temperature ºC 30 Maximum Ambient Temperature ºC 40 Minimum Ambient Temperature ºC -30 Site Elevation Above Sea Level ft Less than 3,300 ft Specific local Building Code and specific sections on seismic requirements used in equipment design --- By Manufacturer

General: Control Voltage - 125 VDC Cable Bundle Location Top / Bottom Top Percent spare terminal blocks in each panel (Total terminal blocks required for terminations * (1 + %)) %

Equipment specification: Breaker Control Switches

- Electroswitch Model No. 24PB57D, with integral Red and Green LEDs

Local/Remote Switches -

Electroswitch Model No. 24203B with Escutcheon Code 010D-2L24

Recloser Cutoff Switches -

Electroswitch Model No. 24203B with Escutcheon Code 010D-2R14AE

Lockout Relays -

Electroswitch Model No. 78PB05D, with integral Red and Green LEDs

Test Switches - ABB FT-1 Indicating Lights

-

Round, LED, GE Type ET-16 or equal; provide color caps as required to meet color requirements

Bay 1 Upper Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Lock-Out Relays Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SEL 387503X55XX4XX Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 1 Lower Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Reclosing Cutout Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 2 Upper Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2”




DESCRIPTION UNITS SPEC DATA VENDOR DATA Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Lock-Out Relays Qty. 1 Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SEL 321313256HNB1X4 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 2 Lower Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Reclosing Cutout Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 3 Upper Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Reclosing Cutout Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 3 Lower Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Reclosing Cutout Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 4 Upper Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 4 Lower Panel:




DESCRIPTION UNITS SPEC DATA VENDOR DATA Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Breaker Control Switches Qty. 1 Local/Remote Switches Qty. 1 Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 035175A3B542X1 Qty. 1 SHARK 100-60-10-V3-D2-485-X Qty. 1 Bay 5 Upper Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” Test Switches Qty. As Required SEL 203253X30XXXXX Qty. 1 SEL 0587Z0X325312XX Qty. 1 Lock-Out Relays Qty. 1 Bay 5 Lower Panel: Panel Type or Rating - NEMA 1 Height in. 47 1/2” Depth in. 1” Width in. 36” INCON 1250B-0-R-I-M-120 Qty. 1 Shipped Loose: INCON 1292KS (To be mounted in transformer) Qty. 1 INCON 1293 (To be mounted in transformer) Qty. 1 Beckwith M-2025D (To be mounted in transformer) Qty. 1 Electroswitch 24205B with escutcheon engraving “SCADA OVERRIDE,” “OFF” at 12 o’clock, “ON” at 1 o’clock. (To be mounted on RTU cabinet)

Qty. 1

END OF SECTION 1) P. M. Barth 2) P. E. Schulz

24042.01.00 REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS ms1237 SECTION 40 94 49 - Page 1

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Furnish and install remote terminal units (RTU).

B. Factory performance tests.

1.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: 1. Recommended spare parts list. 2. Name and address of Owner’s local supplier for spare parts. 3. Name and address of nearest technical support. Provide description of technical support and

availability for following: a. Equipment. b. System software and data communication. c. Application software. d. Complete set of instruction manuals sufficient for installation, programming, and operation of

equipment supplied.


A. Quality assurance data: Drawing list and submittal schedule within 30 days following award of Contract.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Systems network drawing indicating model numbers of items provided. 2. Outline and installation drawing for equipment and accessories provided, including mounting

requirements, and ground requirements. Submittal shall clearly identify each item by instrument tag number or specification section number and paragraph, part or catalog number and options or accessories provided.

C. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.

D. Product Data.


A. Project Record Documents: Submit record interconnection wiring and cabling information documents which accurately record input and output devices connected to system:

B. Operation and maintenance data: 1. Submit operation and maintenance data for each item, including each type of I/O CARD and

processing card provided. 2. Include bound copies of operating and programming instructions for all items. 3. Include card replacement, adjustments, and preventive maintenance procedures and materials. 4. Provide complete set of instruction manuals sufficient for installation, programming, and operation

of equipment furnished.


A. Design, construct, and test in conformance to NEMA.

B. Manufacturer qualification: Company manufacturing products specified within United States or European Union and specializing in manufacturing these products with minimum of 5 years documented experience.

REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS 24042.01.00 Page 2 - SECTION 40 94 49 ms1237 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

A. Delivery, storage, and protection shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended procedures.

B. Accept products on site in factory containers and verify damage.

C. Store products in clean, dry area. Maintain temperature in accordance with NEMA ICS 1.

1.07 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Ambient conditions: 1. Temperature: 20 - 40ºC. 2. Humidity: 70 - 100%.

B. Enclosure type: 1. Indoor (NEMA 12). 2. Front and rear accessible to all components, power supplies, and terminal blocks.

1.08 WARRANTY

A. Contractor’s warranty shall not begin until final acceptance of system by Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

A. Design, construct, and test in conformance to NEMA ICS 1, ICS 2, and ICS 3.

B. Availability: Overall system availability shall be 99.9% over 30-day test period with no individual component availability less than 96%. System is defined as available during periods where a redundant component is out of service and network is still functional. Data communication equipment shall be 100% in total with no component less than 98%.

C. Repeatability: System shall produce consistently acceptable results over 30-day test period.

2.02 REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTU) SYSTEM

A. Design and provide power supplies, communications, interconnecting cables as required and necessary voltage regulation or conditioning equipment for complete and operable system meeting performance and control description specifications shall be installed in existing cabinet.

B. Provide I/O points identified in Appendix A. Components shall be contained within same enclosure.

C. Provide terminal boards, clearly labeled, for external connections and external wiring. Wiring will be grouped by like function (status, analog, etc). On terminal boards. One ground terminal for shield wire will be provided for every two analog inputs.

D. Field wiring shall not have to be removed to replace an I/O device during repair or maintenance.

E. RTU inputs and outputs shall conform to ANSI C37.90a Surge Withstand Test.

F. RTU shall internally check for status changes and report only when a change occurs. A periodic integrity check will also be made.

G. Components shall be long life, solid-state type devices.


H. Plug-in printed circuit cards will be notched and all cards keyed to prevent incorrect insertion of card and resultant damage.

I. Solid-state integrated circuit cards shall be provided for electronic components made of glass-epoxy material, gold-plated contacts, and serial numbered.

J. Major assemblies, subassemblies, circuit cards, and devices shall be permanently marked with manufacturer’s part or identification number.

K. Manufacturer: Advanced Control Systems Connex 60.

2.03 RTU COMMUNICATIONS

A. Functions shall be performed by microprocessor.

B. Provide RS-485 digital interface.

C. Capability to serve as communications node to intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) through RS-485 ports.

D. Provide DNP 3.0 communication protocol.

2.04 INPUT/OUTPUT

A. Provide I/O type and number as defined in Appendix A and as necessary for a complete and operable system.

B. Input contact requirements shall include following: 1. Sense state of isolated form “a” contacts. Board internally powered. 2. Each indication input shall be properly filtered for contact bounce and isolated from high electrical

noise. 3. Respond to status point detectors for momentary change (e.g. Trip/Close) functions. 4. Sequence of events capability shall be provided with minimum resolution of 1 msec within RTU

and 8 msec system wide.

C. Analog input requirements shall include following: 1. Analog-digital converters, analog multiplexes, and means of filtering for all inputs. 2. Type: 0-1 mA, with input circuit impedances of less than 10 kohm. 3. Scaling and resolution shall be as follows:

a. A/D resolution: 12 bits including sign. b. Accuracy: 0.15% of full scale.

4. Common mode noise rejection: 80 dB at 50 Hz. 5. Normal noise mode rejection: 60 dB at 50 Hz. 6. Surge withstand capability: ANSI C37.90a.

D. Momentary control output requirements shall include following: 1. RTU shall process control selections and commands received from master station using select-

before-operate procedure. 2. Control output circuitry drivers shall be designed so single component failure in RTU shall not

cause misoperation. 3. Each momentary control output point will provide 2 interposing relays, each with one form “a”

contact rated for minimum of 100,000 operations when interrupting unsuppressed inductive load. 4. Interposing relays shall be enclosed, either individually or in groups, and their operations shall be

readily observable. 5. Duration of contact closure shall be adjustable from range of 0.1 to 10 seconds on per point basis.

E. Latched control output requirements shall include following: 1. Interposing relays shall be either mechanically or magnetically latched.

REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS 24042.01.00 Page 4 - SECTION 40 94 49 ms1237

2. Control outputs shall be utilized for reclosure and group relay blocking and “auto/manual” features as listed.

F. Label I/O cards, strips, and wires with English descriptions.

2.05 POWER REQUIREMENTS

A. Power supply: 125-volt dc supply.

B. Power supply shall be sufficient for power requirements of filled rack.

2.06 CAPACITY AND EXPANSION

A. Memory changes necessary to implement new configurations shall be entered via programmable terminal or unit and retained in nonvolatile memory.

B. RTU shall include all connectors, cabling, wiring and applicable cards for complete and spare points specified in Appendix A.

C. Field wiring shall not have to be removed to replace Input/Output devices during repair or maintenance.

D. Future RTU expansion shall be possible through addition of plug-in modules, card files, cables and other equipment without rendering any of original-furnished equipment obsolete. All necessary additional hardware shall be fit into enclosure space initially furnished and shall not require use of any tools other than screwdriver for installation.

2.07 ACCESSORIES

A. Hand-held programming terminal or test set for ability to completely configure each RTU in field.

B. Provide, as minimum, 1 uninstalled spare for following: 1. Digital input card. 2. Analog input card. 3. Power supply assembly. 4. Microprocessor. 5. Other spares as recommended by manufacturer.

2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Components shall be connected and tested at factory as complete unit; then disassembled and sent to field; and installed in existing cabinet.

B. Owner and Owner’s Representative, at their option, shall witness performance tests prior to shipment of control equipment hardware and software at Contractor's manufacturing facility.

C. Contractor shall be responsible for hardware and software provided for this Contract and shall notify Owner’s Representative, in writing, when it is considered complete, in good operating condition, and ready for performance tests.

D. Factory performance tests: 1. Contractor shall notify Owner’s Representative 10 days prior to completion of control panels

and/or system final testing. At its option, Owner’s Representative or Owner may witness final factory inspection.

2. Contractor shall perform all testing and inspection prior to shipment of control equipment hardware and software at Contractor's manufacturing facility.

3. Contractor testing in preparation for inspection shall include, but not be limited to:


a. Confirming point-to-point wiring by continuity test with written checklist indicating satisfactory test after final assembly and wiring.

b. If equipment or system fails to test properly, Contractor shall make necessary corrections, including replacement, at no cost to Owner.

c. At completion of testing, Contractor shall notify Owner’s Representative of completion of testing and readiness for inspection.

d. Complete system functionality and operation.

E. Inspection: 1. Contractor shall coordinate between all concerned parties and establish schedule for inspection.

Give minimum 10-day notice to all parties. 2. Written test procedures submitted prior to testing shall be followed. 3. Upon satisfactory completion of testing, final inspection will be made by Owner. 4. If system fails to perform properly, Contractor shall make necessary changes and adjustments to

equipment at no cost to Owner, and notify Owner’s Representative when ready for reinspection. 5. Reinspection procedures shall be same as initial inspection procedures. 6. If inspection is substantially correct with minor defects, Contractor shall verify these deficiencies

are corrected in writing to Owner’s Representative.

F. Testing costs: 1. Costs of conducting tests, except for following, shall be borne by Contractor.

a. Owner’s Representative's and Owner's costs associated with factory performance tests, not exceeding 1 round trip to Contractor's manufacturing facility and 5-day duration per person for a total of 3 persons.

b. Owner’s Representative and Owner's costs associated with field performance tests not exceeding 60-day field performance period.

2. Owner and Owner’s Representative will each render bill to be paid by Contractor covering costs incurred by retesting or supplemental testing exceeding limits noted herein.

3. Billings to Contractor for Owner's or Owner’s Representative costs for retesting and supplemental testing exceeding limits noted herein shall be paid directly to Owner or Owner’s Representative, as appropriate, within 30 calendar days from receipt by Contractor. Contractor's failure to pay such billings shall be cause for withholding final payment in amount equal to such costs.

4. Owner’s Representative costs, when applicable, will be determined at Owner’s Representative current per diem rates, plus direct expenses.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Remove existing RTU components in a manner that existing wires can be reconnected to new RTU components.

B. If wires do not reach terminals of new RTU equipment, provide and pull new wires.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and/or where designated by Owner.

B. Install equipment and wire to appropriate terminal blocks. Connections to and integration with automation system will be carried out by others.

C. Locate components in existing enclosure as shown on Drawings.

D. Mount components rigidly supported, level and plumb, and in such manner as to provide accessibility; protection from damage; isolation from heat, shock, and vibration; and freedom from interference with other equipment, piping, and electrical work. Equipment shall not be installed until adjacent heavy construction work has been completed to extent that damage will be unlikely to installation by such construction work.

REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS 24042.01.00 Page 6 - SECTION 40 94 49 ms1237

E. Manufacturer's recommendations referred to herein shall be as stated in manufacturer's instruction books and/or by manufacturer's service representative. Final interpretation of "installation requirements" will be by Owner.

3.03 FIELD PERFORMANCE TESTS

A. Following factory performance tests shall be repeated in field: 1. Visual check will be performed to ensure correct equipment. 2. Owner's configuration and base level programs shall be loaded. Complete loop functional check

shall be performed. Input signal shall be applied to each loop, and when applicable, output measured. Input/output values will be compared to displayed CRT values.

3. Configuration displayed on CRT operator's consoles will be verified. 4. Upon completion of satisfactory inspection, configuration and base level programs shall be

recorded on machine-readable storage media for reloading at job site.

B. 24-hour per day reliability test shall be conducted. 1. Duration: 30 consecutive days. 2. Excess downtime beyond reliability performance criteria specified in this section, article 1.04,

"Functional Performance Criteria" will result in 30 days guarantee period starting anew upon return to uptime.

3. Downtime not fault of process control equipment hardware and software will not cause guarantee period to start anew. Upon return to uptime, count of consecutive days will continue less days, or parts of days, of such downtime.

4. First occurrence of any hardware or software component failure that is successfully repaired by Owner's personnel within 2 hours from start of occurrence shall not be included in determination of reliability performance. Subsequent similar failures or failures not meeting preceding criteria will be included in determination of reliability performance.

5. Third similar occurrence of any hardware or software component failure meeting criteria in Item "4." preceding will result in guarantee period starting anew.

6. Reliability will be computed by dividing uptime by the sum of uptime and downtime. Owner will maintain appropriate daily records of operation during field performance test period to compute reliability. Uptime and downtime will be measured in hours and whole minutes.

C. Hardware and software shall meet reliability test requirements within 60 days after initial date when reliability tests are started.

3.04 TRAINING

A. Contractor shall have application training and customer services available.

3.05 RTU INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING

A. Refer to Drawing Appendix A for RTU input and output points.

END OF SECTION 1) P. M. Barth 2) P. E. Schulz

Appendix ARTU Input/Output List

Point Function Device Conn Pt # Connection Contact

1 Transformer LTC Tap position LTC A1 hard wire analog input2 SPARE A2 hard wire analog input3 SPARE A3 hard wire analog input4 SPARE A4 hard wire analog input5 SPARE A5 hard wire analog input6 SPARE A6 hard wire analog input7 SPARE A7 hard wire analog input8 SPARE A8 hard wire analog input9 SPARE A9 hard wire analog input

10 SPARE A10 hard wire analog input11 SPARE A11 hard wire analog input12 SPARE A12 hard wire analog input13 SPARE A13 hard wire analog input14 SPARE A14 hard wire analog input15 SPARE A15 hard wire analog input16 SPARE A16 hard wire analog input

17 CS-3 43 Local/Remote CS-3 43LR S1 hard wire status pt18 CS-3 Interruptor Status CS-3 S2 hard wire status pt19 CS-3 Blades Status CS-3 S3 hard wire status pt20 CS-3 Trip Coil Monitor CS-3 S4 hard wire status pt21 CS-3 Control Cabinet Local/Remote CS-3 S5 hard wire status pt22 LTC Local/Remote LTC S6 hard wire status pt23 LTC or XFMR Oil Level Alarm LTC/Transformer S7 hard wire status pt24 XFMR Winding or Liquid Temp Alarm Transformer S8 hard wire status pt25 LTC or XFMR Annunciator Alarm LTC/Transformer S9 hard wire status pt26 87T5 SEL-387 Relay ALARM SEL-387 S10 hard wire status pt27 86T5 status 86T5 S11 hard wire status pt28 34.5 kV Main SEL-351 Relay ALARM 34.5 kV Main SEL-351 S12 hard wire status pt29 34.5 kV Main SEL-321 Relay ALARM 34.5 kV Main SEL-321 S13 hard wire status pt30 86L1 status 86L1 S14 hard wire status pt31 52M1 "a" status 52M1 S15 hard wire status pt32 52M1 Local/Remote 52M1 43LR S16 hard wire status pt33 52M1 SEL-351 Relay ALARM 52M1 SEL-351 S17 hard wire status pt34 Feeder #51 "a" status Feeder #51 BKR S18 hard wire status pt35 Feeder #51 Local/Remote Feeder #51 43LR S19 hard wire status pt36 Feeder #51 Reclose status Feeder #51 SEL-351 S20 hard wire status pt37 Feeder #51 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #51 SEL-351 S21 hard wire status pt38 Feeder #52 "a" status Feeder #52 BKR S22 hard wire status pt39 Feeder #52 Local/Remote Feeder #52 43LR S23 hard wire status pt40 Feeder #52 Reclose status Feeder #52 SEL-351 S24 hard wire status pt41 Feeder #52 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #52 SEL-351 S25 hard wire status pt42 Feeder #53 "a" status Feeder #53 BKR S26 hard wire status pt43 Feeder #53 Local/Remote Feeder #53 43LR S27 hard wire status pt44 Feeder #53 Reclose status Feeder #53 SEL-351 S28 hard wire status pt45 Feeder #53 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #53 SEL-351 S29 hard wire status pt46 Feeder #54 "a" status Feeder #54 BKR S30 hard wire status pt47 Feeder #54 Local/Remote Feeder #54 43LR S31 hard wire status pt48 Feeder #54 Reclose status Feeder #54 SEL-351 S32 hard wire status pt49 Feeder #54 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #54 SEL-351 S33 hard wire status pt50 Feeder #55 "a" status Feeder #55 BKR S34 hard wire status pt51 Feeder #55 Local/Remote Feeder #55 43LR S35 hard wire status pt52 Feeder #55 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #55 SEL-351 S36 hard wire status pt53 Feeder #56 "a" status Feeder #56 BKR S37 hard wire status pt54 Feeder #56 Local/Remote Feeder #56 43LR S38 hard wire status pt55 Feeder #56 SEL-351 Relay ALARM Feeder #56 SEL-351 S39 hard wire status pt56 87B SEL-587Z Relay ALARM 87B SEL-587Z S40 hard wire status pt57 86B status 86B S41 hard wire status pt58 Communications Processor SEL-2032 Failure SEL-2032 S42 hard wire status pt59 SCADA Override Switch 43S S43 hard wire status pt60 SPARE S44 hard wire status pt61 SPARE S45 hard wire status pt62 PDC Enclosure Temp S46 hard wire status pt63 PDC Enclosure Temp S47 hard wire status pt64 Station Door Door Alarm S48 hard wire status pt65 Charger: AC Power Fail Battery Charger S49 hard wire status pt66 Charger: Rectifier Fail Battery Charger S50 hard wire status pt67 Charger: Negative Ground Detect Battery Charger S51 hard wire status pt68 Charger: Positive Ground Detect Battery Charger S52 hard wire status pt69 Charger: DC Hi Voltage Battery Charger S53 hard wire status pt

BUSINESS PARK 1 SUBSTATION RTU POINTS LIST


Point Function Device Conn Pt # Connection ContactBUSINESS PARK 1 SUBSTATION RTU POINTS LIST

70 Charger: DC Low Voltage Battery Charger S54 hard wire status pt71 Battery Charger Low DC Current Battery Charger S55 hard wire status pt72 SPARE S56 hard wire status pt73 SPARE S57 hard wire status pt74 SPARE S58 hard wire status pt75 SPARE S59 hard wire status pt76 SPARE S60 hard wire status pt77 Accumulator SPARE S61 hard wire accumulator78 Accumulator SPARE S62 hard wire accumulator79 Accumulator SPARE S63 hard wire accumulator80 KYZ Metering from ComEd ComEd Meter S64 hard wire accumulator

145 Feeder #51 Reclose Enable/Disable C1 hard wire control pt latching146 SPARE C2 hard wire control pt latching147 Feeder #52 Reclose Enable/Disable C3 hard wire control pt latching148 SPARE C4 hard wire control pt latching149 Feeder #53 Reclose Enable/Disable C5 hard wire control pt latching150 SPARE C6 hard wire control pt latching151 Feeder #54 Reclose Enable/Disable C7 hard wire control pt latching152 SPARE C8 hard wire control pt latching153 LTC Remote/Local C9 hard wire control pt latching154 SPARE C10 hard wire control pt latching155 SPARE C11 hard wire control pt latching156 SPARE C12 hard wire control pt latching157 SPARE C13 hard wire control pt latching158 SPARE C14 hard wire control pt latching159 SPARE C15 hard wire control pt latching160 SPARE C16 hard wire control pt latching161 CS-3 Close C17 hard wire control pt momentary162 CS-3 Trip C18 hard wire control pt momentary163 52M1 Close C19 hard wire control pt momentary164 52M1 Trip C20 hard wire control pt momentary165 Feeder #51 Close C21 hard wire control pt momentary166 Feeder #51 Trip C22 hard wire control pt momentary167 Feeder #52 Close C23 hard wire control pt momentary168 Feeder #52 Trip C24 hard wire control pt momentary169 Feeder #53 Close C25 hard wire control pt momentary170 Feeder #53 Trip C26 hard wire control pt momentary171 Feeder #54 Close C27 hard wire control pt momentary172 Feeder #54 Trip C28 hard wire control pt momentary173 Feeder #55 Close C29 hard wire control pt momentary174 Feeder #55 Trip C30 hard wire control pt momentary175 Feeder #56 Close C31 hard wire control pt momentary176 Feeder #56 Trip C32 hard wire control pt momentary177 LTC Raise C33 hard wire control pt momentary178 LTC Lower C34 hard wire control pt momentary179 SPARE C35 hard wire control pt momentary180 SPARE C36 hard wire control pt momentary181 SPARE C37 hard wire control pt momentary182 SPARE C38 hard wire control pt momentary183 SPARE C39 hard wire control pt momentary184 SPARE C40 hard wire control pt momentary

193 internal flag194 internal flag195 internal flag196 internal flag197 internal flag198 internal flag199 internal flag200 internal flag202 serial status pt203 serial status pt204 serial status pt205 serial status pt206 serial status pt207 serial status pt208 serial status pt209 serial status pt210 serial status pt211 serial status pt



212 serial status pt213 serial status pt214 serial status pt215 serial status pt216 serial status pt217 serial status pt218 serial status pt219 serial status pt220 serial status pt221 serial status pt222 serial status pt223 serial status pt224 serial status pt225 serial status pt226 serial status pt227 serial status pt228 serial status pt229 serial status pt230 serial status pt231 serial status pt232 serial status pt233 serial status pt234 serial status pt235 serial status pt236 serial status pt237 serial status pt238 serial status pt239 serial status pt240 serial status pt241 serial status pt242 serial status pt243 serial status pt244 serial status pt245 serial status pt246 serial status pt247 serial status pt248 serial status pt249 serial status pt250 serial status pt251 serial status pt252 serial status pt253 serial status pt255 Station kW 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt256 Station kVAR 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt257 Total Amps A Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt258 Total Amps B Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt259 Total Amps C Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt260 34.5 kV Bus Voltage A Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt261 34.5 kV Bus Voltage B Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt262 34.5 kV Bus Voltage C Phase 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt263 Station kWh 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt264 Station kVARh 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt265 Station Frequency 34.5 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt266 Total Amps A Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt267 Total Amps B Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt268 Total Amps C Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt269 12.47 kV Bus Voltage A Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt270 12.47 kV Bus Voltage B Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt271 12.47 kV Bus Voltage C Phase 12.47 kV Main Shark Meter serial telemetry pt272 Feeder #51 kW Feeder #51 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt273 Feeder #51 kVAR Feeder #51 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt274 Feeder #51 Amps A Phase Feeder #51 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt275 Feeder #51 Amps B Phase Feeder #51 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt276 Feeder #51 Amps C Phase Feeder #51 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt277 Feeder #52 kW Feeder #52 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt278 Feeder #52 kVAR Feeder #52 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt279 Feeder #52 Amps A Phase Feeder #52 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt280 Feeder #52 Amps B Phase Feeder #52 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt281 Feeder #52 Amps C Phase Feeder #52 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt282 Feeder #53 kW Feeder #53 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt283 Feeder #53 kVAR Feeder #53 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt



284 Feeder #53 Amps A Phase Feeder #53 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt285 Feeder #53 Amps B Phase Feeder #53 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt286 Feeder #53 Amps C Phase Feeder #53 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt287 Feeder #54 kW Feeder #54 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt288 Feeder #54 kVAR Feeder #54 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt289 Feeder #54 Amps A Phase Feeder #54 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt290 Feeder #54 Amps B Phase Feeder #54 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt291 Feeder #54 Amps C Phase Feeder #54 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt292 Feeder #55 kW Feeder #55 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt293 Feeder #55 kVAR Feeder #55 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt294 Feeder #55 Amps A Phase Feeder #55 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt295 Feeder #55 Amps B Phase Feeder #55 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt296 Feeder #55 Amps C Phase Feeder #55 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt297 Feeder #56 kW Feeder #56 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt298 Feeder #56 kVAR Feeder #56 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt299 Feeder #56 Amps A Phase Feeder #56 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt300 Feeder #56 Amps B Phase Feeder #56 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt301 Feeder #56 Amps C Phase Feeder #56 Shark Meter serial telemetry pt302 serial telemetry pt303 serial telemetry pt304 serial telemetry pt305 serial telemetry pt306 serial telemetry pt307 serial telemetry pt308 serial telemetry pt309 serial telemetry pt310 serial telemetry pt311 serial telemetry pt312 serial telemetry pt313 serial telemetry pt314 serial telemetry pt315 serial telemetry pt316 serial telemetry pt317 serial telemetry pt318 serial telemetry pt319 serial telemetry pt320 serial telemetry pt321 serial telemetry pt322 serial telemetry pt323 serial telemetry pt324 serial telemetry pt325 serial telemetry pt326 serial telemetry pt


Agenda Item: Grant of License to COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC

Presenter & Title: Pam Broviak, PE City Engineer/Assistant Director of Public Works

Date: July 2, 2012


Estimated Cost: $250 Budgeted? YES X NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Although there could be attorney fees associated with this item, a representative of Comcast has agreed to reimburse the city for any costs related to this item. Executive Summary: The city has received a request for a grant of license for the use of a portion of city property from a representative of COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC. This property is located along the south side of Hamilton Street between First and River Lane. The area on which a grant of license is requested in shown on a plat included in the attached exhibit. The petitioner is requesting a license for the purpose of laying, maintaining, operating, renewing, replacing and removing telecommunications and video facilities including conduits, cables, wires, equipment and enclosures facilities appurtenant thereto within the designated area. Attachments: (please list)

• Resolution • Grant of License to COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC • Plat

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) Recommend approval of the grant of license to COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC subject to final review by the city attorney.

RESOLUTION NO. 2012-__

RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING GRANT OF LICENSE TO COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GENEVA, KANE

COUNTY, ILLINOIS, as follows:

SECTION 1: That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized to grant, on behalf of

the City of Geneva, a license to COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC, in the form

attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, relating to the installation, maintenance, and operation of

telecommunications facilities.




_________, 2012




1

GRANT OF LICENSE TO COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC That City of Geneva, an Illinois municipal corporation, its successors and/or assigns, (hereinafter “Licensor”), for and in consideration of the sum of Ten and 00/100 ($10.00) Dollars and other good and valuable considerations, in hand paid by COMCAST OF ILLINOIS/OHIO/OREGON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “Licensee”), the sufficiency thereof and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, does hereby license to said Licensee, its successors and assigns for the purpose of laying, maintaining, operating, renewing, replacing and removing telecommunications and video facilities including conduits, cables, wires, equipment and enclosures facilities appurtenant thereto, (hereinafter “Licensee’s Facilities”), a perpetual, non-exclusive, underground only License and right-of-way in, under, along and across that part of the following described property (hereinafter “Licensed Premises”), together with reasonable right of access thereto for said purposes:

A five (5) foot wide license, the centerline of which is described as follows: commencing at the Northwest corner of Lot 2, River North, Geneva, Kane County, Illinois, also being the intersection of the south line of Hamilton Street with the west line of North River Lane; thence North 87 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds west along the assumed bearing of South Hamilton Street, 103.00 feet to the place of beginning; thence South 00 degrees, 36 minutes, 10 seconds West a distance of 182.51 feet to a bend point in said centerline; thence south 84 degrees 50 minutes 53 seconds east a distance of 95.77 feet to the west line of North River Lane aforementioned, said point being the end of the centerline and 185.94 feet southwest of the point of beginning, in the City of Geneva, Kane County, Illinois. Licensor reserves the right to use the Licensed Premises in a manner not inconsistent with the rights granted herein, including installation and maintenance of curbs, gutters, hard surface parking, and other public utilities. In the event Licensor requires License to relocate Licensee’s Facilities to another location on License’s real property, Licensee shall relocate its Facilities, at its sole expense, within ninety (90) days from the date of Licensor’s request. Licensor further reserves the right to install, and to grant others the right, to install (i) roads and driveways, (ii) water, storm sewer and sanitary lines, and (iii) electric, telephone and cable lines across the Licensed Premises provided any installation of facilities granted to another licensee other than Licensor shall not conflict with Licensee’s Facilities. In the event Licensee’s Facilities conflict with improvements made by Licensor, the provisions of the proceeding paragraph shall apply. Licensor represents and warrants to the Licensee that the Licensor, (i) is the true and lawful owner of the Property described herein and has full right and power to grant and convey the rights granted and conveyed herein, and (ii) has not granted any other permanent rights to, through, across or along the Licensed Premises that would prevent Licensee from utilizing the Licensed Premises for the intended purposes.

2

Licensee shall restore all that portion of Licensor’s Property damaged and/or disturbed by Licensee during the original installation of Licensee’s Facilities on the Licensed Premises and during any subsequent, maintenance, repair, replacement or removal of Licensee’s Facilities on the Licensed Premises to a condition as good as, or better than, that which existed immediately, prior to Licensee entering Licensor’s Property for such purposes. All such restoration shall be performed in a timely manner, weather permitting. Licensee agrees to perform all work related to Licensee’s Facilities in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and other laws, taking reasonable safety precautions and at no cost to Licensor. Licensee shall install the proposed facilities using the “directional bore” method. The Licensee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Licensor, its elected and appointed officers (past, present and future), employees and tenants (hereinafter “Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against all liability, claims, damages, losses and reasonable expenses arising out of or resulting from this Grant of License except to the extent that any such claims, actions, damages, liabilities, expenses or damage are caused by Licensor, its employees, agents, contractors, or officers, in which case the Licensor shall indemnify the Licensee. . In no event shall Licensee be responsible or indemnify, defend or hold harmless for any special or consequential damages. By recording this Grant of License, Licensee acknowledges its acceptance hereof and its obligations hereunder and agrees to be bound by the terms hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Licensor has hereunto set his, her, their, its, hand(s) and seal(s) this ________ day of ________________________, A.D., 2012.

Licensor: City of Geneva, Illinois

_____________________________Mayor Attest: _____________________________

City Clerk Licensee accepts and agrees to the terms and conditions of the license set forth above. Date: ______________, 2012 Authorized Representative Name: ____________________________ Title: _____________________________

3

This document prepared by and Property address: after recording mail to: Charles A. Radovich Hamilton Street, east of First Street City Attorney Geneva, IL 60134 22 S. First Street Geneva, IL 60134 STATE OF ILLINOIS ) ) SS COUNTY OF KANE ) I, _________________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, do hereby certify that Kevin R. Burns is personally known to me to be the Mayor of the City of Geneva, Illinois, same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and that he appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that he signed, sealed and delivered said instrument pursuant to Resolution No. 2012-___ adopted by the City Council of the City of Geneva on ___________2012 for the uses and purposes therein set forth. GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal this day of , A.D., 2012. __________________________ Notary Public My Commission Expires:


Agenda Item: Millard Refrigerated Services—Certificate of Completion Resolution

Presenter & Title: Dan Dinges, Director of Public Works Pam Broviak, Assistant Director of Public Works/City Engineer

Date: July 2, 2012


Estimated Cost: N/A Budgeted? YES NO

If NO, please explain how the item will be funded: Executive Summary: All work for this development related to the mass earthwork, erosion control, storm sewer system, water main system, sanitary sewer system, and pavement improvements has been completed. Attachments: (please list) • Certificate of Completion Resolution Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain) Staff recommends that the City Council approve the Certificate of Completion Resolution for the work noted in the resolution.

CITY OF GENEVA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION

RESOLUTION

Whereas, Millard Refrigerated Services , Developer Of Millard Refrigerated Services has entered into a contract for the construction of specific utilities, and Whereas, Campton Excavating , the Contractor, has Completed the following construction within the subdivision: a. Mass Earthwork Improvements b. Erosion Control Improvements c. Storm Sewer Improvements d. Sanitary Sewer Improvements e. Watermain Improvements f. Pavement Improvements and, whereas, the above listed construction has been inspected by Cemcon, Ltd. , the engineer for the developer, and the engineer and / or representative for the City of Geneva, and found to be satisfactory. Now, Therefore, Be It Resolved by the City Council of the City of Geneva, Illinois, that said construction is considered complete as of the date of passage of this resolution, subject to the following excluding: It being understood that the normal period of maintenance and liability of the contractor commences this date as heretofore agreed. Passed this 2th day of July, 2012 Attest: City Clerk Mayor


Agenda Item: Summary of Proposals Received and Recommendation for Award

of 250 HP, VERTICAL, HOLLOW SHAFT US MOTOR

Presenter & Title: Bob VanGyseghem, Superintendent of Water & Wastewater

Date: June 7, 2012

Please Check Appropriate Box:

x Committee of the Whole Meeting Special Committee of the Whole Meeting

x City Council Meeting Special City Council Meeting

Public Hearing Other -

Estimated Cost: $27,315.00 Budgeted? x YES

NO If NO, please explain how the item will be funded:

Executive Summary:

Sealed bids were opened for a 250 HP, VERTICAL, HOLLOW SHAFT US MOTOR on

June 7, 2012. Three (3) bids were opened and are summarized on the attached page. The

lowest bid was $27,315.00 submitted by Addison Electric of Addison, IL.

Attachments: (please list)

Bid Tabulation

Form of Proposals

Recommendation / Suggested Action: (briefly explain)

In consideration of the above information, I respectfully recommend that the City of

Geneva City Council award the “250 HP, VERTICAL, HOLLOW SHAFT US MOTOR”

to Addison Electric in the amount of $27,315.00.

COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE Monday, June 25, 2012 7:00 ...

Documents

Transcript of COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE Monday, June 25, 2012 7:00 ...